2012 MURANO OWNER'S MANUAL

Black plate (3,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E7E6B9D7-70D5-46FD-8070-D86AD68B3005

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by NISSAN or by yourNISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is importantthat you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions concerningproper use of such accessories prior to operat-ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSANdealer for details concerning the particular

accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYGUID-E8CEB247-EE99-4DF1-B514-E4CF8D44A577

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions that

could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVINGThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles with fea-tures of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“On-pavement and off-road driving pre-cautions”, “Avoiding collision and roll-over” and “Driving safety precautions” inthe “5. Starting and driving” section ofthis manual.

Foreword

Black plate (4,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALGUID-CB23972B-7971-4127-B62D-40CCA4B9E808

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

GUID-6AD293D0-4474-4333-B259-0836BB040D67

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

Black plate (5,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

GUID-2BB33B36-3AFC-416F-9AE2-CFC36E1C928F

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

GUID-99091439-C66E-435E-940E-FCA5DE8B559E

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling mayapply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/

hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-senced to Visteon Corporationand Clarion Co., Ltd.

Gracenote® is a registered tra-demark of Gracenote, Inc. TheGracenote logo and logo type,and the “Powered by Gracenote”logo are trademarks of Grace-note.

XM Radio® requires a subscrip-tion, sold separately. It is notavailable in Alaska, Hawaii orGuam. For more information, visitwww.xmradio.com.

*C 2011 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Black plate (6,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-180FB925-3DF8-475A-9F88-B86194155C87

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone number

. Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or

www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN andthank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Black plate (1,1)

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Black plate (7,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ............................................................................... 0-2

Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-2CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-3

Exterior front .................................................................................. 0-4Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-4CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-5

Exterior rear ................................................................................... 0-6Hardtop models ...................................................................... 0-6CrossCabriolet models ......................................................... 0-7

Passenger compartment ............................................................ 0-8Hardtop models .................................................................... 0-8CrossCabriolet models ....................................................... 0-9

Cockpit ........................................................................................ 0-10Instrument panel ....................................................................... 0-12Meters and gauges .................................................................. 0-13Engine compartment ............................................................... 0-14

VQ35DE engine ................................................................ 0-14Warning and indicator lights ................................................. 0-15

Black plate (8,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-F65304FF-4FEF-47A3-91E8-E248623FE3F9

SSI0372B

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-AF63B3DB-D6FC-464B-85E2-0C7FD3C88CF1

1. Rear center seat belt (P.1-25)

2. Adjustable headrest (P.1-14)

3. Seat belts (P.1-18)

4. Armrest (P.1-17)

5. Head restraints (P.1-11)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14)

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags (P.1-48)

7. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-48)

8. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-44)

9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system (P.1-33)

10. Rear seats (P.1-9)

— Child restraints (P.1-30)

11. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-48)

12. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-61)

13. Front seats (P.1-3)

14. Occupant classification sensor (pattern sensor)

— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-54)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

Black plate (9,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0834

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-0E8434A8-4BC2-4163-BDCF-16D45DCFAF34

1. Dual pop-up roll bar system (P.1-64)

2. Seat belts (P.1-18)

3. Head restraints (P.1-11)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-14)

4. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags (P.1-48)

5. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-48)

6. LATCH (Lower Anchors for CHildren) system(P.1-33)

7. Rear seats

— Child restraints (P.1-30)

8. Front seat belt pretensioner (P.1-61)

9. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-48)

10. Front seats (P.1-3)


— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-54)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

Black plate (10,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-ACAC74ED-4CE9-4346-84EA-C135DDC40621

JVO0040X

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-45F5CB05-5240-4214-B1AF-9A6EAB41FB53

1. Hood (P.3-20)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-35)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

3. Windshield wiper and washer


— Rain-sensing auto wiper system* (P.2-32)

— Blade replacement (P.8-18)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-13)

4. Roof rack (rail)* (P.2-53)

5. Moonroof* (P.2-57)

6. Power windows (P.2-54)

7. Recovery hook (P.6-21)

8. License plate installation (P.9-12)

9. Fog lights*



10. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-2)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P.2-14, P.5-3)

11. Outside mirrors (P.3-47)

12. Doors

— Keys (P.3-3)

— Door locks (P.3-5)

— Intelligent Key system (P.3-8)

— Security system (P.2-28)

13. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-8)

14. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-41)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR FRONT

Black plate (11,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0835

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-DF0D496F-8646-47E0-B4BF-8034FB00EB80

1. Hood (P.3-20)

2. Headlight and turn signal lights



3. Windshield wiper and washer


— Blade replacement (P.8-18)


4. Soft top (P.3-28)

5. Power windows (P.2-54)

6. Recovery hook (P.6-21)

7. License plate installation (P.9-12)

8. Fog lights



9. Tires

— Wheel and tires (P.8-31, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-2)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

(P.2-14, P.5-3)

10. Outside mirrors (P.3-47)

11. Doors

— Keys (P.3-3)

— Door locks (P.3-5)


— Security system (P.2-28)

12. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-41)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)


Black plate (12,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-B2A0C3DF-DA6E-4362-BE30-301154FA231D

SSI0813

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-98A8E9ED-6064-4584-986D-7BB45FD520AB

1. Lift gate (P.3-20)

— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)


2. Rear window wiper and washer



3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35)

4. High-mounted stop light

5. Antenna (P.4-83)

— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-36)

6. Rear view camera* (P.4-22)

7. Rear combination light


*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR

Black plate (13,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0836

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-6AA1108F-4E3C-4010-9EAE-A25163A23048

1. Antenna (P.4-83)

— Satellite radio antenna (P.4-36)


3. Rear window defroster (P.2-35)

4. Trunk (P.3-25)

— Remote keyless entry system (P.3-16)


5. Rear view camera (P.4-22)

6. Rear combination light



Black plate (14,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-898A5FAA-ACAF-45AC-AF7C-F2CDAFA957BC

SSI0815

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-1D3BA59C-6D3E-4AA7-9A6F-1F494D6CD9FC

1. Cargo cover* (P.2-50)

2. Rear personal light (P.2-59)

3. Coat hooks (P.2-54)

4. Automatic drive positioner switch* (P.3-49)

5. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-54)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7)

— Outside mirror remote control switch(P.3-47)

6. Sun visors (P.3-45)

7. Moonroof* (P.2-57)

8. Front map lights (P.2-59)

9. Mood light (P.2-61)

10. Sunglasses holder (P.2-46)

11. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-46)

— HomeLink® universal transceiver* (P.2-62)

— Compass* (P.2-8)

12. Cargo area

— Storages (P.2-49)

— Luggage hooks (P.2-51)

— Cargo light (P.2-61)

— Spare tire (P.6-4)

13. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)

14. Heated seat switch (rear)* (P.2-41)

15. Console box (P.2-48)

— Power outlet* (P.2-43)

— Auxiliary input jacks* (P.4-79)

— iPod® connector* (P.4-70)

— USB connector* (P.4-61)

16. Front cup holders (P.2-45)

17. Storage box* (P.2-49) or Cigarette lighter/Ashtray* (P.2-44)

*: if so equipped

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Black plate (15,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSI0837

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-62E8FEB0-3BDC-4FB2-AC71-097B4EB82FFF

1. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-54)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7)

— Outside mirror remote control switch(P.3-47)

2. Automatic drive positioner switch (P.3-49)

3. Sun visors (P.3-45)

4. Front map lights (P.2-59)

5. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-46)

— HomeLink® universal transceiver (P.2-62)

— Compass* (P.2-8)

6. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)

7. Console box (P.2-48)

— Power outlet (P.2-43)

— Auxiliary input jacks (P.4-79)

— iPod® connector (P.4-70)

— USB connector (P.4-61)

8. Front cup holders (P.2-45)

9. Storage box (P.2-49)

*: if so equipped


Black plate (16,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-32B6101A-1F0F-4AD4-AF3B-40C2CE7B8097

SSI0838

1. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-40)

2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models)(P.3-20) or trunk lid release switch (Cross-Cabriolet models) (P.3-25)

3. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-38)

4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight (P.2-36)

— Turn signal light (P.2-39)

— Fog light* (P.2-39)

5. Trip computer switch (P.2-23)

6. TRIP/RESET switch (P.2-6)

7. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-31)

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch(P.2-43, P.5-27)

9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models)(P.3-20) or All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKswitch (CrossCabriolet models) (P.5-21)

10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)(P.1-9)

11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)(P.1-9) or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabrio-let models) (P.1-3)

12. Fuel-filler door opener switch (P.3-41)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*(P.3-44)

14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*(P.3-44)

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

— Audio control* (P.4-81)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol (models with navigation system)* (P.4-84)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol (models without navigation system)*(P.4-95)

16. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-40)

— Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-48)

— Power steering system (P.5-25)

17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-18)

18. Center-console mounted controls

— Heated seat switches* (P.2-41)

— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*(Hardtop models) (P.5-21)

— Soft top operating switch (CrossCabriolet

COCKPIT

Black plate (17,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

models) (P.3-28)

*: if so equipped


Black plate (18,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-D2FB24F0-4B17-402D-8429-41D9E163851B

SSI0839

1. Side ventilator (P.4-29)

2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)

3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)

4. Center ventilator (P.4-29)

5. Center display

— Center color display* (P.4-3)

— Navigation system**

6. Heater/air conditioner control or Center multi-function control panel* (P.4-3)


— Vehicle information and setting buttons*(P.4-9)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models with navigation system)* (P.4-84)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(models without navigation system)* (P.4-95)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.2-39)

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-48)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-20)

10. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)

11. Parking brake (P.5-18)

12. Intelligent Key port (P.5-12)

13. Audio system (P.4-35)

— Clock* (P.2-42)

14. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-56)

15. Power outlet (P.2-43)

16. Rear window and outside mirror* defrosterswitch (P.2-35)

17. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-30) or Audiosystem (P.4-35)

18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-Cabriolet models) (P.3-26)

19. Glove box (P.2-47)

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Black plate (19,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-8035B36E-5604-4EA6-AA6B-CA8C0BC1732D

JVO0043X

1. Instrument brightness control switch (P.2-38)

2. Tachometer (P.2-7)

3. Speedometer (P.2-6)

4. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

5. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-11)

6. Trip computer switch (P.2-23)

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display (P.2-19)

— Trip computer (P.2-39)

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7)

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)/Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) positionindicator (P.2-16)

10. RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-6)


METERS AND GAUGES

Black plate (20,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-907FC48F-D93C-457F-AEE4-15BFC27C6D55

SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINEGUID-E583ADB4-3DB5-4B36-96ED-07E29BF970D7

1. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

2. Drive belt location (P.8-15)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

5. Air cleaner (P.8-17)

6. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-20)

7. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-13)

8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-7)

9. Radiator filler cap (P.8-7)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)

11. Battery (P.8-13)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Black plate (21,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-353409D4-8EDC-4D72-921B-F87CF9A54D49

Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)*

2-12

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-12

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-13

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-13

Intelligent Key warning light 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light 2-14

Master warning light 2-15

Seat belt warning light 2-15

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-16

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)*

2-16

Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) position indicatorlight

2-16

Cruise indicator light 2-17

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-17

High beam indicator light 2-17

Low beam indicator light 2-17

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-17

Overdrive off indicator light 2-18

Soft top indicator light (Cross-Cabriolet models)*

2-18

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-19

*: if so equipped


WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Black plate (22,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (23,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ............................................................................................... 1-2Front seats ............................................................................... 1-3Rear seats (Hardtop models) ............................................. 1-9Head restraints .................................................................... 1-11Adjustable headrest (Hardtop models) ......................... 1-14Rear headrest (CrossCabriolet models) ....................... 1-17Armrest (Hardtop models) ................................................ 1-17

Seat belts .................................................................................... 1-18Precautions on seat belt usage ....................................... 1-18Pregnant women ................................................................. 1-20Injured persons .................................................................... 1-20Three-point type seat belt ................................................. 1-20Seat belt extenders ............................................................. 1-28Seat belt maintenance ....................................................... 1-28

Child safety ................................................................................. 1-29Infants ..................................................................................... 1-29Small children ....................................................................... 1-30Larger children ..................................................................... 1-30

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-30Precautions on child restraints ........................................ 1-31LATCH Lower Anchors System ....................................... 1-33Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ........................................................................ 1-35

Rear-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-36Forward-facing child restraint installation usingLATCH (Hardtop models only) ...................................... 1-39Forward-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-40Installing top tether strap (Hardtop models) ............. 1-44Booster seats ..................................................................... 1-44

Supplemental restraint system .............................................. 1-48Precautions on supplemental restraint system .......... 1-48NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) ........................................................................ 1-54Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag (Hardtop models) ordoor-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag (CrossCabrioletmodels) systems ............................................................... 1-60Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ................ 1-61Supplemental air bag warning labels .......................... 1-63Supplemental air bag warning light ............................. 1-63Repair and replacement procedure ............................. 1-63Dual pop-up roll bar system(CrossCabriolet models) ................................................. 1-64

Black plate (24,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

GUID-2869D0FF-2DAC-47DC-BF36-8D864A5BD9A3

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. See “Precautions on seatbelt usage” later in this section.

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or da-mages.

SEATS

Black plate (25,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0792

FRONT SEATSGUID-589050CC-5D5C-4407-A4F0-CB0819F0ABAB

Manual seat adjustmentGUID-6BE5370B-3D84-4E0B-B0E0-081F8AF0F764

Forward and backward:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull the lever*1 up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seat inposition.

Reclining:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To recline the seatback, pull the lever*2 up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward, pullthe lever up and lean your body forward. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when thevehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P(Park) position.

JVR0034X

Sliding front passenger seat (CrossCab-riolet models):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To slide the front passenger seat from the frontmost position to the rear most position, push thebottom half of the seatback*A or the front seatcushion *B . If you push the top half of theseatback *C , it will lock the seat in the frontmost position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Black plate (26,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0793

Seat lifter (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.

SSS0684

Lumbar support (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Move the lever *1 up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

Power seat adjustmentGUID-2155E48C-B77E-4502-84B7-2AF110D60DE4

Operating tips:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 seconds,then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section for theseat position memory function.

Black plate (27,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

JVR0038X

Forward and backward:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Moving the switch*A forward or backward willslide the seat forward or backward to thedesired position.

Pushing the front *1 or back *2 end of theslide switch*B will slide the driver seat forwardor backward to the desired position (Cross-Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).


Black plate (28,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVR0039X

Reclining:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Move the recline switch*A backward until thedesired angle is obtained. To bring the seatbackforward again, move the switch*A forward.

Push and hold the back*2 end of the recliningswitch*B until the desired angle is obtained.To bring the seatback forward again, push andhold the front *1 end of the switch (Cross-Cabriolet models driver’s seat only).

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.) Also, the seatback can bereclined to allow occupants to rest when the

vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in theP (Park) position.

SSS1027

Seat lifter (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the front or rear end of the switch up ordown to adjust the angle of the front portion orheight of the seat.

Black plate (29,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1028

Lumbar support (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The lumbar support feature provides lower backsupport to the driver.

Push the front*1 or back*2 end of the switchto adjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS1172

Front passenger’s seatback switch

SSS1175

Remote walk-in switch

Walk-in function (front passenger seat,CrossCabriolet models):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

CAUTION

. When operating the walk-in func-tion, be sure not to contact anymoving parts to avoid possible in-juries and/or damages.

. When operating the walk-in func-tion, be sure that the front passen-ger seat is not occupied by apassenger and/or any objects toavoid possible injuries and/or da-mages.

. After operating the walk-in function,be sure to return the seat to therearmost position and then tilt upthe seatback until it latches.

This feature makes it easier to get in and out ofthe rear seat. Use the following procedure whengetting in and out of the rear seat on thepassenger’s side. If the sun visor is used, close itto the original position before operating thewalk-in feature.

1. Push the front passenger’s seatback switchto fold down the seatback and unlock theseat position.


Black plate (30,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Alternatively, you can push the remote walk-in switch located on the instrument panel tofold down the front passenger’s seatbackand unlock the seat position.

2. Slide the seat forward to the foremostposition manually.

3. Get in or out the vehicle.

4. Return the front passenger seat to therearmost position. To slide the front passen-ger seat, see “Manual seat adjustment”earlier in this section.

SSS1173

Driver’s seatback release (CrossCabrio-let models)

GUID-116F27BD-8437-47A9-8270-AD99D91FA75D

To exit the rear seat from the driver’s side, pullthe strap behind the driver’s seat to release thedriver’s seatback. The driver’s seatback will tiltforward so that you can exit the vehicle.

NOTE:

Pulling the strap behind the driver’s seatdoes not slide the driver’s seat forward.You cannot slide the driver’s seat manu-ally.

WARNING

Before using the driver’s seatback re-lease, be sure that the driver’s seat isnot occupied by a driver and/or anyobjects to avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

Black plate (31,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0569

REAR SEATS (Hardtop models)GUID-42670C07-8DEA-4731-BDEC-1C3F2B7295A1

FoldingGUID-8333E9E4-6111-43A4-8DC3-B860D3C64DA7

Before folding the rear seats:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hookson the side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks(Hardtop models)” later in this section.)

. Disconnect and stow the center seat beltand tongue into the retractor base. (See“Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)”later in this section.)

. Always reconnect the center seat belt whenthe seat is returned to the upright position.

. Remove drink containers from the rear cupholder.

To fold down the seatbacks:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pull the strap on the rear seat*A . Pull the lever*B beside the cargo area and fold the seat-back.

SSS0821

To return the seatbacks:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Manual operation:

Lift up each seatback and push it to the uprightposition until it is latched.

Power operation (if so equipped):

Push and hold the corresponding switch locatedon the lower side of the instrument panel*B orthe right or left side in the cargo area*A .

A beep sounds once and the seatback will bereturned automatically.

A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fullyreturned to the seating position.

If the control unit detects any obstacle ormalfunctions while in the power operation, a


Black plate (32,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatbackwill return to the folded position automatically.Check if there are any obstacles caught thatprevent seats from returning to the foldedposition. See a NISSAN dealer if the beep stillsounds.

CAUTION

When operating the rear power seat-back return, make sure that the vehicleis stopped and the transmission is inthe P (Park) position.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rear seatarea or any luggage is on the rearseats.

. When folding or returning the seat-backs to the upright position, toavoid injury to yourself and others:

— Make sure that the seat path isclear before moving the seat.

— Be careful not to allow hands orfeet to get caught or pinched inthe seat.

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. When returning the seatbacks, besure to attach the rear center seatbelt connector.

. Do not unfasten the rear center seatbelt connector except when foldingdown the rear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rear

center seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

Black plate (33,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0227A

RecliningGUID-1BFE5C97-1FC3-4054-A6B3-17A9466D0C05

Pull the reclining strap *A and position theseatback at the desired angle. Release thereclining strap after positioning the seat at thedesired angle.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes to helpobtain proper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions onseat belt usage” later in this section.) Theseatback may also be reclined to allow occu-pants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly. See “Precautions on seatbelt usage” later in this section.

. After adjustment, check to be surethe seat is securely locked.

HEAD RESTRAINTSGUID-5E605952-D804-4293-B401-616CD7C38955

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of thehead restraints. This may increase therisk of serious injury or death in acollision.


Black plate (34,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS1013

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

SSS0992

ComponentsGUID-D58E33DF-16BC-41B1-B4C5-AA96E133EBC7

1. Head restraint

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS0997

AdjustmentGUID-ACB994E3-70CF-4004-BDD8-BB431714EC1E

Adjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

Black plate (35,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

SSS0995

RemovalGUID-FC0E7C18-BEC7-4083-8503-66512F55EE99

Use the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the head restraintbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.


Black plate (36,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0996

InstallGUID-10B7C451-D81D-4E42-9DB2-2C10EBE1FF75

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holesin the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.

SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head RestraintGUID-3164FE3F-22C1-4D05-B110-75CFEC562928

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original position.

Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly asdescribed earlier in this section.

ADJUSTABLE HEADREST (Hardtopmodels)

GUID-44BABEF8-0609-4B69-934B-AA984B2E807B

WARNING

The adjustable headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjust the headrests properly, asspecified in this section. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat. Do not attach anything to theadjustable headrest stalks or removethe adjustable headrests. Do not usethe seat if the adjustable headrestshave been removed. If the adjustableheadrest was removed, reinstall andproperly adjust the headrest before anoccupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of theadjustable headrests. This may in-crease the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.

Black plate (37,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1014

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with adjustable headrests. The head-rests are adjustable.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith an adjustable headrest.

SSS0992

ComponentsGUID-08BD1B61-7B43-4109-A568-5892EDCD8D17

1. Adjustable headrest

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS0997

AdjustmentGUID-909049BB-7248-4BC4-953B-DC4A4D1B6C05

Adjust the headrest so the center is level withthe center of your ears.


Black plate (38,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0993

To raise the headrest, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe headrest down.

SSS0995

RemovalGUID-BE2EE26A-B413-48C4-B196-33F5100BE36D

Use the following procedure to remove theadjustable headrests.

1. Pull the headrest up to the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the headrest from the seat.

4. Store the headrest properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Install and properly adjust the headrestbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion.

Black plate (39,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0996

InstallGUID-F3510470-0C00-4072-8C22-9B43D094B745

1. Align the headrest stalks with the holes inthe seat. Make sure that the headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push theheadrest down.

3. Properly adjust the headrest before anoccupant uses the seating position.

JVR0030X

REAR HEADREST (CrossCabrioletmodels)

GUID-E90B0FC8-0909-43DE-8515-8D064D935FB7

The rear headrests of CrossCabriolet modelscannot be removed or adjusted.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equippedwith a removable or adjustable headrest.

SSS0229A

ARMREST (Hardtop models)GUID-38665920-E49E-4A44-96F5-25968146C89C

Rear armrestGUID-9BC9B1A5-D55E-4C9C-A0C9-6CB62211A931

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.


Black plate (40,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-02C3DBF6-9D5A-47DE-B2F0-C98E0027F971

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

GUID-0C8D3A44-10AF-48A1-A8CC-9A495B9121D7

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SSS0134

SEAT BELTS

Black plate (41,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition ispushed to the ON position with alldoors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunc-tion in the system. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.


Black plate (42,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are

damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENGUID-92E572E7-A7ED-4EC2-8824-E9C667CD8A35

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSGUID-B47CCE32-408A-4E62-B891-7EBBE28DCC23

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts. Check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTGUID-F9647E3B-7CCB-4333-9D53-DBFEBA7433EC

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

. Do not allow children to play withthe seat belts. Most seating posi-tions are equipped with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode seatbelts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck withthe ALR mode activated, the childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. For thecenter of the rear seat, the connec-tor tongue may also be released.Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as akey) into the connector buckle. If theseat belt can not be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the childby cutting the seat belt with a

Black plate (43,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

SSS0292

Fastening the seat beltsGUID-4C4C9056-82D7-4B6A-80A4-9DBA4C079A82

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” earlier in thissection.)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of the

retractor.


Black plate (44,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract toallow the driver and passengers some freedom

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” later in thissection.

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsGUID-313FD5EC-9489-4699-B4F1-98B31FED4129

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationGUID-AED6BCDC-CBDB-4FCF-9DB2-9B060E99627A

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and

Black plate (45,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check orif you have any question about seat beltoperation, see a NISSAN dealer.

SSS1181

Seat belt guide (front seats, CrossCab-riolet models)

GUID-3EF9ED5F-135A-43B1-8954-CAD684674E27

When the seat belt guide is used with the frontseat, the seat belt can easily be pulled out.

Release the seat belt guide, clip the seat beltand install the seat belt guide again.

When using the seat belt guide, do not allow itto twist.

WARNING

When using the seat belt guide, makesure that the seat belt guide is securelyinstalled to the seat. Otherwise, the

seat belt may slip and result in personalinjury.

CAUTION

. When entering or exiting the rearseat, or inserting or retrieving lug-gage with the seatback foldeddown, always release the seat beltguide. Otherwise, the seat beltguide may be damaged.

. Do not fold the seat forward or pullit backward by holding the seat beltguide in your hand. Doing so maydamage the seat belt guide.


Black plate (46,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustment (Hard-top models)

GUID-E8DCDEEB-44E6-4A0A-B2D9-EB6DBF18146C

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” earlier in thissection.)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1 , andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position *2 , so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and downto make sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SSS0845

Seat belt hooks (Hardtop models)GUID-0F6C8515-923F-4DA4-BED8-81B474353BA2

When the rear seat belts are not in use andwhen folding down the rear seats, hook the rearouter seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

Black plate (47,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0846

Rear center seat belt (Hardtop models)GUID-D2977525-73CC-440E-AC17-490B6791BECA

The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue*1 and a seat belt tongue *2 . Both theconnector tongue and the seat belt tongue mustbe securely latched for proper seat belt opera-tion.

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongueand the seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connec-tor tongue and the seat belt tongueare secured when using the seatbelt or installing a child restraint. Donot use the seat belt or childrestraint with only the seat belttongue attached. This could resultin serious personal injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop.

SSS0703

The center seat belt buckle and the tongue areidentified by the CENTER mark. The center seatbelt tongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt buckle.


Black plate (48,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0225

Stowing rear center seat belt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When folding down the rear seat, the rear centerseat belt can be retracted into a stowed positionas follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue*1 so that theseat belt does not retract suddenly when thetongue is released from the connectorbuckle. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool such as key*A intothe connector buckle.

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractorbase first*2 .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into theretractor base*3 .

WARNING


. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that theseatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not secured

in the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

Black plate (49,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0232

Attaching rear center seat belt:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when folding downthe rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base*1 .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base*2 .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connectorbuckle until it clicks*3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the ! and ~ mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can beattached only into the rear center seat beltconnector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seatbelts” earlier in this section.

WARNING


. When attaching the rear center seatbelt connector, be certain that the

seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position and the rearcenter seat belt connector is com-pletely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connectorand the seatbacks are not securedin the correct position, serious per-sonal injury may result in an acci-dent or sudden stop.


Black plate (50,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0235

Storing rear seat belt buckles (Hardtopmodels)

GUID-34BA1AAF-B284-4222-A05C-7E212FF3C674

Before folding down the seat, put the buckles inthe storage of the seat cushion to avoiddropping it under the seat cushion.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSGUID-798C755D-7740-4606-AB38-FAC398986CFA

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available that can bepurchased. The extender adds approximately 8in (200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with

purchasing an extender if an extender isrequired.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEGUID-3D5EE851-7E10-4B7F-A02B-8BFBB0D4CCE6

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

Black plate (51,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-26D16DBE-9A0E-4759-945D-C9D751725375

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously injuredor killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even ifthe vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. For the centerof the rear seat, the connector tonguemay also be released. Release theconnector tongue by inserting a suita-ble tool (such as a key) into theconnector buckle. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cuttingthe seat belt with a suitable tool (suchas a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available from

many other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing childrestraints are available for children who outgrowrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to help positiona vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriate

child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See“Child restraints” later in this section.

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. See “Child restraints” later in thissection for more information.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”later in this section.

INFANTSGUID-0FA535EA-6323-4DB9-92F9-8B508130A6AC

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraint


CHILD SAFETY

Black plate (52,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


that fits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENGUID-927D047A-9A7C-4FEB-90C0-65CE234F2245

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to theheight or weight limit of the child restraint.Forward-facing child restraints are available forchildren who outgrow rear facing child restraintsand are at least 1 year old. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommendations.NISSAN recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENGUID-EC196FE5-D487-4C51-9056-7FA7FF17ACB0

Children who are too large for child restraintsshould be seated and restrained by the seatbelts which are provided. The seat belt may notfit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5cm) tall and weighs between 40 lbs (18 kg) and80 lbs (36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a

commercially available booster seat if theshoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or ifthe lap portion of the seat belt goes across theabdomen. The booster seat should raise thechild so that the shoulder belt is properlypositioned across the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips.A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt.The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulder beltis no longer on or near the face and neck, usethe shoulder belt without the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

GUID-D2F4DA62-62F0-46FA-BDC9-C09A7F684094

SSS0099

SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Black plate (53,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

GUID-6A8C536A-DB98-4A79-B638-8ED4F6FB91BB

WARNING

. CrossCabriolet models are notequipped with top tethers. A childrestraint system requiring a toptether strap cannot be properly in-stalled and should not be used inyour vehicle.

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’s lap.Even the strongest adult cannotresist the forces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-

senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies show thatchildren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat. If you mustinstall a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts”later in this section.

— Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill achild. A rear-facing child re-straint must only be used in therear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properly inyour vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loadsfrom child restraints that are

properly fitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while in thevehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage thevehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.


Black plate (54,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system. Some child restraints include rigidor webbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these anchors.

For details, see “LATCH Lower Anchors Sys-tem” later in this section.

LATCH child restraints generally require the useof a top tether strap. If your vehicle does nothave top tether anchor locations, do not install achild restraints in your vehicle that requires theuse of a top tether strap.

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to be

sure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints to be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

SSS0419B

LATCH label location (Hardtop models)

SSS0933

LATCH label location (CrossCabriolet models)

Black plate (55,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

LATCH Lower Anchors SYSTEMGUID-5B0A4406-68B6-491C-B161-EC20158AB5AF

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint.

The LATCH anchor points are provided to installchild restraints in the rear outboard seatingpositions only.

LATCH lower anchorGUID-4797B6AD-EBE0-4886-9CA1-312C75CE0CF6

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH lower anchors. The child

restraint will not be secured prop-erly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

SSS0637

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationGUID-94E9EDFE-3FEF-48B7-A3C5-82134F7A076B

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.


Black plate (56,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachments

GUID-4BE9649D-8090-4388-B26D-DF734FBAADA5

LATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid attachment

If your vehicle is equipped with a top tetheranchor, it must be used when installing childrestraints with the LATCH lower anchor attach-ments or seat belts. See “Top tether anchor(Hardtop models)” later in this section forinstallation instructions (Hardtop models).

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

SSS0822

Top tether anchor (Hardtop models)GUID-0CAD3BA9-2525-4BC2-BA48-40988918011E

WARNING

. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when itis attached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location.If the cargo cover is not removed, itmay damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint top

Black plate (57,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

tether strap is damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargothat contacts the top tether strapmay damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Anchor points are located on the back side ofthe seatbacks.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-0637B231-098A-443B-BFD0-B842E89E11E5

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.


Black plate (58,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0650


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-8DE8014C-18D8-487E-9787-117D005E68B6

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a childrestraint. Failure to use the ALRmode will result in the child re-straint not being properly secured.The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”later in this section.

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the rear center position,both the center seat belt connectortongue and buckle tongue must besecured. See “Rear center seat belt(Hardtop models)” earlier in this

section. (Hardtop models)

Black plate (59,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0100


Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” earlier in this section and “Child re-straints” earlier in this section before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

SSS0654


2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

SSS0655


3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.


Black plate (60,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0656


4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0657


5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.

SSS0658


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

Black plate (61,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH (Hardtop models only)

GUID-C0068E19-F4E9-4C59-AAD1-F67BC6381275


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. See “Installing top tether strap (Hard-top models)” later in this section. Do notinstall child restraints that require the use ofa top tether strap in seating positions that donot have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 3

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestto obtain the correct child restraint fit. If theheadrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Adjustable headrest (Hardtop mod-els)” earlier in this section for headrestadjustment information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable headrest and it is interfering withthe proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.


Black plate (62,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

SSS0638


6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

GUID-D986E0DE-3F9D-4081-B625-7A6C59773877

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a childrestraint. Failure to use the ALRmode will result in the child re-straint not being properly secured.The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”later in this section.

. When installing a child restraintsystem in the rear center position,both the center seat belt connectortongue and buckle tongue must besecured. See “Rear center seat belt(Hardtop models)” earlier in thissection. (for Hardtop models)

Black plate (63,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1


Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint orheadrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint or headrest when the childrestraint is removed. See “Head re-straints” earlier in this section or “Adjustableheadrest (Hardtop models)” earlier in thissection for head restraint or headrestadjustment, removal and installation informa-tion.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper child restraintfit, try another seating position or a differentchild restraint.

SSS0360B


3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only, Hardtopmodels). See “Installing top tether strap(Hardtop models)” later in this section. Donot install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.


Black plate (64,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0651


4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652


5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0653


6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

Black plate (65,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0641


8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

SSS0823


10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If this lightis not illuminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.


Black plate (66,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0822

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP(Hardtop models)

GUID-10E4B72F-E871-4B10-A99B-9504B51D59C9

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchors (rear outboard seat positionsonly) or the seat belt, as applicable.

1. If necessary, raise or remove the headrest toposition the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback. If the headrest is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe headrest when the child restraint isremoved.

See “Adjustable headrest (Hardtop mod-els)” earlier in this section for headrestadjustment, removal and installation informa-tion.

Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback.

2. Secure the top tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the back of the seatbackbehind the child restraint.

3. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sectionbefore tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATSGUID-5C761715-A70E-4E74-8871-BE6A74AC0326

Precautions on booster seatsGUID-469816AF-C7E6-4180-AFB1-93AE88597A78

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt.

Black plate (67,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

Booster seat installationGUID-DD7C3A91-D5DD-463D-A292-37C02FD6C0EF

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode


Black plate (68,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


when using a booster seat with the seatbelts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” earlier in this section, “Child restraints”earlier in this section and “Booster seats” earlierin this section before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a forward-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the head restraint orheadrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint or headrest when the boosterseat is removed. See “Head restraints”earlier in this section or “Adjustable headrest(Hardtop models)” earlier in this section forhead restraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have an

Black plate (69,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

adjustable head restraint or headrest and itis interfering with the proper booster seat fit,try another seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Seat belts” earlier in this section.

SSS0823

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” later inthis section.


Black plate (70,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-89C89C02-D98C-47EA-BD3E-60C2DD1787AC

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

GUID-7DBBCDDD-81AC-4813-B231-7475F02B5DFA

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag (for Hardtopmodels)

. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag (for CrossCabrio-let models)

. Seat belt pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest area of thedriver and front passenger in certain side impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system (forHardtop models): This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head ofoccupants in front and rear outboard seatingpositions in certain side impact or rollovercollisions. In a side impact, the curtain androllover air bags are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover,the curtain and rollover air bags on both sidesare designed to inflate. Under both side-impactand rollover situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

Door-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system (forCrossCabriolet models): This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the heads ofthe driver and front passenger in certain side-impact or rollover collisions. In a side impact, thecurtain and rollover air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.In a rollover, the curtain and rollover air bags onboth sides are designed to inflate. Under bothside-impact and rollover situations, the curtainair bags will remain inflated for a short period oftime.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat belts

should always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in this sectionfor instructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

Black plate (71,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit


Black plate (72,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


back against the seatback and asfar-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags as needed.Failure to properly wear seat beltscan increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant classifi-cation sensor (pattern sensor) thatturns the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” later in thissection.

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-

crease the risk that they are injuredif the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

Black plate (73,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain and rollover airbags inflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and childrenshould be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “Child restraints” earlier in thissection for details.


Black plate (74,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0059A

Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rollover supple-mental air bags (Hardtop models) ordoor-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags (Cross-Cabriolet models):

. The side air bags and curtain airbags ordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a frontal impact, rear im-pact or lower severity side collision.Always wear your seat belts to help

Black plate (75,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

reduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

. The seat belts and air bags are mosteffective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor. The air bagsinflate with great force. Do not allowanyone to place their hand, leg orface near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the frontseat, near the side roof rails (Hard-top models), or near the top of thedoor finisher (CrossCabriolet mod-els). Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out ofthe window or lean against thedoor. Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.


Black plate (76,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0847

Hardtop models

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM (front seats)GUID-62252794-B440-46E4-B4A3-195A0FB9B0EC

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag modules


5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag inflators

8. Seat belt pretensioners

9. Satellite sensors

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

Black plate (77,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1174

CrossCabriolet models

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags

4. Occupant classification system control unit


6. Dual pop-up roll bars

7. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag inflators

8. Door-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bags

9. Satellite sensors

10. Seat belt pretensioners

11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel; thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityfrontal impact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the crash zone sensor, satellitesensor, Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat beltbuckle sensors and occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision and seat beltusage for the driver. For the front passenger, theoccupant classification sensor is also monitored.Based on information from the sensors, only one


Black plate (78,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending onthe crash severity and whether the frontoccupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally,the front passenger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, dependingon the information provided by the occupantclassification sensor. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the air bag willbe off). (See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” later in this section for furtherdetails.) One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. Ifyou are considering modification of your vehicledue to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicatea fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the head

and chest of the front occupants. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags will deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

SSS0823

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status lightGUID-3CBF7429-7AEE-4E17-9176-3C55CA8B9FB7

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury in

Black plate (79,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

an accident.

Status light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag status light islocated on the instrument panel below the airconditioner controls. After the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, the front passengerair bag status light illuminates for about 7seconds and then turns off or illuminatesdepending on the front passenger occupiedstatus. The light operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: Thelight is OFF and the front passenger airbag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates toindicate that the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as described

below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensor (patternsensor) is in the front passenger seat cushionand is designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the Advanced Air BagSystem is designed to turn the passenger airbag OFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the type specified inthe regulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it and cause theair bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause the

sensor to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensor is designed tooperate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestrains and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. (See “Child restraints” earlier inthis section for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle


Black plate (80,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the air bag status light isnot illuminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is

OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag statuslight will take a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges area,will blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

GUID-1331924B-CE23-4E8A-A024-69044301EFB8

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensor (pattern sensor). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensor. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

Black plate (81,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly byplacing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupant

classification sensor.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.


Black plate (82,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SSS0848

Hardtop models

SSS0982

CrossCabriolet moldels

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG (Hardtop models) ORDOOR-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN-TAL AIR BAG (CrossCabriolet models)SYSTEMS

GUID-EB2F6895-6E81-4642-9F76-FC0B9A82DFD3

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain airbags are located in the side roof rails (Hardtopmodels) or upper side of the door trim (Cross-Cabriolet models). These systems are designedto meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce therisk of injury to out-of-position occupants.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed. The side air bags andcurtain and rollover air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityside impact. They are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions. Curtain androllover air bags are also designed to inflate incertain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain androllover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smoke is notharmful and does not indicate a fire. Care shouldbe taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtainand rollover air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the heads of occupants in the front andrear outboard seating positions (Hardtop mod-els) or the heads of the driver and frontpassenger (CrossCabriolet models). They canhelp save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far aspractical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain and rollover

Black plate (83,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

air bags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe occupants. Because of this, the force of theside air bags and curtain and rollover air bagsinflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, these airbag modules during inflation. In a rollover, thecurtain and rollover air bags on both sides aredesigned to inflate. Under both side-impact androllover situations, the curtain air bags willremain inflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerousprojectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag or door-mounted curtain air

bag (CrossCabriolet model) inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain and rollover air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof this side air bag and curtain androllover air bags. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflation ofthe side-impact air bag and curtainside-impact and rollover air bagsystems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system, door panel,door trim, or side panel. This couldaffect proper operation of the sideair bag and curtain and rollover airbag systems.

. Tampering with the supplementalair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain and rollover air bagsystems should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the side air bag and curtainand rollover air bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems and guidethe buyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

GUID-3B87B5A0-4336-4C99-89BF-22D756A42161

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-


Black plate (84,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSAN

Service Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personalinjury.

The pretensioner system may activate with thesupplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the vehiclebecomes involved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. (See “Supplemental air bag warninglight” later in this section for more details.) If thesupplemental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the system checked

by a NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

Black plate (85,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

GUID-903148F5-C14E-43FA-AED1-8BBDAE796F82

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagGUID-7BC8FADF-7E78-40A4-B77A-006F326840B9

The warning labels *1 are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

GUID-51E691C0-0E01-4640-9FB4-F2F56D4D2B94

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits for the air bag systems, pretensionersand all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the SRS air bag systems areoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the airbags and/or pretensioner systems need servi-cing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bags and/orpretensioner systems may not operate properly.They must be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the airbags and/or pretensioner systems willnot operate in an accident. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

GUID-BE097191-F8D3-4AAC-850E-F3F16831D6C5

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain androllover air bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemen-tal air bag warning light will remain illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair and replace-


Black plate (86,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


ment of these systems should be done only by aNISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainand rollover air bags and pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCK positionwhen working under the hood or inside thevehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain and rollover air bag hasinflated, the air bag module willnot function again and must bereplaced. Additionally, the activatedpretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module andpretensioner system should be re-placed by a NISSAN dealer. The airbag modules and pretensioner sys-tem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systems,and pretensioner system should beinspected by a NISSAN dealer ifthere is any damage to the front

end or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems, or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct supplemen-tal air bag and pretensioner systemdisposal procedures are set forth inthe appropriate NISSAN ServiceManual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.

SSS1178

DUAL POP-UP ROLL BAR SYSTEM(CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-94609B65-694A-4C47-A779-9B5BB5581CB7

The dual pop-up roll bars are designed todeploy only during rollover collisions. The dualpop-up roll bars are located behind the rearseatback and deploy when the Air bag ControlUnit (ACU) judges that the vehicle will overturn.

The dual pop-up roll bars, with proper seat beltusage, help preserve occupant headroom in arollover collision and can help reduce the risk ofoccupant injury.

Black plate (87,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions in this section may resultin serious injury or death.

. The dual pop-up roll bars deployupward at a high speed when acti-vated. Keep hands and other bodyparts away from the dual pop-up rollbars.

. Never place objects (such as um-brellas or accessories) near the dualpop-up roll bars, which deploy fromthe top of rear seatback. Suchobjects can become dangerous pro-jectiles when dual pop-up roll barsdeploy.

. Tampering with the dual pop-up rollbars may cause them to uninten-tionally deploy or operate abnor-mally.

. Never open the dual pop-up roll barcovers or modify or disassemble thedual pop-up roll bars.

. Do not sit, place a heavy object, orapply a strong load on the dual pop-up roll bar cover. Doing so couldcause damage to the cover or cause

the dual pop-up roll bar to notoperate properly.

. Never allow anyone other than aNISSAN dealer to retract or repairthe dual pop-up roll bars. Alwayscontact a NISSAN dealer after dualpop-up roll bars deploy.


Black plate (88,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (89,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ........................................................................................... 2-3Instrument panel ........................................................................... 2-4Meters and gauges ...................................................................... 2-5

Speedometer and odometer ............................................... 2-6Tachometer .............................................................................. 2-7Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................... 2-7Fuel gauge ............................................................................... 2-8

Compass (if so equipped) ......................................................... 2-8Zone variation change procedure ................................... 2-10

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............... 2-11Checking bulbs .................................................................... 2-12Warning lights ...................................................................... 2-12Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-16Audible reminders ............................................................... 2-19

Dot matrix liquid crystal display ............................................. 2-19Operational indicators ........................................................ 2-20Maintenance indicators ...................................................... 2-23Trip computer ....................................................................... 2-23

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-28Vehicle security system (if so equipped) ...................... 2-28NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............................. 2-29

Windshield wiper and washer switch .................................. 2-31Rain-sensing auto wiper system (if so equipped) ........ 2-32

Rear window wiper and washer switch(Hardtop models) ...................................................................... 2-33

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .......... 2-35Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................... 2-35

Xenon headlights (if so equipped) ............................... 2-35Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-36Turn signal switch ............................................................. 2-39Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................................. 2-39

Hazard warning flasher switch .............................................. 2-39Horn ............................................................................................. 2-40Heated steering wheel (if so equipped) ............................ 2-40Heated seats (if so equipped) .............................................. 2-41Clock ........................................................................................... 2-42

Models with color display ............................................... 2-42Models without color display ......................................... 2-42

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch .................... 2-43Power outlet ............................................................................... 2-43Cigarette lighter and ashtray (if so equipped) ................. 2-44Storage ....................................................................................... 2-45

Cup holders ........................................................................ 2-45Sunglasses holder (Hardtop models) .......................... 2-46Glove box ............................................................................ 2-47Console box ....................................................................... 2-48Storage box (if so equipped) ......................................... 2-49Cargo floor box (Hardtop models) ............................... 2-49Luggage side box (Hardtop models) ........................... 2-50

>

Black plate (90,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Cargo cover (if so equipped forHardtop models) ................................................................. 2-50Luggage hooks (Hardtop models) .................................. 2-51Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models) ...................... 2-52Roof rack (if so equipped for Hardtop models) .......... 2-53Coat hooks (Hardtop models) ......................................... 2-54

Windows ..................................................................................... 2-54Power windows ................................................................... 2-54

Moonroof (if so equipped for Hardtop models) ................ 2-57Automatic moonroof and sunshades ............................. 2-57

Interior lights ............................................................................... 2-59Map lights .............................................................................. 2-59Personal lights (Hardtop models) ................................... 2-59Interior light control switch ............................................... 2-60

Mood lights (Hardtop models) ............................................. 2-61Vanity mirror lights .................................................................... 2-61Cargo lights (Hardtop models) ............................................. 2-61Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models) ................................... 2-62HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) ......... 2-62

Programming HomeLink® ................................................ 2-63Programming HomeLink® forCanadian customers ........................................................ 2-64Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ....................................................... 2-64Programming trouble-diagnosis .................................... 2-64Clearing the programmed information ......................... 2-65Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button ............. 2-65If your vehicle is stolen .................................................... 2-65

Black plate (91,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-06B56D4D-A0AA-4178-A121-A31F959AC846

SSI0838

1. Heated steering wheel switch*

2. Power lift gate switch* (Hardtop models) ortrunk lid release switch (CrossCabriolet models)

3. Instrument brightness control switch

4. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight

— Turn signal light

— Fog light*

5. Trip computer switch

6. TRIP/RESET switch

7. Wiper and washer switch

8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch

9. Power lift gate main switch* (Hardtop models) orAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch (Cross-

Cabriolet models)

10. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)

11. Power rear seatback switch* (Hardtop models)or Remote walk-in switch (CrossCabriolet mod-els)

12. Fuel-filler door opener switch

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever*

14. Electric tilting/telescopic steering wheel switch*

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)*

— Audio control*

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol (models with navigation system)*

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol (models without navigation system)*

16. Steering wheel

— Horn

— Driver supplemental air bag

— Power steering system

17. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches

18. Center-console mounted controls

— Heated seat switches*

— All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK switch*(Hardtop models)

— Soft top operating switch (CrossCabrioletmodels)

*: if so equipped

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

Black plate (92,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

2-4 Instruments and controls

GUID-73174318-E521-4B16-8B9D-A3A74ECB1262

SSI0839

1. Side ventilator

2. Meters and gauges

3. Push-button ignition switch

4. Center ventilator

5. Center display

— Center color display*


6. Heater/air conditioner control or Center multi-function control panel*


— Vehicle information and setting buttons*

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System*(models with navigation system)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System*

(models without navigation system)

7. Hazard warning flasher switch

8. Front passenger supplemental air bag

9. Hood release handle

10. Fuse box cover

11. Parking brake

12. Intelligent Key port

13. Audio system

— Clock*

14. Front passenger air bag status light

15. Power outlet

16. Rear window and outside mirror* defrosterswitch

17. Heater/air conditioner control or Audio system

18. Trunk release power cancel switch (Cross-Cabriolet models)

19. Glove box

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual (if so equipped).

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Black plate (93,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-A68BAE6F-B6C6-458C-9E0C-28DA5D3B2890

JVO0043X

1. Instrument brightness control switch

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning/indicator lights

6. Trip computer switch

7. Dot matrix liquid crystal display

— Trip computer

8. Engine coolant temperature gauge

9. Odometer/twin trip odometer/Continuously Vari-able Transmission (CVT) position indicator

10. RESET switch for trip odometer

The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is pushed to the

LOCK position. This is not a malfunction.


METERS AND GAUGES

Black plate (94,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVI0252X

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERGUID-A5312850-B162-4691-B245-BFE52CFF92CD

SpeedometerGUID-6D108D90-F044-4A12-A5A1-80A313264F81

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

SIC4699

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerGUID-8971DF72-32A1-467A-9B68-200871A5DCCC

The odometer *1 and twin trip odometer *2are displayed when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch*3 on the rightside of the combination meter panel changesthe display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3 for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero.

Black plate (95,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

JVI0253X

TACHOMETERGUID-D6E06D01-68FC-46F3-83E0-465A7D80EEAA

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone*1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

SIC4690

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

GUID-5D79A6DB-7B0E-48CD-B3D5-38EB0D89F9F4

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge needle pointswithin the zone*1 shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of the

normal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible and let theengine idle. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehicle mayseriously damage the engine. See “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section for immedi-ate action required.


Black plate (96,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVI0338X

FUEL GAUGEGUID-7C88D297-60D4-4310-84BB-E1EC1735E409

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel levelin the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after theignition switch is pushed to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).

The low fuel warning appears on the dotmatrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the gauge reaches“E”. There will be a small reserve of fuel in the

tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches “E”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”later in this section.

GUID-56AB49A5-E009-4FD9-864E-78F14A1329E1

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the compass display*B will indicatethe direction of the vehicle’s heading.

NOS1741

If the display reads “C”, calibrate the compassby driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles atless than 5 MPH (8 km/h). You can alsocalibrate the compass by driving your vehicle

COMPASS (if so equipped)

Black plate (97,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

on your everyday route. The compass will becalibrated once it has tracked 3 completecircles.

To turn on and off the compass manually, pushthe switch*A while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

SIC0611B

Zone map


Black plate (98,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-DURE

GUID-0E831674-32EA-49CF-AB30-0F9EEEB78E33

The difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance. Insome areas, this difference can sometimes begreat enough to cause false compass readings.Follow these instructions to set the variance foryour particular location if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

NOTE:Use zone number 5 for Hawaii.

3. Push the switch repeatedly until thenew zone number appears in the display,then release the switch. After you releasethe switch, the display will show a compassdirection within a few seconds.. If the compass deviates from the correct

indication soon after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked at aNISSAN dealer.

. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels or whiledriving up or down a steep hill.

(The compass returns to the correct com-

pass point when the vehicle moves to anarea where the geomagnetism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna,etc., which are attached to thevehicle by means of a magnet. Theyaffect the operation of the compass.

. When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as it may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

Black plate (99,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-6AC4475F-D514-4474-861E-A33DFE4DFCFD

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)

Master warning light Low beam indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Seat belt warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Supplemental air bag warning light Overdrive off indicator light

Brake warning light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight

Soft top indicator light (CrossCabrioletmodels)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light(AWD models)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Charge warning lightContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise indicator light

Intelligent Key warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light


WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Black plate (100,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CHECKING BULBSGUID-B5546604-D327-4511-B24A-C4F4615F5F1F

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand push the ignition switch to the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on (if so equipped):

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played on the dot matrix crystal display on thespeedometer. (See “Dot matrix liquid crystaldisplay” later in this section.)

WARNING LIGHTSGUID-39AE13E8-806F-40A7-8C69-3AF4A1790761

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD models)

GUID-2C7F9D36-036A-4856-8580-AE4D2A3CACAA

The light comes on when the ignition switch ispushed to ON. It turns off soon after the engineis started.

If the AWD system malfunctions, or the diameterof the front and the rear wheels are different, thewarning light will either remain illuminated orblink. (See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

CAUTION

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinkswhen you are driving:

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The drivingmode will change to 2WD toprevent the AWD system from

malfunctioning. If the warninglight turns off, you can driveagain.

— blinks slowly (about once every2 seconds):

Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Check thatall tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires arenot worn.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

GUID-06CAAC80-C465-4A21-9EB7-C024333BA100

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-

Black plate (101,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

tance. (See “Brake system” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.)

or Brake warning lightGUID-4A67DFC2-D59E-4197-BAD5-168A3CE40A7E

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light comes on when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight comes on while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. (See “Brake fluid” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicate

the ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”earlier in this section.)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightGUID-69B03338-0451-441C-B766-BECF7DE9BC90

If the light comes on while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see aNISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warning lightGUID-0AE5784C-961F-4FC8-BFAF-77A224D6D347

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or comes on during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)


Black plate (102,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key warning lightGUID-0700CAF3-DF55-4F0A-A342-324495D014C0

After the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2 secondsand then turns off.

This light warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine. If the light comes on while the engineis running, you can drive the vehicle. However inthese cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repairas soon as possible.

Low tire pressure warning lightGUID-2FD87A32-C17B-42A1-B740-5A7539F98F4B

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is pushed ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appearson the dot matrix liquid crystal display.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warninglight does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is activeas long as the low tire pressure warning light

remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Dot matrix liquidcrystal display” later in this section, “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch ispushed ON. The light will remain on after the 1minute. Have the system checked by a NISSANdealer. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section. For the CHECK TIREPRESSURE warning, see “Dot matrix liquidcrystal display” later in this section.

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch pushed ON, havethe vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Black plate (103,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates while driv-ing after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire assoon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to correctly install thespecified size of tires to the fourwheels.

Master warning lightGUID-6AB3A8A0-B446-4089-A66C-618A6659F580

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the master warning light illuminates if any of thefollowing are displayed on the dot matrix liquidcrystal display:

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-els)

. Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabrioletmodels)

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Check tire pressure warning

See “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” later in thissection.

Seat belt warning lightGUID-956FC59D-0351-472F-8CD0-3356E0A21318

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat isoccupied. For approximately 5 seconds after theignition switch is in the ON position, the systemdoes not activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionfor precautions on seat belt usage.


Black plate (104,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Supplemental air bag warning lightGUID-C47663FA-9971-432A-840C-6232303C8EC4

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if theSRS air bag systems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the airbags and/or pretensioner systems need servi-cing and your vehicle must be taken to yournearest NISSAN dealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint Systems (air bag systems) and/or thepretensioners may not function properly.

For additional information, see “Supplementalrestraint system” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sec-tion.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the air

bags and/or pretensioner systems willnot operate in an accident. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)warning light

GUID-9CD9709D-A6B8-4177-B503-4BF50BC0F688

The light will blink when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system or the traction controlsystem is operating, thus alerting the driver thatthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The roadsurface may be slippery.

If the VDC warning light comes on and stays onwhile the VDC system is on, this light alerts thedriver to the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safemode is operating, for example the VDC systemmay not be functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer. If amalfunction occurs in the system, the VDCsystem function will be canceled but the vehicleis still driveable. For additional information, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” in the“Starting and driving” section of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTSGUID-BDD7DC61-68C7-435D-8B71-5F80E875AAAB

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCKindicator light (AWD models)

GUID-B333F845-9EFA-4E8B-A367-0BBBFF6CDC04

This light illuminates when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, and turns off within 1second.

When selecting the LOCK mode while theengine is running, this light will illuminate. (See“All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT) position indicator light

GUID-0130F932-2380-4325-91F5-49DD5E3D8B5F

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, the indicator shows the automaticselector shift position. (See “Continuously Vari-able Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

Black plate (105,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Cruise indicator lightGUID-C4011DB6-8909-4DF3-8C75-17ED51FCED58

Cruise main switch indicator:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This light illuminates when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light turns off whenthe main switch is pushed again. When thecruise main switch indicator light illuminates, thecruise control system is operational. (See“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.)

Cruise malfunction:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer. (See“Cruise control” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.)

Front passenger air bag status lightGUID-1AD6EFB7-D318-4868-99B0-D18664F33C71

The front passenger air bag status lightwill be lit and the passenger front air bag will beOFF depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sectionof this manual.

High beam indicator lightGUID-4EECC9D2-4C62-4418-9FA3-CF0C228A1386

This light comes on when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Low beam indicator lightGUID-31C3710D-82FC-41EC-AE8C-69D56A05CEF7

The light comes on when the front park, sidemarker, tail and license plate lights are on.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)GUID-6AF8662E-1DE1-45FE-852C-925D132DCE37

If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also come onsteady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, orif the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to makesure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 USgallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-

tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.)

Operation:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The malfunction indicator light will come on inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady — Anemission control system and/or CVT mal-function has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningappears on the dot matrix liquid crystaldisplay. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

— Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

— Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

— Avoid steep uphill grades.


Black plate (106,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


— If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain on.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Overdrive off indicator lightGUID-A88B5A9D-E1E7-4ADD-B5C6-FE6EBACFA9C0

The overdrive off indicator light illuminates whenthe overdrive off mode is selected.

For additional information, see “ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT)” in the “5. Startingand driving” section of this manual.

Soft top indicator light (Cross-Cabriolet models)

GUID-387DFA5A-917F-4E6B-8A1D-1A0AD860A8FA

This light illuminates when the soft top is beingoperated or it is stopped before reaching a fullopen/close state. When the top is fully openedor closed, the light will turn off.

The light blinks while the soft top is not fullyopened or closed under the following condi-tions:

. When the vehicle is driven.

. When the selector lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

Be sure to fully open or close the soft top whendriving the vehicle.

The soft top can be moved with the soft topoperating switch only under all of the followingconditions:

. When the vehicle is stopped.

. When the ignition switch is ON.

. When the trunk is closed.

. When the luggage cover is pulled out andhooked so that the roof storage area isseparated from the trunk.

. When the selector lever is in a position otherthan the R (Reverse) position.

CAUTION

Operate the soft top with the enginerunning to prevent a discharged battery.

When the soft top is operating, if any of theabove conditions are discontinued or any of thefollowing conditions are met, the top will stopoperating.


. When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3MPH (5 km/h) or more.

. When the battery voltage is extremely low.

. When the temperature of the soft topsystem becomes extremely high.

Release the operating switch, and push it againunder the above conditions until the top is fullyopened or closed. The soft top indicator light willturn off when the top operation is completelyfinished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with theignition switch ON, it may indicate the electricsoft top control unit is not functioning properly.Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

For more details about the electric soft top

Black plate (107,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

operation, see “Soft top (CrossCabriolet mod-els)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicator lightsGUID-F77394DF-EFC3-4B65-ACF6-5E0E91264160

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

GUID-CE6E8B94-E3C1-4EDD-B5CC-1AA8B731382A

The light comes on when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the VDC system is not operating.For additional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSGUID-854CE725-BA1A-4800-8732-43382E89CE05

Key reminder chimeGUID-03B79EB0-07EF-4F48-9DFC-C531CF03B6F2

A chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position or pushed to the OFF orLOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in theIntelligent Key port. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, and takethe Intelligent Key with you when leaving thevehicle.

Light reminder chimeGUID-7B425B53-6E2D-43C2-AE08-9F717545E029

A chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in the ACCor OFF position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeGUID-16CE9E88-5960-4CAA-845D-8ACC44A8DB19

The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven atmore than 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parkingbrake applied. Stop the vehicle and release theparking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeGUID-6CB52CBC-6585-437E-BC4E-959C5BB57A7B

The chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened.

Brake pad wear warningGUID-A531CD6C-63DF-4083-A7B6-FC8F79CA75A0

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

GUID-8111787A-C29E-4E6F-9310-B498CC7E010D

JVI0254X

The dot matrix liquid crystal display *1 islocated in the speedometer, and it displays,the key operation information and other warn-ings and information.

For the detail about the Intelligent Key System,see “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.


DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTALDISPLAY

Black plate (108,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVI0355X

OPERATIONAL INDICATORSGUID-2BC84707-B5D6-420C-AF4E-599CBE87C0AA

1. Engine start operation indicatorGUID-D97EB6AE-486E-4B90-8447-B6FE87D4AD91

This indicator appears when the selector lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine will start by

pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed.

You can start the engine directly in any position.

2. Key insertion indicatorGUID-05110D15-ABEF-44EB-A8DB-34AB9197B4B8

This indicator appears when the key needs to beinserted into the key port. (For example, theIntelligent Key battery is discharged.)

If this indicator appears, insert the key into thekey port in the correct direction. (See “Push-

Black plate (109,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

button ignition switch” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.)

3. Key removal indicatorGUID-BB5416CE-8D01-47D1-8C3E-4F7E493AE6E1

This indicator appears when the driver’s door isopened with the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and the key placed in the keyport. A key reminder chime also sounds.

If this indicator appears, remove the key from thekey port and take it with you when leaving thevehicle.

4. NO KEY warningGUID-F57235F8-65EC-43AC-9534-39FFBAF7DBAD

This warning appears in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicle:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the door is closedwith the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicleand the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Make sure that the Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle.

Unregistered key:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed from the LOCK position and the keycannot be recognized by the system. You cannotstart the engine with an unregistered key. Usethe registered key.

See “Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section for

more details.

5. SHIFT “P” warningGUID-F63536DD-DDB8-49FB-8271-F811D25EC8A1

This warning appears when the ignition switch ispushed to stop the engine with the selector leverin any position except the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound. (See“Intelligent Key system” in the “3. Pre-drivingchecks and adjustments” section.)

6. “PUSH” warningGUID-2B3DB981-A402-45B6-B5BB-474886B28E6A

This warning appears when the selector lever ismoved to the P (Park) position with the ignitionswitch in the ACC position after the SHIFT “P”warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFF position,perform the following procedure:

SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the selectorlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned to ON) ? PUSH warning ? (Push theignition switch ? ignition switch position isturned to OFF)

7. Key battery discharge indicatorGUID-4EDE548E-8FF0-4D46-ABCB-68B647C3999A

This indicator appears when the key battery isrunning out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery witha new one. (See “Intelligent key battery replace-ment” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.)

8. Parking brake release warningGUID-834CC27F-8812-483E-9320-C2D89C3E4B39

This warning appears when the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) and the parking brake isapplied. Stop the vehicle and release theparking brake.

9. Low fuel warningGUID-15EF772B-A9F6-4FC2-AB15-CABF1BB1DF48

This warning appears when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuel gaugereaches the empty (E) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (E) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningGUID-75BFB25F-0C2B-423E-890D-9368CFA667DD

This warning appears when the washer tank fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary.(See “Window washer fluid” in the “8. Main-tenance and do-it-yourself” section.)


Black plate (110,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


11. Door/lift gate open warning (ignitionswitch is in the ON position) (Hardtopmodels)

GUID-E8BF5142-318A-41D5-8AB1-86843D59BCCF

This warning appears if any of the doors and/orthe lift gate are open or not closed securely. Thevehicle icon indicates which door is open on thedisplay.

12. Door/trunk open warning (ignitionswitch is in the ON position) (Cross-Cabriolet models)

GUID-CE5E7381-F4E7-4E9D-8BC1-5FDCD9D031B0

This warning appears if any of the doors and/orthe trunk are open or not closed securely. Thevehicle icon indicates which door is open on thedisplay.

13. Loose fuel cap warningGUID-BF7DA770-AB4E-4465-8317-1B41831C3607

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap isnot tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. (See “Fuel-filler cap” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

14. Check tire pressure warningGUID-0DD3569E-5223-4496-8B17-789648E1715D

This warning appears when the low tire pressurewarning light in the meter illuminates and low tirepressure is detected. If this warning appears,stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Information label. (See“Low tire pressure warning light” earlier in this

section and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” section.)

15. “TIMER” indicatorGUID-FF6A1FD2-B5C4-4083-B2CA-3E728C17C633

This indicator appears when the set “TIMER”indicator activates. You can set the time for up to6 hours. (See “Trip computer” later in thissection.)

16. Low outside temperature warningGUID-84D86BBA-1B59-4DDE-9353-177DB0D95B81

This warning appears if the outside temperatureis below 378F (38C). The warning can be set notto be displayed. (See “Trip computer” later inthis section.)

SIC4237

Black plate (111,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

MAINTENANCE INDICATORSGUID-0A851647-6BB2-4E92-AEB5-E04319FCA2E4

1. Engine oil replacement indicatorGUID-9CEF8B90-48A9-4FB5-BFD9-0CF43586EC4F

This indicator appears when the customer settime comes for changing the engine oil. You canset or reset the distance for changing the engineoil. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.)

2. Oil filter replacement indicatorGUID-C344252D-B1CB-46F2-AEAD-7C37EC262221

This indicator appears when the customer settime comes for replacing the oil filter. You canset or reset the distance for replacing the oilfilter. (See “Trip computer” later in this section.)

3. Tire replacement indicatorGUID-1A74526D-9B7C-43A3-95CF-62EFC05FBC61

This indicator appears when the customer setdistance comes for replacing tires. You can setor reset the distance for replacing tires. (See“Trip computer” later in this section.)

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. See“Changing wheels and tires” in the“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion. Many factors including tire infla-tion, alignment, driving habits and roadconditions affect tire wear and when

tires should be replaced. Setting thetire replacement indicator for a certaindriving distance does not mean yourtires will last that long. Use the tirereplacement indicator as a guide onlyand always perform regular tire checks.Failure to perform regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to acollision, which could result in seriouspersonal injury or death.

4. “OTHER” indicatorGUID-17015DA7-2755-4CAC-AF46-619CAF47DE9D

This indicator appears when the customer settime comes for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires. You can set or resetthe distance for replacing the items. (See “Tripcomputer” later in this section.)

More maintenance reminders are also availableon the center display (if so equipped). (See“How to use INFO button” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section.)

SIC3580

TRIP COMPUTERGUID-F63231D7-123A-4BC6-844C-BA3C14A5C066

Switches for the trip computer are located onthe right side of the combination meter panel. Tooperate the trip computer, push the side or frontof the switches as shown above.

*A switch

*B switch

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, modes of the trip computer can beselected by pushing the switch*A .

Each time the switch *A is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:

Current and average fuel consumption ?Average fuel consumption and speed ?


Black plate (112,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Elapsed time and trip odometer ? Distance toempty (dte) ? Outside air temperature (ICY) ?Setting ? Warning check

JVI0251X

Current and average fuel consumption(MPG, l (liter)/100 km)

GUID-C03B6A5C-9ED7-43A7-9BC4-010DAD1E69BD

The current and average fuel consumption modeshows the current and average fuel consump-tion.

SIC3674

Average fuel consumption (MPG, l/100km) and speed (MPH or km/h)

GUID-5567CAAC-37CB-49C0-8903-54489EC24183

Fuel consumption:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the switch*Bfor longer than 1 second. (The average speed isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

Speed:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The average speed mode shows the averagevehicle speed since the last reset. Resetting is

Black plate (113,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

done by pushing the switch*B for longerthan 1 second. (The average fuel consumption isalso reset at the same time.)

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Thefirst 30 seconds after a reset, the display shows“——”.

SIC4701

Elapsed time and trip odometer (miles orkm)

GUID-FEA80D52-9DA7-4A2D-BD49-7619EBBECCF9

Elapsed time:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing the switch*B for longer than 1second. (The trip odometer is also reset at thesame time.)

Trip odometer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing theswitch *B for longer than 1 second. (Theelapsed time is also reset at the same time.)

SIC4702

Distance to empty (dte — miles or km)GUID-6D35B21A-8E00-4687-AB2C-E21288A7467A

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch is


Black plate (114,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


pushed to the OFF position may continue tobe displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

SIC4703

Outside air temperature (ICY— 8F or 8C)GUID-1F0F141E-7E24-493C-9ABE-8A75128A7804

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or8C in the range of −22 to 1408F (−30 to 608C).

The outside air temperature mode includes a lowtemperature warning feature. If the outside airtemperature is below 378F (38C), the warning isdisplayed on the screen.

The outside temperature sensor is located infront of the radiator. The sensor may be affectedby road or engine heat, wind directions andother driving conditions. The display may differfrom the actual outside temperature or thetemperature displayed on various signs or bill-boards.

SIC3678

SettingGUID-180A1674-9E9A-45F6-9ECF-354F636CDD00

Setting cannot be made while driving. Amessage “Setting can only be operatedwhen stopped” is also displayed on the dotmatrix crystal display.

The switch *A and switch *B areused in the setting mode to select and decide amenu.

SKIP:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch*A to move to the warningcheck mode.

Push the switch*B to select other menus.

Black plate (115,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

ALERT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Alert menu can be set to notify the followingitems.

. TIMER

Select this submenu to specify when the“TIMER” indicator activates.

. ICY

Select this submenu to display the lowoutside temperature warning.

To return to the top page of the setting mode,select “BACK”.

MAINTENANCE:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The maintenance intervals of the following itemscan be set or reset for the reminders.

. OIL

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for changing the engine oil.

. FILTER

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing the oil filter.

. TIRE

Select this submenu to set or reset thedistance for replacing tires.

. OTHER

Select this submenu and set or reset thedistance for replacing items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires.


OPTIONS:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The 3 option menus can be set to yourpreference.

. LANGUAGE

Select this submenu to choose English,French or Spanish for display.

. UNIT

Select this submenu to choose the unit fromMPG or l/100 km.

. EFFECTS

Select this menu to set the dial effectsdescribed below to on or off.

— The indicator needles sweep in themeters and the ring illumination will bebrightened gradually when the engine isstarted.


SIC3993

Warning checkGUID-FF3DCF80-E792-4B60-B3EB-0786D9710BD7

To see if there are any of the following warningsand corresponding details, select this menu.

. No key warning

. Low fuel warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Parking brake release warning

. Door/lift gate open warning (Hardtop mod-els)

. Door/trunk open warning (CrossCabrioletmodels)

. Loose fuel cap warning


Black plate (116,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Check tire pressure warning

SKIP:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the switch *A to exit the warningcheck display.

Push the switch *B to select DETAILmenus.

DETAIL:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

This item is available only when a warning isdisplayed.

Select this menu to see the details of warnings.

GUID-5B8EE3AC-B3AC-45D4-BF38-6AC7583B2D4C

SIC2133

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system (if so equipped)

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

GUID-3A2129E5-3F98-44E7-8D33-56C1DC801E7A

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doorsor lift gate/trunk when the system is armed. It isnot, however, a motion detection type systemthat activates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,and always lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Black plate (117,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC1699A

How to arm the vehicle security systemGUID-E45D0EB0-DDEE-43F9-BCF5-4FFD6F801B10

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Carry the Intelligent Key.

4. Close all doors and lift gate/trunk. Lock alldoor. The doors can be locked with:. the lock button on the Intelligent Key. any request switch. the power door lock switch. the key — master or mechanical

5. Confirm that the security indicator light*Acomes on. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch ispushed to ACC or ON, the system will notarm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors and lift gate/trunk lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationGUID-D932FA41-7646-4669-AA61-035AB796F12C

The vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, the alarmreactivates if the vehicle is tampered withagain.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate/trunk without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the request switch or thekey. (Even if the door is opened by releasingthe door inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

How to stop an activated alarmGUID-3A47058D-D66F-43FA-8D5B-CE27C3B3E4A6

The alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the unlock button on the IntelligentKey, pushing the request switch or using the key.The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

GUID-140A6D7E-5E78-4398-9FB4-FDC469E689FE

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key. Never leave these keys in thevehicle.

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful


Black plate (118,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) this device may not cause interference,and (2) this device must accept any inter-ference, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIC1699A

Security indicator lightGUID-DBC33161-BF46-4EE3-8435-AB868C640CC4

The security indicator light *A indicates thestatus of the NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem.

The light blinks after the ignition switch was inthe ACC, OFF and LOCK position. This functionindicates the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

service as soon as possible. Please bringall registered keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

Black plate (119,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-15F1CDB4-078A-4D01-A331-3BCB3082F46B

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

SIC3664

Type A

SIC4395

Type B


WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

Black plate (120,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC3922

Type C

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 INT (Type A or Type C) — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knob toward*A(Slower) or*B (Faster).

*1 AUTO (Type B) — For models with the rain-sensing auto wiper system, see “Rain-sensingauto wiper system” later in this section.

*2 LO — continuous low speed operation

*3 HI — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up*4 (MIST) to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate the

washer. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

SIC4017

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-TEM (if so equipped)

GUID-05A0C0C8-F56A-4E1F-90FD-7DD9CB5E2B3F

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can auto-matically turn on the wipers and adjust the wiperspeed depending on the rainfall and the vehiclespeed by using the rain sensor located on theupper part of the windshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system, pushthe lever down to the AUTO position *1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjustedby turning the knob toward the front*2 (High)or toward the rear*3 (Low).

Black plate (121,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper system off,push up the lever to the OFF position, or pulldown the lever to the LO or HI position.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor andaround it when the wiper switch is inthe AUTO position and the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. The wipersmay operate unexpectedly and cause toan injury or a wiper damage.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipersmay also operate when exhaust gas ormoisture affect the rain sensor.

. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be highereven though the amount of the rainfallis small.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensingauto wiper system when you use a carwash.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of therain-sensing auto wiper system. (See“Windshield wiper blades” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion for wiper blade replacement.)

GUID-E9B01D50-BAE9-400D-AF33-89486215C486

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window with the defrosterbefore you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.


. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the


REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH (Hardtop models)

Black plate (122,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


window washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice that ison and around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch on againto operate the wiper.

SIC3666

Type A

SIC4019

Type B

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (notadjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

Black plate (123,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-6A8EA538-4B5A-4260-A4F9-59AA6EEC9D6A

SIC3584

Type A

SIC3667

Type B

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch*1 on. The indicator light*2 will come on. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

. When cleaning the inner side of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear windowdefroster.

. Do not use the rear window defros-ter switch while the soft top is beingoperated or fully opened. The heatmay damage the soft top materialand/or components (CrossCabrioletmodels).

GUID-2E72A4A0-1386-460B-B497-869BC1657D74

XENON HEADLIGHTS (if so equipped)GUID-DDA42A0C-5BBE-4E9D-9B84-A8C6395E4D9F

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

. When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To preventan electric shock, never attempt tomodify or disassemble. Always haveyour xenon headlights replaced at aNISSAN dealer.

. Xenon headlights provide consider-ably more light than conventionalheadlights. If they are not correctlyaimed, they might temporarily blindan oncoming driver or the driverahead of you and cause a seriousaccident. If headlights are not aimedcorrectly, immediately take your ve-hicle to a NISSAN dealer and havethe headlights adjusted correctly.

When the xenon headlight is initially turned on,its brightness or color varies slightly. However,the color and brightness will soon stabilize.

. The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not to turn


REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

Black plate (124,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


off the headlights for short intervals(for example, when the vehicle stops ata traffic signal).

. If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact a NISSANdealer.

SIC3668

HEADLIGHT SWITCHGUID-996522C0-4578-43C8-83E0-51BB0ADB49B2

LightingGUID-C1692F98-2EF5-42BF-980D-AA54247F5578

*1 Turn the switch to the position.

The front park, side marker, tail, license plate andinstrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position.

Headlights will come on and all the other lightsremain on.

SIC3669

Autolight system (if so equipped)GUID-8905665A-6EF0-4112-A643-8A502F17847E

The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position*1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off the

Black plate (125,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

headlights when it is light.

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can keep the headlights on for up to 180seconds after you push the ignition switch toOFF and open any door then close all the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting, see“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4.Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phoneand voice recognition systems” section.

SAA0642A

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor*A located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

SIC3670

Headlight beam selectGUID-2ADBA756-362E-41D6-9A9B-2AF1DAC13669

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the lever forwardwhile the switch is in the position. Pull itback to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the headlightswitch is in the OFF position.


Black plate (126,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Battery saver systemGUID-A19290B7-AD6C-4095-AB12-FAB3BC8E2D05

A chime will sound when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the lights will automatically turn off 5minutes after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights automatically turnoff, the lights will turn on when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if the

headlights turn off automatically.

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)

GUID-297966B1-EC0F-457B-84B2-00A3EEA09CA5

The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn the head-light switch to the position for full illumina-tion when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC3585

Instrument brightness controlGUID-AE1AD09A-C607-43AF-A5FF-F011B28EA715

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

To adjust the brightness of instrument panellights, push the control switches. Pushing theupper switch*A will brighten the lights. Whenthe brightness reaches the maximum level, abeep will sound. The lower switch*B dims thelights. Repeatedly pushing the lower switch willturn the lights off and a beep will sound.

Black plate (127,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHGUID-05BFC159-21E8-4470-8F9F-A8F1315EF7D5

*1 Turn signalGUID-B3C07939-E89F-428A-BA7C-0BA5D82E2BAF

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalGUID-8FD0B298-53B2-4596-8590-D033172CF1AF

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)GUID-B77E006A-B448-42A0-B9EB-E9953893F221

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

GUID-6A75B42D-D28E-4CDF-84D2-DC5652B93673

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazardto other traffic.


HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

Black plate (128,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

GUID-76AEBFE4-FB9E-4225-A909-4F10E8A5C7A6

SIC3586

To sound the horn, push the pad area*A of thesteering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

GUID-158A9409-77D0-4867-8A63-D9F0D56BF7B6

SIC4401

The heated steering wheel system is designedto operate only when the surface temperature ofthe steering wheel is below 688F (208C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warmthe steering wheel after the engine starts. Theindicator light*1 on the switch will illuminate.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheelis below 688F (208C), the system will heat thesteering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain atemperature above 688F (208C). The indicatorlight will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. The indica-tor light will turn off.

HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if soequipped)

Black plate (129,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

NOTE:

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is above 688F (208C) when the switchis turned on, the system will not heat thesteering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

GUID-633E2177-1D7D-44F5-94F5-0C74D026B322

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in

damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.


HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Black plate (130,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC2770

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. Theswitches located on the center console and reardoors (if so equipped for rear seats) can beoperated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side ofthe switch.

*2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side ofthe switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3 willilluminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure the indicator

light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

GUID-53AD618D-9089-48A6-866B-1B418BEC8B62

MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAYGUID-9BC2B067-0CB2-4D68-A1A5-7BFFBFAD895C

To adjust the clock on the front color display, usethe SETTING button on the center multi-function control panel. See “How to useSETTING button” in the “4. Monitor, heater, airconditioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section.

The clock settings display cannot be operatedwhile driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe placeand apply the parking brake before setting theclock.

MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAYGUID-8DDA095F-EC3A-4CDC-BF15-CE4DA0C40D53

The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays thetime when the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position.

To adjust the clock, see “FM-AM radio withCompact Disc (CD) changer” in the “Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems” section.

CLOCK

Black plate (131,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-6C21F80D-D0C6-473F-BAEB-444C091BCCDE

SSD1153

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.)

GUID-6E6BB70A-A5D0-4C05-9E0F-176C7AC9D46F

SIC3587

Center console

SIC3651

Cargo area (Hardtop models)

SIC3652

Console box — Type A

SIC3653

Console box — Type B


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH POWER OUTLET

Black plate (132,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


To use the power outlet, pull the cover asillustrated.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the outlet.

GUID-4C7EBD79-5E6D-4E92-9577-71A7BEE6B260

SIC3588

To open the ashtray lid, push the lid down andrelease it*1 .

To empty the ashtray, pull out*2 .

The cigarette lighter operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

Push the lighter in all the way*3 , then releaseit. When the lighter is heated, it will spring out.Return the lighter to its original position afteruse.

CAUTION

. The cigarette lighter socket is apower source for the cigarette light-

CIGARETTE LIGHTER ANDASHTRAY (if so equipped)

Black plate (133,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

er element only. The use of thecigarette lighter socket as a powersource for any other accessory isnot recommended.

. Do not use any other power outletfor an accessory lighter.

GUID-86E3CA2B-BC40-4857-A4C1-B3487E3BB786

CUP HOLDERSGUID-4F3D35E7-AF46-473C-BC0C-F0EE7C53FAAC

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC3118

Front

FrontGUID-B482EF25-AADD-4164-87B3-E8C8642A9631

To open the cup holder, push the lid*1 .

To remove the inner tray for cleaning, pull it up asillustrated*2 .


STORAGE

Black plate (134,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC3042

Hardtop models

RearGUID-D403F1AF-3B46-4568-9E5A-F5957C8699C4

Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal.

SIC4742


The cup holders are located on the center ofrear seat.

SIC3589

SUNGLASSES HOLDER (Hardtopmodels)

GUID-53F668A0-3562-4634-B37B-CFE15C4C94BD

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push*1 .

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

Black plate (135,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Do not leave glasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking indirect sunlight. The heat may da-mage the glasses.

SIC3590

GLOVE BOXGUID-D5755917-EFBF-415E-AE59-B43411F701B6

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle*1 .

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

To lock*2 /unlock*3 the glove box, use themechanical key. For the mechanical key usage,see “Keys” in the “3. Pre-driving checks andadjustments” section.


Black plate (136,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC3654

Front

CONSOLE BOXGUID-5C4739C0-4DF5-44A9-B5FD-FBFAAABBD011

FrontGUID-DD4ABB5A-EB54-4D5E-B3ED-627D92BFD082

When the lever*A (driver’s seat side) is pulled,the upper case is available for storing somesmall items. When the lever*B (front passen-ger’s seat side) is pulled, the bottom case isavailable for storing some larger ones.

SIC3591

Rear

Rear (Hardtop models)GUID-92205B1E-0645-4A20-A11C-FD29D6989A28

To open, push the knob*1 and pull out*2 .

Black plate (137,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3593

STORAGE BOX (if so equipped)GUID-A2B41DF3-66C9-4356-B69B-5EF4B1E23F3B

To open, push the storage box lid *1 asillustrated.

The inner tray can be removed*2 as illustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SIC3655

Type A

CARGO FLOOR BOX (Hardtop models)GUID-22855E8F-5045-4BAA-A462-88723F2D13B2

Type AGUID-D8151D1B-506A-40B8-A864-5F630B4E8E0B

1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the strap*A .

2. Remove the strap*B from the back side ofthe board and hang it on the lip of the liftgate.

SIC3656

Type B

Type BGUID-4B77D327-C009-48B6-8B7B-1FC4BF4CC444

To open the cargo floor box, push*A . To close,push the lid until the lock latches.

The net partitions can be removed*B to makea larger storage space.

The cargo floor box needs to be removed whenyou need a spare tire. (See “Flat tire” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section.)

CAUTION

To avoid damage, do not load morethan 22 lbs (10 kg) of cargo into the


Black plate (138,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


cargo floor box.

SIC3594

LUGGAGE SIDE BOX (Hardtop mod-els)

GUID-9D068CD2-3E85-4F54-A788-DBF041E5F1B2

To open the luggage side box, pull up the strap.

SIC3595

CARGO COVER (if so equipped forHardtop models)

GUID-3641C44E-8123-4F91-B5B7-07B068F6D402

The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargoarea hidden from the outside.

To use the cargo cover, pull it out and hang bothsides on the hooks*1 .

Black plate (139,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

To use the sub cover, hang the straps on theback of the headrest*2 .

To stow the cargo cover, remove it from thehooks and hold until it is retracted.

To remove the cargo cover, stow the cover andpull the left side of the holder to the oppositeside*3 .

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Close the cargo cover when foldingthe rear seat.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the child

restraint top tether strap is da-maged.

— If the cargo cover contacts thetop tether strap when it is at-tached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is notremoved, it may damage the toptether strap during a collision.

— Do not allow cargo to contactthe top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether an-chor. Properly secure the cargoso it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is notproperly secured or that con-tacts the top tether strap maydamage the top tether strapduring a collision. SIC3596

LUGGAGE HOOKS (Hardtop models)GUID-A76D431E-5514-466D-8503-9352D8CBD662

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitableropes and hooks.


Black plate (140,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Unsecured cargo can become dan-gerous in an accident or suddenstop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than22 lb (10 kg)*A or 7 lb (3 kg)*B to asingle hook.

SIC4744

LUGGAGE COVER (CrossCabrioletmodels)

GUID-6FCB585A-E72B-4BA2-A8FD-8ADDC214EFA2

A luggage cover is used to separate the trunkand the top storage area.

To use the luggage cover, pull it out and hangboth sides on the hooks*1 .

To stow the luggage cover, remove it from thehooks and hold it until it is retracted.

The luggage cover must be pulled out and hungon hooks*1 for the soft top to oparate. (See“Soft top (CrossCabriolet models)” in the “3.Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

WARNING

. Do not place anything over theluggage cover during soft top op-eration.

. Do not place or leave objects underthe cover that may push the coverup.

. Do not place items on sides thatintrude into luggage cover area.

Black plate (141,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SIC3597

ROOF RACK (if so equipped for Hard-top models)

GUID-75E038EF-E93A-4F7C-AC23-5CF5D424F222

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roofrack. Do not load more than 165 lb (75 kg)(black) or 220 lb (100 kg) (silver) on the roofrails. Observe the maximum load limit shown onthe crossbars or roof carriers when you attachthem on the roof rails. Contact a NISSAN dealerfor crossbar or other equipment information. Becareful that your vehicle does not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or itsGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR front andrear). The GVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S. or C.V.M.S.S. certification label (lo-cated on the driver’s door pillar). For more

information regarding GVWR and GAWR, see“Vehicle loading information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

WARNING

. Drive extra carefully when the vehi-cle is loaded at or near the cargocarrying capacity, especially if thesignificant portion of that load iscarried on the roof rack.

. Heavy loading of the roof rack hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during sud-den or unusual handling maneuvers.

. Roof rack load should be evenlydistributed.

. Do not exceed maximum roof rackload weight capacity.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. In a sudden stopor collision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removingitems from the roof rack. If you cannotcomfortably lift the items onto the roofrack from the ground, use a ladder orstool.


Black plate (142,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC3505

COAT HOOKS (Hardtop models)GUID-81FB43A8-33F0-4D0C-8696-020589E0AB14

The coat hooks are equipped beside the rearpersonal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

GUID-F440431D-2466-4C69-98F0-4066DC360F6E

POWER WINDOWSGUID-B224B039-2B26-4B2E-990E-61770AE48A00

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF position. If the driver’s or frontpassenger’s door is opened during this periodof about 45 seconds, power to the windows iscanceled.

The power window switches will be deactivatedduring soft top operation (CrossCabriolet mod-els).

SIC3283A

1. Driver side window

2. Front passenger side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Rear right passenger side window

5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’sside)

GUID-26DFB0BE-6989-43F9-8167-0F6C3694B624

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

WINDOWS

Black plate (143,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Locking passengers’ windowsGUID-16F0A2BC-0A92-4EBF-AEF9-3903882D9E1D

When the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

SIC3336

Passenger side power window switchGUID-4D77BC1E-53A2-4A38-9A39-222E83528CCC

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC3285

Hardtop models

SIC4743



Black plate (144,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Automatic operationGUID-3B0158AA-9687-4021-B3A8-12225F5D2198

The automatic function is available for the switchthat has an mark on its surface.

To fully open or close the window, completelypush down or pull up the switch and release it; itneed not be held. The window will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the window,just push or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

The rear window automatic operation is for theopening function only (CrossCabriolet models).

Simultaneous operation of all four win-dows (CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-F3222C8C-2BD6-4165-85A5-6DEB6C706AF6

WARNING

Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the windows.

When the driver’s and passenger’s door windowswitches (driver’s side) are pushed down orpulled up simultaneously, all four windows areopened or closed.

Auto reverse functionGUID-19580295-1D80-4877-93A6-203373FD0AB2

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

Automatic window lowering (CrossCab-riolet models)

GUID-68431D2A-45C1-4082-9602-DC8E37328739

When the soft top operating switch is pressed,the power windows will automatically be low-ered completely. The windows do not riseautomatically after the soft top open/closeoperation is completed. Use the power windowswitches to raise them.

Automatic adjusting function (Cross-Cabriolet models)

GUID-2A57D8B8-D2B5-4017-A2B4-5D5758878B3A

CAUTION

When the battery cable is removed fromthe battery terminal, do not close eitherof the front doors. The automatic win-dow adjusting function will not workand the side roof panel may be da-maged.

The power window has an automatic adjustingfunction. When the door is being opened, thewindow is automatically lowered slightly to avoidcontact between the window and the top siderail. When the door is closed, the window isautomatically raised slightly.

While the automatic adjusting function does notwork, the window will be controlled as follows:

Black plate (145,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. When the door is opened, the windowlowers for approximately 0.39 in (10 mm).

. While the door is open, the window cannotbe raised.

If the windows do not close automaticallyGUID-4DA9302E-1FB0-4884-925F-1A056E33BC0E

If the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.


2. Close the door and soft top (CrossCabrioletmodels).

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for otherwindows.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.

GUID-B46D76D1-C71E-43ED-8E5B-5188E0D125CB

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surrounding area.

. Do not push or pull on the sun-shade. Doing so can damage thesunshade.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN-SHADES

GUID-3349AE79-1AF5-473F-9AB7-69A7957FBC85

The moonroof and sunshades only operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof and sunshades areoperational for about 45 seconds, even if theignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. Ifthe driver’s door or the passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45 seconds,power to the moonroof and sunshades iscanceled.


MOONROOF (if so equipped forHardtop models)

Black plate (146,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC3801

Sliding sunshade and moonroofGUID-35ECC1C1-78E5-4B3C-860F-E718E2CD552D

When the moonroof switch is pushed to theOPEN position *1 , the front and rear sun-shades will fully open. When the switch ispushed again, the moonroof will fully open.

When the moonroof switch is pushed to theCLOSE position *2 , the moonroof will auto-matically close. Push the switch again, and thefront and rear sunshades will close.

When the moonroof switch is pushed to thesecond detent to the OPEN*3 or CLOSE*4position, both the sunshade and moonroof willopen or close.

To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the

operation, push the moonroof switch to either ofthe OPEN*1 , CLOSE*2 or UP*5 position.

Tilting moonroofGUID-5BCB6B6D-1017-4E94-B105-E837913634C6

To tilt up the moonroof, push the moonroofswitch to the UP position*5 .

To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to theUP position *5 or push the switch to theCLOSE position*2 .

When the moonroof is tilted up, push themoonroof switch to the second detent to theCLOSE position*4 . The moonroof will tilt downand the sunshades will close.

Auto reverse functionGUID-07736A6E-057D-4405-B60A-86505A7F3C58

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe moonroof and sunshades when they areclosing, the moonroof will be immediatelyopened.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof and sunshades are closed byautomatic operation when the ignition switch isin the ON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof and sunshades cannot beclosed automatically when the auto reversefunction activates due to a malfunction, pushand hold the switch to the CLOSE position*2 .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateGUID-55D929EA-1A05-47B0-9DBB-75466D80DB38

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully bypushing the switch to the CLOSE position*2 .

2. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSEposition*2 .

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof or sunshade moves slightly tothe closed position.

Black plate (147,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

4. Push and hold the switch to the CLOSEposition*2 for 10 seconds.

5. The moonroof and sunshades will fully openand then close.

6. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-396974CF-8D5C-4223-9393-BF5087FE27B2

SIC4238

MAP LIGHTSGUID-EACC0B68-0B00-4B4C-B7BA-2C1E9F1879FC

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTS (Hardtop models)GUID-649CAF7C-2CCF-4E76-A1BD-9F34B3E94A95

RearGUID-0958BB58-F974-4165-8A79-D4E6DD15AACD

Push the button as illustrated to turn the light onor off.


INTERIOR LIGHTS

Black plate (148,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SIC4239

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHGUID-2A6055BA-7B37-4FE4-B397-77EF5A05A796

The interior light control switch has threepositions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON positionGUID-7462AA90-5FAE-4F84-925A-24F0133E09B3

When the switch is in the ON position*1 themap lights and rear personal lights will illumi-nate.

DOOR positionGUID-2534F567-EC7E-4D89-9E58-CCFFC0DDC2B3

When the switch is in the DOOR position*2 ,the map lights and rear personal lights willilluminate under the following conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the LOCKposition

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or doorhandle request switch with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position


. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

The lights will also turn off after 15minutes when the lights remain illumi-nated after the ignition switch has beenpushed to the OFF or LOCK position toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

Models with color display:

When the auto interior illumination is set to theOFF position (see “Vehicle information andsettings” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air condi-tioner, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” section), the lights will illuminate underthe following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignition switchin any position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

OFF positionGUID-2E9E6196-2FCF-4993-83DD-8C4EF8E70D73

When the switch is in the OFF position*3 , thelights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

Black plate (149,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-010F00F5-89B1-468A-B28C-562B74BD8B74

SIC3599

Map lights

The mood lights *A located in the followingpositions will illuminate whenever the headlightswitch is in the or position.

. next to the map lights

. under the instrument panel

. under the driver’s power window switch

The brightness of the mood lights can beadjusted with the illumination control buttons.

See “Instrument brightness control” earlier inthis section.

GUID-6E431C2A-BCAB-4ED8-9FA7-03F14AE124F0

SIC2064

The light on the vanity mirror will turn on whenthe cover on the vanity mirror is opened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turn off.

The lights will turn off after 15 minuteswhen the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

GUID-AC16BAD8-F320-4304-996B-A0D05319728A

SIC2131A

When the switch is in the ON position*1 , thelight illuminates while the lift gate is opened.When the lift gate is closed, the light will turn off.

When the switch is in the OFF position*2 , thelight will turn off.

The lights will turn off after 15 minuteswhen the light remain illuminated to pre-vent the battery from becoming dis-charged.


MOOD LIGHTS (Hardtop models) VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS CARGO LIGHTS (Hardtop models)

Black plate (150,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-F7665349-183E-4013-AA39-F31226267085

The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, the lightwill turn off.

The light will also turn off after 15 minuteswhen the light remains illuminated afterthe ignition switch has been pushed to theOFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

GUID-55E56F2F-00B7-4A2E-969B-A4422F852328

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides aconvenient way to consolidate the functions ofup to three individual hand-held transmitters intoone built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates, homeand office lighting, entry door locks andsecurity systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or is dis-connected, HomeLink® will retain all pro-gramming.

Once HomeLink® Universal Transceiver isprogrammed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures(Example: new vehicle purchases). Uponsale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, see “Program-ming HomeLink®” later in this section.

WARNING

. Do not use HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and

reverse features as required byfederal safety standards. (Thesestandards became effective foropener models manufactured afterApril 1, 1982.) A garage door openerwhich cannot detect an object in thepath of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage dooropener without these features in-creases the risk of serious injury ordeath.

. During programming procedure,your garage door or security gatemay open or close. Make sure thatpeople and objects are clear of thegarage door, gate, etc. that you areprogramming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingHomeLink® Universal Transceiver.

TRUNK LIGHT (CrossCabrioletmodels)

HomeLink® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

Black plate (151,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®GUID-D8C5E61E-41B3-4673-B29E-956822CDD882

To program your HomeLink® Transceiver tooperate a garage door, gate, or entry dooropener, home or office lighting, you need to beat the same location as the device. Note:Garage door openers (manufactured after1996) have “rolling code protection”. To pro-gram a garage door opener equipped with“rolling code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage door openermotor to be able to access the “smart or learn”program button.

SIC3612

1. To begin, push and hold the 2 outerHomeLink® buttons (to clear the memory)until the indicator light*A blinks (after 20seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter1 to 3 in (20 to 70 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface.

SIC3613

3. Using both hands, simultaneously push andhold both the HomeLink® button you want toprogram and the hand-held transmitterbutton.

DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 hasbeen completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicatorlight on HomeLink® flashes, changing from a“slow blink” to a “rapid blink”. This couldtake up to 90 seconds. When the indicatorlight blinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light indicatessuccessful programming. To activate thegarage door or other programmed device,push and hold the programmed HomeLink®


Black plate (152,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


button - releasing when the device begins toactivate.

5. If the indicator light on HomeLink® blinksrapidly for two seconds and then turns solid,HomeLink® has picked up a “rolling code”garage door opener signal. You will need toproceed with the next steps to trainHomeLink®, completing the programmingmay require a ladder and another personfor convenience.

6. Push and release the program buttonlocated on the garage door opener’s motorto activate the “training mode”. This button isusually located near the antenna wire thathangs down from the motor. If the wireoriginates from under a light lens, you willneed to remove the lens to access thetraining button.

NOTE:Once you have pushed and releasedthe training button on the garage dooropener’s motor and the “training light”is lit, you have 30 seconds in which toperform step 7. For convenience, usethe help of a second person to assistwhen performing this step.

7. Quickly (within 30 seconds of pushing andreleasing the garage door opener trainingbutton) and firmly push and release the

HomeLink® button you’ve just programmed.Push and release the HomeLink® button upto three times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink® button should now beprogrammed. To program the remainingHomeLink® buttons for additional door orgate openers, follow steps 2 through 8 only.

NOTE:

Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink® buttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficultyprogramming your HomeLink® buttons, pleaserefer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR CA-NADIAN CUSTOMERS

GUID-8263D00C-5505-4CBD-9B5E-CB372155C17A

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmitting after2 seconds. To program your hand-held trans-mitter to HomeLink®, continue to push and holdthe HomeLink® button (note steps 2 through 4under “Programming HomeLink®”) while youpush and re-push (“cycle”) your hand-heldtransmitter every 2 seconds until the indicatorlight flashes rapidly (indicating successful pro-gramming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener com-ponents.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNIVER-SAL TRANSCEIVER

GUID-19BE850B-BBDC-470B-9850-DE6B57FF6B98

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (once pro-grammed) may now be used to activate thegarage door, etc. To operate, simply push theappropriate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The red indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNO-SIS

GUID-0B904713-E37A-46A3-9A90-63FADE14E79C

If HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. push and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons without inter-ruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in(50 to 127 mm) away from the HomeLink®

Black plate (153,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

surface. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holding thetransmitter in another position - keeping theindicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,please contact the NISSAN Consumer AffairsDepartment. The phone numbers are located inthe Foreword of this Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATION

GUID-8C1871E3-C252-465F-A399-47B1EB58E018

Individual buttons cannot be cleared, however toclear all programming, push and hold the twooutside buttons and release when the indicatorlight begins to flash (in approximately 20seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTON

GUID-2BF52974-A0FA-4080-821F-2E188B5DC58B

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver button, complete the following.

1. Push and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button until step4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flashslowly (after 20 seconds), position thehand-held transmitter 2 to 5 in (50 to 127mm) away from the HomeLink® surface.

3. Push and hold the hand-held transmitterbutton.

4. The HomeLink® indicator light will flash, firstslowly and then rapidly. When the indicatorlight begins to flash rapidly, release bothbuttons.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonhas now been reprogrammed. The new devicecan be activated by pushing the HomeLink®

button that was just programmed. This proce-dure will not affect any other programmedHomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENGUID-464C8E7D-4693-445C-BEED-4B9B07479827

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change thecodes of any non-rolling code device that hasbeen programmed into HomeLink®. Consult theOwner’s Manual of each device or call themanufacturer or dealer of those devices foradditional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.


For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.


Black plate (154,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (155,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ................................................................................................. 3-3Intelligent Key system ............................................................ 3-3Mechanical key ....................................................................... 3-4Valet hand-off .......................................................................... 3-5

Doors ............................................................................................... 3-5Locking with mechanical key ............................................... 3-5Opening and closing windows with themechanical key ........................................................................ 3-6Locking with inside lock knob ............................................. 3-6Locking with power door lock switch ............................... 3-7Automatic door locks ............................................................ 3-7Child safety rear door lock (Hardtop models) ................ 3-8

Intelligent Key system ................................................................. 3-8Intelligent Key operating range ........................................ 3-10Door locks/unlocks precaution ........................................ 3-10Intelligent Key operation .................................................... 3-11Battery saver system .......................................................... 3-14Warning signals ................................................................... 3-14Troubleshooting guide ........................................................ 3-15

Remote keyless entry system ................................................ 3-16How to use remote keyless entry system ..................... 3-17

Hood ............................................................................................. 3-20Lift gate (Hardtop models) ..................................................... 3-20

Operating manual lift gate ................................................ 3-21Operating power lift gate (if so equipped) .................. 3-21

Auto closure ....................................................................... 3-24Lift gate release ................................................................. 3-25

Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................... 3-25Trunk lid release switch ................................................... 3-25Trunk open request switch ............................................. 3-26Trunk button ....................................................................... 3-26Opening with key .............................................................. 3-26Trunk release power cancel switch .............................. 3-26Interior trunk lid release ................................................... 3-27

Soft top (CrossCabriolet models) ....................................... 3-28Before operating the top ................................................. 3-28When operating the top .................................................. 3-31Luggage cover ................................................................... 3-32Soft top indicator light ..................................................... 3-32Automatic window lowering ........................................... 3-33Opening the top ................................................................ 3-33Closing the top .................................................................. 3-34Opening the top using the intelligent key .................. 3-34Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-35If the top does not open or close electrically ............ 3-36Care of the soft top and the vehicle body ................. 3-41

Fuel-filler door ........................................................................... 3-41Opening fuel-filler door ................................................... 3-41Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................... 3-42

Black plate (156,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Tilt/telescopic steering ............................................................. 3-44Manual operation ................................................................. 3-44Electric operation ................................................................ 3-44

Sun visors ................................................................................... 3-45Hardtop models ................................................................... 3-45CrossCabriolet models ...................................................... 3-45

Mirrors ......................................................................................... 3-46Inside mirror ........................................................................ 3-46Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-47Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-48

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ...................... 3-49Entry/exit function (if equipped) .................................... 3-49Memory storage ................................................................. 3-49System operation .............................................................. 3-50

Black plate (157,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-32E91F93-1BF6-407D-9C4D-E11C706B93DC

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2406

Type A

SPA2431

Type B

SPA2865

Type C

1. Intelligent Key (2)

2. Mechanical key (inside the key) (2)

3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMGUID-64550E60-3C68-49DC-B450-6EF37FA5B9C2

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

KEYS

Black plate (158,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. Ifthe Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 148F (−108C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in aplace where temperatures ex-ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance suchas a television set, personalcomputer or cellular phone.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key fromunauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, please con-tact a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2033

MECHANICAL KEYGUID-3D9FF77C-98B0-40A3-93C5-048839219F68

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe key until the lock knob returns to the lockposition.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors and glove box, if they are equipped with akey cylinder.

See “Doors” later in this section and “Storage”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

Black plate (159,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the key.

VALET HAND-OFFGUID-EFC63B4C-0F15-4531-AA8B-ACA78CB96860

When you have to leave a key with a valet, givethem the Intelligent Key itself after removing themechanical key to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box or the trunk (Cross-Cabriolet models) from being opened duringvalet hand-off, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancel switchto the OFF side (CrossCabriolet models).

2. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet, keepingthe mechanical key in your pocket or bag.Insert the mechanical key into the IntelligentKey when you retrieve your vehicle.

See glove box and “Storage” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section and “Trunk lid(CrossCabriolet models)” later in this section.

GUID-A6EDA02E-9855-47C0-A2E8-46DEBDFFD06C

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.


SPA2432

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYGUID-E8E0764D-7E38-467C-AB80-1609CF8DDD47

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously using themechanical key.

Hardtop modelsGUID-0BFF314E-455C-4A8A-9BCF-B9DF3F2390B1

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle*1 will lock all doors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle*2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position *3 , turning it to the rearagain within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.


DOORS

Black plate (160,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Crosscabriolet modelsGUID-E42A3CA3-AD22-4044-A8E7-1CE5A91D11A8

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to therear of the vehicle*2 will lock all doors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the front of the vehicle*1 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position *3 , turning it to the frontagain within 5 seconds will unlock all doors.

Models with color display:

You can switch the lock system to the mode thatallows you to open all the doors when the key isturned once. (See “How to use SETTINGbutton” in the “4. Monitor, heater, air conditioner,audio, phone and voice recognition systems”section.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE MECHANICAL KEY

GUID-5CA6B107-CCEF-4728-83E6-1D0247152077

The driver’s door key operation also allows youto open and close the window that is equippedwith the automatic open/close function. (See“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section).

To open the windows, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to unlock for longer than 1 second.The door is unlocked and the window keepsopening while turning the key.

This function can also be performed by pushingand holding the door UNLOCK button of the

key. (See “Remote keyless entry system” later inthis section.)

To close the windows, turn the driver’s door keycylinder to lock for longer than 1 second. Thedoor is locked and the window keeps closingwhile turning the key.

SPA2465

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBGUID-280B5B43-891E-4CBE-9845-1698016E3BD4

To lock the door individually, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position*2 .

When locking the door without IntelligentKey, be sure not to leave the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle.

Black plate (161,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2300

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

GUID-DB03598A-E334-478D-9F87-2864156F8581

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s and front passenger’s doorarmrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position*1 with the driver’sor front passenger’s door open, then close thedoor.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lock

switch to the unlock position*2 .

Lockout protectionGUID-BB47EDF9-3384-43BF-9799-EA35B33C1506

When the power door lock switch (driver or frontpassenger) is moved to the lock position withthe Intelligent Key in the port and any door open,all doors will lock and unlock automatically. Withthe Intelligent Key left in the vehicle (not in theIntelligent Key port) and any door open, all doorswill unlock automatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the IntelligentKey from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSGUID-FC92C800-B665-49FF-9CDE-4A1CBC7A147B

. All doors will be locked automatically whenthe vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors will be unlocked automaticallywhen the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2,push and hold the power door lock switch tothe position (UNLOCK) for more than 5seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicator willflash twice. When deactivated, the hazardindicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position. Tounlock the door manually, use the inside lockknob or the power door lock switch (driver’s orfront passenger’s side).


Black plate (162,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2433

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK(Hardtop models)

GUID-02E4EA0C-4602-4E41-993C-FC56ED415767

The child safety rear door locks help preventdoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position

*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition*2 .

GUID-A26B93CD-32CF-44F2-8707-5F0887B9E015

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that radiowaves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the Intelligent Key while onan airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor (including the lift gate) and the trunk lidlocks using the remote keyless function orpushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver,and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Black plate (163,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged, insert the Intelligent Key into theIntelligent Key port to start the engine. Replacethe discharged battery with a new one as soonas possible. For more details, see “Push-buttonignition switch” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent key battery replacement”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional Intelligent

Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affectthe system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computer orcellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. Forinformation about disabling the Intelligent Keyfunction, contact a NISSAN dealer.


Black plate (164,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

GUID-88C8AC60-C35F-4257-BFE7-BFFE13458197

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch*1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper the request

switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors including the liftgate and open the trunk lid.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

GUID-F886F6E8-EB74-4F3A-823E-A3D70ED7F320

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. When locking the doors using the doorhandle request switch, make sure to havethe Intelligent Key in your possession beforeoperating the door handle request switch to

Black plate (165,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inthe vehicle.

. The door handle request switch is opera-tional only when the Intelligent Key has beendetected by the Intelligent Key system.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle or the trunk, make sure youcarry the key with you and then lock thedoors or the trunk.

. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closingdoors with the door handle request switch)can be set to remain inactive on the centerdisplay (if so equipped). (See “Vehicleinformation and settings” in the “4. Monitor,heater, air conditioner, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems” section.)

SPA2408

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONGUID-11F409E1-2083-4E3E-98C3-276AB17A6B02

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

SPA2779

SPA2780

Hardtop models


Black plate (166,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch *A (driver’s or frontpassenger’s) or the lift gate request switch*Bwithin the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound as aconfirmation. For details, see “Setting hazardindicator and horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doorsGUID-131EB795-ADF4-4035-8A9F-3856D80189ED

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position, push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors and the lift gate.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch*A orlift gate request switch *B while carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handlerequest switch while any door (including the liftgate) is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle

request switch with the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

However, when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with anotherregistered Intelligent Key.

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure that thedoors have been securely locked byoperating the door handles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure to havethe Intelligent Key in your posses-sion before operating the requestswitch to prevent the Intelligent Keyfrom being left in the vehicle.

. The request switch is operationalonly when the Intelligent Key hasbeen detected by the Intelligent Keysystem.

Lockout protection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the Intelligent Keysystem.

When the driver’s side door is open, the doors

are locked, and then the Intelligent Key is putinside the vehicle and all the doors are closed;the lock will automatically unlock and the doorbuzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that isoperating the request switch to lock thedoor. Put the intelligent key in a purse,pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

. When the Intelligent Key is placedon top of the instrument panel.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the glove box or a storagebin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside the door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedon or under the spare tire area.

. When the Intelligent Key is placedon the outer side of trunk area.

Black plate (167,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. When the Intelligent Key is placedinside or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doorsGUID-E389B864-2ED4-43A0-A072-CBA801BA714E

1. Push the door handle request switch*A orthe lift gate request switch*B once whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and theoutside chime sounds once. The corre-sponding door or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 1minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and theoutside chime sounds once again. All thedoors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked. If during this 1-minute timeperiod, the request switch is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door (including the lift gate)

. Pushing the ignition switch

. Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli-gent Key port

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCK

button on the Intelligent Key is pushed, alldoors will be locked automatically after another1 minute.

Power lift gate open (if so equipped)GUID-C4223880-DBCA-4D91-ABF0-AFAF15DD1400

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the power lift gate opener switch*C .

3. The lift gate will unlock and automaticallyopen.

4. The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and theoutside chime sounds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gatebutton on the key, or power lift gate switch onthe instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate.(See “Lift gate (Hardtop models)” in the “3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments” section.)

SPA2866


Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-els)

GUID-A3A52D7E-A3C5-486E-B4E3-60918ECC8F87

1. Push the trunk open request switch*D formore than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside chime willsound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the trunk, lockout protec-tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system.

When the trunk lid is closed with the IntelligentKey inside the trunk, the outside buzzer will


Black plate (168,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


sound and the trunk will open.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-20E66BAB-355C-4A3F-B30F-61C4E89141BD

When all the following conditions are met for 60minutes, the battery saver system will cut off thepower supply to prevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALSGUID-737B9BCC-17DA-4349-B877-AC71EFB1D933

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,chime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrixliquid crystal display.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warningdisplays, be sure to check the vehicle andIntelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” later in this sectionand “Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

Black plate (169,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-E1D6756A-F1B8-472A-887B-B4B6682D8BDF

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the selector leverto the P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.


The Intelligent Key is in the IntelligentKey port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli-gent Key port.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.


The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the selector lever is not inthe P (Park) position.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few secondsand all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor cargo/trunk room area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switchor the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor cargo/trunk room area.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lid(CrossCabriolet models)

The outside chime sounds for approximately 10seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.


Black plate (170,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-2CA37571-0169-4EEF-8C1B-5C2849855720

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and commu-nication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedfor a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors and the liftgate/trunk lid, activate the panic alarm and openthe windows and lift gate/trunk lid (if soequipped) by pushing the buttons on theIntelligent Key from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the IntelligentKey can operate at a distance of approximately33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditions aroundthe vehicle.) As many as 4 Intelligent Keys canbe used with one vehicle. For informationconcerning the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons will not operate

when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Key andthe vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make sure thedoors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons, approachthe vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m) from the door.

SPA2252A

Type A

SPA2436

Type B

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Black plate (171,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2867

Type C

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 Power lift gate button (if so equipped)

*4 PANIC button

*5 TRUNK button (CrossCabriolet models)

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-C6C8F65F-3152-4763-BF0F-A4447FDA547F

When you lock or unlock the doors or the liftgate/trunk lid, the hazard indicator will flash andthe horn (or the outside chime) will sound as aconfirmation. For details, see “Setting hazardindicator and horn mode” later in this section.

Locking doorsGUID-8CBF74EB-4EC8-465A-B09B-2CA410A11EC0

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position. Make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*

2. Close all the doors and lift gate.

3. Push the LOCK button*1 .

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

Unlocking doorsGUID-07D2F8A3-E183-47DE-B2BB-5F0B2765BABE

1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button *2 againwithin 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once again. Allthe doors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK button*2 while the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK button*2is pushed, all doors will be locked automaticallyafter another 1 minute.

. Opening any door (including the lift gate) ortrunk

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windowsGUID-A6DE3912-EF46-4CEA-887C-286260C70F8F

The UNLOCK button *2 operation alsoallows you to open the window that is equippedwith the automatic open/close function. (See“Power windows” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section).

To open the windows, push the door UNLOCKbutton*2 for about 3 seconds after the

door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton*2 .

Windows cannot be closed using the button onthe Intelligent Key.

If the window open operation is stopped in mid-operation while pushing the UNLOCKbutton *2 , release and push the UNLOCKPre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Black plate (172,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


button *2 again until the window openscompletely.

The door windows can be opened or closed byturning the mechanical key in a door lock. (See“Doors” earlier in this section.)

Opening/closing lift gate (if so equipped)GUID-7A0EC3F3-A0FF-43A5-983C-6F30EE025AB4

1. Push the power lift gate button *3for more than 1 second.

2. The lift gate will automatically open.

The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and theoutside chime sounds for approximately 3seconds.

To close the lift gate, push the power lift gatebutton*3 .

The lift gate will automatically close.

If the power lift gate button*3 is pushedwhile the lift gate is being opened or closed, thelift gate will reverse.

The power lift gate button*3 cannot beoperated when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Using panic alarmGUID-0EEA2C46-8F73-4264-8914-B8CE095E8B5C

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you can activate the alarm according to thefollowing procedure to call attention.

1. Push the PANIC button*4 for morethan 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm will sound and theheadlights will flash for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops under either of thefollowing conditions.. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons is pushed. (Note: the

PANIC button *4 should bepushed for more than 1 second.)

Opening trunk lid (CrossCabriolet mod-els)

GUID-87B7F82C-E682-4BF3-BE6B-52CC949856EB

1. Push the TRUNK button *5 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeGUID-0B7C4602-8422-4E4E-A11F-E789553B0A3D

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton *1 is pushed, the hazard indicatorflashes twice. When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed, neither the hazard indicator northe horn operates.

Black plate (173,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Hazard indicator and horn mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or lift gate/

trunk request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME -once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry sys-tem

(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or lift gate/

trunk request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME -none

Remote keyless entry sys-tem

(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - none



Switching procedure:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK *2buttons simultaneously for more than 2 secondsto switch the mode from one to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator mode, the hazard indicator flashes 3times.

When pushing the buttons to set the hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

NOS1695


Black plate (174,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-EFCA6993-4C66-4840-8CB7-A8AB3D34E97F

SPA2437

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel; thehood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever*2 up at the front of the hoodwith your fingertips and raise the hood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly close thehood down and make sure it locks intoplace.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the

hood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

GUID-4BA01BDD-7B7E-4674-BC74-CD9F5511DABB

WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.


. Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the lift gate.

HOOD LIFT GATE (Hardtop models)

Black plate (175,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2438

OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATEGUID-61A6DC11-5EF1-41BC-B25F-AD72BB5A5897

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push theopener switch*A . Pull up the lift gate to open.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

. pushing the unlock button on theIntelligent Key twice.

. pushing the lift gate request switch (if soequipped).

. pushing the door handle request switchtwice (if so equipped).

. pushing the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

. inserting the mechanical key into the driver’sdoor key cylinder and turning it to the rear of

the vehicle twice.

To close the lift gate, pull down until it securelylocks.

OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE (if soequipped)

GUID-8341353C-675A-42F8-BB11-F9F93D73F7A6

To operate the power lift gate, the selector levermust be in the P (Park) position.

The power lift gate will not operate if the batteryvoltage is low.

SPA2461

Power lift gate main switchGUID-F5D61AAE-138A-4E73-8934-59B0837383B1

The power lift gate operation can be turned onor off by the power lift gate main switch on theinstrument panel.

When the power lift gate main switch is pushedto the “OFF” position, the power operation is notavailable by the power lift gate switch on the liftgate and lift gate opener switch.


Black plate (176,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2439

SPA2462

SPA2463

SPA2440

Power openGUID-4B6F9483-D240-461C-8F75-22A08D5716EE

When the lift gate is fully closed, the lift gate willfully open automatically by:

. pushing the power lift gate switch *A onthe instrument panel

. pushing the lift gate opener switch*B

. pushing the power lift gate button *C onthe Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate starts opening.

NOTE:

The lift gate can be opened by the powerlift gate switch*A or the lift gate button

*C even if the lift gate is locked.The lift gate will individually unlock andopen. Once the lift gate is closed, its lockwill align to the vehicle’s lock or unlockstatus.

Power closeGUID-E888CA90-E984-4CE2-975D-16E18CC2BCC1

When the lift gate is fully opened, the lift gatewill fully close automatically by:


. pushing the power lift gate switch *D onthe lower part of the lift gate

. pushing the lift gate release button*C onthe Intelligent Key for more than 1 second

Black plate (177,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

The hazard flashes 4 times and the outsidechime sounds when the lift gate starts closing.

Reverse functionGUID-28EE2E95-2E6D-4231-A853-225C012F131B

The power lift gate will reverse immediately ifone of the following actions is performed duringpower open or power close.


. pushing the lift gate switch*D on the lowerpart of the lift gate

. pushing the lift gate button *C onthe Intelligent Key.

The outside chime sounds when the lift gatestarts to reverse.

The power lift gate button *C on theIntelligent Key cannot be operated when theignition switch is in the ON position.

Auto reverse functionGUID-588A601D-27B2-48E9-8FDE-883DF425CE62

The auto-reverse function enables the lift gate toautomatically reverse when something is caughtin the lift gate as it is opening or closing. Whenthe control unit detects an obstacle, the lift gatewill reverse and return to the full open or fullclose position.

If a second obstacle is detected, the lift gatemotion will stop and the drive motor willdisengage. The lift gate will enter the manual

mode.

A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of thelift gate. If an obstacle is detected by the pinchsensor during power close, the lift gate willreverse and return to the full open positionimmediately.

NOTE:

If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed,the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There is a small distance immediatelybefore the closed position that cannotbe detected. Make sure that all passen-gers keep their hands, etc., clear fromthe lift gate opening before closing thelift gate.

Manual modeGUID-2D066900-C91C-4239-8B7E-587EF875F5E6

If power operation is not available, the lift gatecan be operated manually. Power operation maynot be available if multiple obstacles have beendetected in a single power cycle or if the batteryvoltage is low. When the power lift gate mainswitch is in the OFF position, the lift gate can beopened manually by pushing the lift gate openerswitch. If the power lift gate opener switch is

pushed during power open or close, the poweroperation will be canceled and the lift gate canbe operated manually.


Black plate (178,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2464

Safe ModeGUID-9161D00E-0361-4406-9899-CE4F57ECAF0B

If the gas stays of the lift gate*1 lose pressure,the power lift gate safe mode is activated. Whenthe safe mode is activated, the lift gateintermittently closes. Then the lift gate will bepulled to the closed and latched position by amotor.

The power lift gate cannot be opened using theswitches at any time in the safe mode.

Do not operate the lift gate again until it ischecked by a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. If the power lift gate does not stayopen or if the lift gate unexpectedlycloses at any time, do not operatethe lift gate. There may be a pres-sure loss in one or both of the liftgate gas stays. Have the lift gateinspected by a NISSAN dealer.

. Do not activate the power lift gate ifone or both of the lift gate gas staysare removed. Damage to the liftgate or power lift gate mechanismsmay occur.

AUTO CLOSUREGUID-7AD58A51-23F5-4099-B091-E857EB67A8A8

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly openposition, the lift gate will pull itself to the closedposition.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism tomalfunction.

CAUTION

. The lift gate will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingersaway from lift gate opening.

. Do not let children operate the liftgate.

Black plate (179,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA1915

LIFT GATE RELEASEGUID-1D614743-17EC-4673-B778-F929F5E10CB9

If the lift gate cannot be opened due to adischarged battery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover inside of the lift gate witha suitable tool.

2. Move the lever toward the direction*A asillustrated to open the lift gate.

Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-2C264EE5-CF00-4D99-8287-BE0FA9532E1E

WARNING

. Do not drive with the trunk lid open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-ide)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section of this manual.

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where they couldbe seriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the trunk closed, whennot in use, and prevent children’saccess to Intelligent Keys.

SPA2868

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCHGUID-3E3F75C6-3DEC-4CB3-AB7F-5D7232A3354C

The trunk lid release switch *A is located onthe instrument panel.

To open the trunk lid, push the release switchdown as illustrated. To close, push the trunk liddown.


TRUNK LID (CrossCabriolet models)

Black plate (180,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2866-A

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCHGUID-B01B03F7-E6F4-4880-AF56-804BF02D2CC4

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch *A when theIntelligent Key is within the operating range ofthe trunk lock/unlock function regardless of theinside lock knob position. (See “Intelligent Keysystem” earlier in this section.)

TRUNK BUTTONGUID-BBA61B35-8253-481A-BABD-2C8031AD5525

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key formore than 1 second.

SPA2871

OPENING WITH KEYGUID-A6A5B4FC-5FBC-4C5F-8A27-A149CEEDAF32

To open the trunk lid, insert the mechanical keyto the trunk key cylinder and turn the key to theright side of the vehicle. To close, remove thekey and push the trunk lid down.

SPA2869

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCELSWITCH

GUID-4D40CB74-0EE0-44CF-9D72-61FB52259054

When the switch located inside the glove box isin the OFF position*A , the power to the trunklid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot beopened by the trunk lid release switch, the trunkopen request switch with the Intelligent Keycarried with you or the TRUNK button on theIntelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with a valetand want to keep your belongings safe in theglove box and the trunk, push this switch to OFFand lock the glove box with the mechanical key.Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Keywith the valet and keep the mechanical key with

Black plate (181,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

you.

See “Keys” earlier in this section.

To connect the power to the trunk lid, push theswitch to the ON*B position.

SPA2870

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASEGUID-76617E49-69A3-42A3-B4CE-6BA318A11DE5

WARNING

Closely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent them fromplaying and becoming locked in thetrunk where they could be seriouslyinjured. Keep the car locked, with thetrunk lid securely latched, when not inuse, and prevent children’s access toIntelligent Keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanism allowsopening of the trunk lid in the event that people

become locked inside the trunk or in the event ofthe loss of electrical power such as a dis-charged battery.

Releasing inside the trunkGUID-AF4D5EDF-174E-4F6F-B198-B456683E28BD

To open the trunk lid from the inside, pull therelease handle *1 until the lock releases andpush up on the trunk lid. The release lever ismade of a material that glows in the dark after abrief exposure to ambient light.

The handle is located on the back of the trunk lidas illustrated.


Black plate (182,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-4E386DA4-547C-4A5A-BC6A-9C85B5A124D5

SPA2872

Interior/exterior view

1. Soft top indicator light (on the combinationmeter)

2. Soft top operating switch

3. Top lock hole

4. Soft top

5. Rear parcel shelf

6. Skylight glass

7. Rear window

8. Top storage lid

9. Trunk lid

BEFORE OPERATING THE TOPGUID-B5A72515-20E3-4BF7-986E-50FBF5D603CE

The soft top of this vehicle is electricallyoperated. You can fully open or close the toponly by pressing the operating switch located onthe center console.

Only operate the soft top operating switch underall of the following conditions:

. When the trunk is closed.

. When the vehicle is stopped.

. When the engine is running or when theignition switch is in the ON position.

. When the luggage cover is pulled out andhooked so that the roof storage area isseparated from the trunk.

(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet mod-els)” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section).

. When the selector lever is in a position otherthan the R (Reverse) position.

CAUTION

Always keep the engine running whileoperating the soft top. The top will alsooperate when the ignition switch is inthe ON position, but run the engine toprevent a discharged battery.

Be sure to follow the operating instructions, andall the warnings and cautions in this section.

Improper operation of the top could causea system malfunction, damage, or dete-rioration of the top material and relatedparts.

SOFT TOP (CrossCabriolet models)

Black plate (183,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2873

WARNING

. Park the vehicle in a safe and levelplace and apply the parking brake.

. Make sure the parking area is clearof obstacles and there is enoughclearance over the top (for example,in a garage or a covered area). Morethan approximately 10 ft (3 m) fromthe ground and more than approxi-mately 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the rear ofthe vehicle is required to open orclose the top safely. Otherwise, thetop may damage any objects above

it while moving. The top operatingsystem could also be damaged.

. Do not operate the top when thereis not enough clearance behind thevehicle. Someone could becometrapped between the top storagelid and another object (for examplea wall) which could result in seriousinjury.

. Do not operate the top in a strongwind. It could be blown by the wind,striking someone or damageing thetop.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the top is beingoperated.

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle with an open top.Always use seat belts and properchild restraints.

JVP0045X

WARNING

. Never install a cover or film (forexample window tint) on the sky-light glass. This may cause the dualpop-up roll bars to operate impro-perly and could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of arollover. (see “Dual pop-up roll barsystem (CrossCabriolet models)” inthe “1. Safety — Seats, seat beltsand supplemental restraint system”section.)


Black plate (184,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CAUTION

. Do not operate the top when thetemperature is below 328F (08C).This may result in damage to thetop material or operating system.

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the top, and dry thesurface of the top completely beforeopening it.

. Do not open the top when it is wetor damp. This may cause interiorwater damage, stains or mildew onthe top material.

. Be sure to turn off the rear windowdefroster switch. Never turn it onwhile the top is being operated orfully opened. The heat may damagethe top material.

SPA2691

CAUTION

. Do not place any objects betweenthe top cloth and the structure.Doing so could interfere with topoperation and cause damage to thetop operating system or the objects.

. Do not place anything on the top,rear parcel shelf, inner flaps andtrunk lid. Even small items mayinterfere with the top operationand could cause damage to the topor the vehicle body.

. Do not place anything in the topstorage area. The top will not fitthere properly, and this could da-mage the top and/or the vehiclebody.

. Do not sit or place anything on thetop, rear parcel shelf, inner flaps,storage lid and trunk lid, especiallywhen the top is being operated. Thetop may be damaged.

. Do not drive the vehicle with the toppartially opened. Always make surethe top is either fully opened orclosed before driving.

. Secure items so that they cannot beblown from the vehicle while drivingwith the top open.

. Do not operate the top manuallyexcept for emergency cases. Manualoperation may damage the top.

. Be sure to fully open or fully closethe top. Do not release the switchhalf way through the roof openingor closing process. If the top is onlypartially opened, significant da-mage to the top could occur.

. Do not operate the top if the dualpop-up roll bars have been acti-

Black plate (185,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

vated. Extended dual pop-up rollbars may interfere with top opera-tion and could cause damage to thetop or the vehicle body.

Make sure the trunk lid is securely closed beforeoperating the top.

SPA2874

WHEN OPERATING THE TOPGUID-9783AAEB-D9EE-4150-9CAA-F03901BE51C6

WARNING

Keep hands and other parts of the bodyaway from moving parts such as thetop, storage lid, inner flap *A andpower windows.

SPA2875

CAUTION

. Keep all parts of the top linkageclear of obstructions, or the toplatch may not be securely locked.

. Do not place anything in the topstorage area. Cargo that contactsthe top could damage the top and/or the vehicle body. See Cautionlabel*B attached in the trunk.


Black plate (186,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


NOTE:. In case of low battery or low tempera-

ture, the top may temporarily stopmoving during the operation. This func-tions to protect the top control me-chanism, and it is not a malfunction.

. The top operation may be automati-cally stopped to protect the systemunder the following conditions:

— Immediately after the engine isstarted.

— If the top or power windows areoperated repeatedly in a short per-iod of time.

— If the top is left partially open for along period of time before the top isfully opened.

Wait for approximately 5 minutes be-fore operating the top again.

LUGGAGE COVERGUID-B26A5118-9345-47A5-9852-69A71FF769AB

The soft top can be operated only when thetrunk is separated by the luggage cover. Theluggage cover must be pulled out and hung onthe hooks or the top will not operate.

(See “Luggage cover (CrossCabriolet models)”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section).

SPA1691

SOFT TOP INDICATOR LIGHTGUID-AC0A62DC-CB4D-48FD-9A3A-3C2535153F4E

The soft top indicator light in the instrumentpanel shows the conditions of top operation.The light illuminates when the soft top is beingoperated or if it is stopped before reaching thefully opened or closed position. When the top isfully opened or closed, the light will turn off.

The light blinks while the soft top is not fullyopened or closed under the following condi-tions:

. When the vehicle is driven.


Only drive the vehicle when the soft top is in the

fully opened or fully closed position.

When the soft top is operating, and any of thefollowing conditions occur, the top will stopoperating.


. When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3MPH (5 km/h) or more.

. When the battery voltage is extremely low.

. When the temperature of the soft topsystem becomes extremely high.

Release the soft top operating switch, and pushthe switch again to move the top to the fullyopened or closed position. The soft top indicatorlight will turn off when the top operation iscompletely finished.

If the soft top indicator light illuminates with theignition switch ON (whether the top is operatedor not, and when the top is engaged), it mayindicate the top operating system is notfunctioning properly. Have your vehicle checkedby a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

Black plate (187,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

AUTOMATIC WINDOW LOWERINGGUID-53158076-5049-419E-B46E-60FF9661FC5C

When the soft top operating switch is pressed,the power windows will automatically be low-ered completely. The windows do not riseautomatically after the top operation is com-pleted. Use the power window switches to raisethem.

SPA2632

OPENING THE TOPGUID-A212C8E0-E684-4914-9C6A-29123B5D454E


2. Push OPEN on the soft top operating switchand hold it until the top is fully opened.. The soft top indicator light will illuminate

while the top is in motion. (In about 20seconds, the opening movement willfinish and the indicator light turns off.)

. Windows will automatically be fullyopened.

3. Release the switch when the top is fullyopened. (The indicator light turns off.)

NOTE:

If you release the switch and press it againwhile the top is being opened, the top willslightly move to the closing direction, thenstart moving to the opening directionagain. The top is designed to move in thisway. It is not a malfunction.


Black plate (188,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SPA2633

CLOSING THE TOPGUID-DAD80567-3F61-4CBF-86B1-D92B657E227A


2. Push CLOSE on the soft top operatingswitch and hold it until the top is fully closed.. The soft top indicator light will illuminate

while the top is in motion. (In about 20seconds, the closing movement willfinish.)

. Windows will automatically be fullyopened.

3. Release the switch when the top is fullyclosed. (The indicator light will turn off.)

OPENING THE TOP USING THE IN-TELLIGENT KEY

GUID-49044D36-3539-45EB-A570-6E07681CB5C9

The soft top can be opened using the doorhandle request switch.

JVP0049X

Opening the soft topGUID-4C7A2A7D-B19A-4092-923C-63EC90103CB4

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position andmake sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you.Make sure that the trunk luggage cover is pulledout and hung on the hooks. Push the doorhandle request switch (driver’s or passenger’s)*A and hold it until the soft top is fully open.

Black plate (189,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-2D51144E-87AE-4042-BCCA-A9F63DED76ED

If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally, follow the procedures shown in the following table. If the procedures in thefollowing table do not solve the symptom, immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection.

Symptom Beep Possible cause Possible solution

The OPEN side of the soft top operatingswitch is pushed, but the soft top does notoperate.

Sounds twice

The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch ispushed while the soft top is fully open, or theCLOSE side of the soft top operating switch ispushed while the soft top is fully closed.

Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operatingswitch when the soft top is fully open. Push theOPEN side of the soft top operating switch when thesoft top is fully closed.

Sounds twice The selector lever is in the R (Reverse) position.Shift the selector lever to the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position, and then operate the soft top.

Sounds twice The trunk lid is opened. Fully close the trunk lid.

Does not sound The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.

Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system. Wait for approximately 5 minutes.

The soft top stops halfway during opera-tion.

Sounds twiceObjects are trapped in the moving structure of thesoft top.

Check that an object is not trapped inside the rearparcel shelf, inner flap and soft top. After the check,turn the ignition switch to the OFF position, start theengine again and then operate the soft top.

Sounds twice The battery voltage is low. Start the engine again and operate the soft top.

When the vehicle is being driven, the beepsounds.

Sounds continu-ously

The soft top is partially opened.Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location andfully open or fully close the soft top.


Black plate (190,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN ORCLOSE ELECTRICALLY

GUID-17B75AAD-7BCD-4553-9A36-FB3FA5E49CAF

If you cannot operate the soft top with theoperating switch, first check whether all thefollowing operating conditions are met.

. Vehicle is stopped

. Ignition switch is ON (Run the engine whenoperating the top.)

. The trunk is closed

. The selector lever is in a position other thanthe R (Reverse) position

. The luggage cover is pulled out and hookedso that the roof storage area is separatedfrom the trunk.

If the top still does not move under the aboveconditions or has any system malfunction, see aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible. When youmust close the top by yourself, in the event ofemergency or when an immediate dealer serviceis not available, close the top manually accord-ing to the procedures shown in this section.

When closing the soft top manually:

. Move the vehicle to a safe place, away fromtraffic.

. Two people should perform this procedure,as some of the top parts are extremelyheavy.

The top cannot be opened manually.

WARNING

. Do not drive with the top partiallyopened.

. If the top cannot be operated prop-erly, see a NISSAN dealer as soonas possible to have your vehiclechecked.

CAUTION

The storage lid is extremely heavy. Thestorage lid should be manually openedor closed by two people.

1. Open the trunk lid. In the event of adischarged battery, the secondary trunkrelease mechanism should be operated.(See “Trunk lid (CrossCabriolet models)”earlier in this section.)

2. Open the top storage lid.

JVP0036X

a. Remove the trunk light*1 .

b. Remove the lower trim clips *3 andremove the upper and lower trim pieces*2 .

c. Remove the two luggage cover hooks*4on the left and right side of the trunk.Then disconnect the connector *5 onthe left side luggage cover hook.

d. Remove the clips*6 behind the luggagecover hooks.

Black plate (191,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0037X

e. Pull back the left and right side trim in thetrunk room. Pull the left and right cables

*A in the direction of the arrow using asuitable tool, and release the storage lidlock*B .

NOTE:Use a cloth or other tool to protect yourhands when pulling on the cables.

JVP0038X

f. Push and hold the lever *C toward thefront of the vehicle to release the storagelid.

g. Close the trunk lid.

CAUTION

Make sure to close the trunk lid beforeopening the storage lid. The storage lidmay contact the trunk lid and damage it.


Black plate (192,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVP0039X

h. With two people, manually lift the storagelid by hand on the left and right side ofthe vehicle at lid edge*D .

JVP0040X

i. Move the storage lid in the directionmarked by the arrow to open it.

j. Move the inner flap *E and *F in thedirection of the arrows, then secure theflaps with tape or string.

Black plate (193,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

JVP0041X

3. Close the soft top.

a. Pull up the soft top simultaneously fromthe right and left side of the vehicle.

JVP0042X

b. Lift the rear side of the soft top*A until itis out of the storage area, then open the

soft top forward all the way.


Black plate (194,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


JVP0043X

c. Close the storage lid.

CAUTION

Make sure to close the storage lidcompletely. The storage lid may contactthe soft top and damage it.

JVP0044X

d. Close the front and rear parts of the softtop at the same time as illustrated.

SPA2689

4. Lock the front part of the soft top.

a. Remove the cap*1 as illustrated.

b. Insert tool*2 (located in the trunk) intothe hole and turn clockwise.

CAUTION

. After closing the top manually, havethe system checked and/or repairedby a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

. Avoid leaving the vehicle outside forlong periods or driving at highspeeds. The rear of the top is not

Black plate (195,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

locked completely, and this mayallow wind and rain to get into yourvehicle.

CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THEVEHICLE BODY

GUID-85248970-F9FC-4037-98ED-B29AF18639F5

To use your CrossCabriolet safely and comfor-tably, you need to observe all the warnings andcautions shown in the previous pages. Also, tomaintain a good appearance of the soft top andthe vehicle body, you need to care for them bycleaning and/or washing properly.

CAUTION

. Do not use an automatic car wash ora high-pressure car wash to cleanyour vehicle. The top may be da-maged and water may leak into theinside of the vehicle.

. Store the vehicle with the top closedif it is not to be used for longperiods. Keeping the top stowedfor long periods may cause wrinkleson the surface of the top.

See “Cleaning exterior” in the “7. Appearanceand care” section for detailed instructions.

. A protective clear tape is applied to the topstorage lid painted surface where the softtop contacts the surface. When the top isfully closed, the tape may transmit somelight, visible from the inside of the vehicle.This does not affect the water and airtightness of the seal.

. The inner surface of the trunk and topstorage lids may show a fibrous, or marbledpattern. This is the normal appearance of thematerial used in these parts.

GUID-58F03607-9C0E-45A3-A739-6F6533CBE06D

SPA2441

OPENING FUEL-FILLER DOORGUID-C2164B1B-2157-4717-902B-A3E94EF3F4D7

To open the fuel-filler door, push the openerswitch located below the instrument panel. Tolock, close the fuel-filler door securely.


FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Black plate (196,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


FUEL-FILLER CAPGUID-45E9B200-5266-43FB-B114-5A04EF6FA26A

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten the fuel-fillercap until a single click is heard.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the mal-function indicator light (MIL) toilluminate. If the light illumi-nates because the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or installthe cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If thelight does not turn off after a fewdriving trips, have the vehicle in-spected by a NISSAN dealer.

For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning willappear if the fuel-filler cap is notproperly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to bedisplayed. Failure to tighten thefuel-filler cap properly after theLOOSE FUEL CAP warning appearsmay cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.

Black plate (197,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SPA2442

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise toremove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder*Awhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

SPA2833

LOOSE FUEL CAP warningGUID-A04C09C8-3C53-423B-AC70-189E634F9E83

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on thedot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be displayed. Toturn off the warning, perform the following steps:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soonas possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap” earlier inthis section.)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a single clickis heard.

3. Push the reset switch*A on the right sideof the combination meter for about 1 second

to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningafter tightening the fuel cap.


Black plate (198,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-24FBE4B2-4508-4AC7-A4F2-026DF692853E

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause an acci-dent.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is necessaryfor proper steering operation andcomfort. The driver’s air bag inflateswith great force. If you are unrest-rained, leaning forward, sitting side-ways or out of position in any way,you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as faraway as practical from the steeringwheel. Always use the seat belts.

SPA2443

MANUAL OPERATIONGUID-20C3E099-AD1B-4DFF-97DD-6AF9D7373A42

Manual operationGUID-69ADA9CB-3148-41B8-8BFC-2FD888E82F39

Pull the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel forward or rearward to thedesired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Pull the lock lever *2 and adjust the steeringwheel up or down to the desired position.

Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheelin place.

SPA2444A

ELECTRIC OPERATIONGUID-27257F1D-DB84-47F2-83F2-B6F7CC1D700D

Tilt or telescopic operationGUID-0F8A0E36-72D5-4F58-A543-110128462B2D

Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up ordown, forward or rearward to the desiredposition.

Entry/Exit function operation (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The automatic drive positioner system will makethe steering wheel move up automatically whenthe driver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. This lets the driverget into and out of the seat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” later in this section.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

Black plate (199,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E95255EA-C17D-4F05-8E11-DD566D7FB686

SIC3451

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-ACCBC1FC-4BB4-4873-BB24-EFB9F2B19183

CAUTION

. Do not store the main sun visorbefore storing the extension sunvisor.

. Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the main sun visor*1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove themain sun visor from the center mount andswing it to the side*2 .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor *3 fromthe main sun visor to block from furtherglare.

SIC2872

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-638F4A62-05CB-4943-BF6B-4E76A2BF9AB2

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor*1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the center mount and swing it tothe side*2 .


SUN VISORS

Black plate (200,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-18188D7A-64F7-4D74-BFF2-8A606EDED136

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORGUID-333780B7-50C0-4562-BBC4-FEC53134867A

Adjust the height and the angle of the insidemirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeGUID-F100EFA2-76F3-450F-8CD1-FA039540B2A2

The night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

SPA2422A

Type A

SPA2450

Type B

MIRRORS

Black plate (201,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Automatic anti-glare typeGUID-75561106-D8BE-4E21-A23B-64B84E0A7AC5

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection according tothe intensity of the headlights of the followingvehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

When the anti-glare system is turned on, theindicator light*A will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehicle behindyou will be reduced.

Type A: Push the switch *B to make theinside rearview mirror operate normally and theindicator light will turn off. Push the switchagain to turn the system on.

Type B: Push the “*” switch*C to make theinside rearview mirror operate normally. Theindicator light will turn off. Push the “I” switch*D to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improper opera-tion.

For the compass (if so equipped) operation, see“Compass” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver opera-tion, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSGUID-EA0119F9-F39F-4DB3-A112-568766B0ECF6

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

SPA2319

Adjusting outside mirrorsGUID-BDFF896E-E842-4BF3-8D64-FADE035BD4D5

The outside mirror control switch is located onthe armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Turn the switch right or left to select the right orleft side mirror*1 , then adjust using the controlswitch*2 .


Black plate (202,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)

GUID-68C28473-B796-47E1-911F-00D0EEF293DB

The outside mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defroster switch is operated.

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsGUID-820E720A-12E0-455E-87A1-9AB90C7B54F2

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

SIC2064

VANITY MIRRORGUID-67A0AA3C-5897-4AD3-A960-33D20860995E

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.

Black plate (203,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-851FDA9C-62A3-4F94-9BB3-456D0780664E

The automatic drive positioner system has twofeatures:

. Entry/exit function (if equipped)

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (if equipped)GUID-B20D2394-0488-4194-B222-ACBB971CCC5C

This system is designed so that the driver’s seatand steering column will automatically movewhen the selector lever is in the P (Park)position. This allows the driver to get into andout of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering wheel will move up when the driver’sdoor is opened with the ignition switch in theLOCK position and the Intelligent Key notinserted in the Intelligent Key port.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will returnto the previous positions when the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ACC position.

The driver’s seat will not return to the previouspositions if the seat or steering adjusting switchis operated when the seat is at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit functionGUID-58D4463D-3833-4D6F-AB39-9C380DA99AC9

The selector lever must be in the P (Park)position with the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SET

switch for more than 10 seconds.

The indicator lights on the memory switches (1and 2) will blink once when the function iscanceled, and the indicator lights will blink twicewhen the function is activated. Note that theindicator lights may illuminate after 5 secondswhile holding the SET switch. This indicatesreadiness for linking the Intelligent Key to astored memory position. Keep the SET switchpressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on oroff the entry/exit function.

The entry/exit function can also be activated orcanceled if the “Lift Steering Wheel on Exit” keyor “Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit” key is turnedto ON or OFF in the “Comfort” settings. (See“Vehicle information and settings” in the “4.Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phoneand voice recognition systems” section.)

Initialize entry/exit functionGUID-3B7D11F0-51D7-4A5F-B078-9C3A3C24A746

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the entry/exit function will not workthough this function was set on before. In sucha case, after connecting the battery or replacingwith a new fuse, open and close the driver’sdoor more than two times after the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK position from theON position. The entry/exit function will beactivated.

SPA2756

MEMORY STORAGEGUID-1645D943-6DDE-4A8E-B347-C359AF16FEDF

Two positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be stored in theautomatic drive positioner memory. Follow theseprocedures to use the memory system.

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.


3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors to the desired positions bymanually operating each adjusting switch.For additional information, see “Seats” in the“1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section and “Tilt/


AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (ifso equipped)

Black plate (204,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


telescopic steering” earlier in this sectionand “Outside mirrors” earlier in this section.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,push the memory switch (1 or 2).

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will stay on for approximately 5seconds after pushing the switch.

If memory is stored in the same memoryswitch, the previous memory will be deleted.

Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem-ory position

GUID-83DABFB4-1BAC-4D52-AAD9-89B23BBFA840

The Intelligent Key can be linked to a storedmemory position with the following procedure.

1. Follow one of the steps for storing a memoryposition.

. While the indicator light for the memoryswitch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-onds, push the button on the IntelligentKey.

. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position,and then push the SET switch. Push thebutton while pushing the memory buttonwhile the indicator light stays on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

If the indicator light blinks, the Intelligent Key islinked to that memory setting.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF position, and

then push the button on the Intelligent Key.The driver’s seat, steering wheel and outsidemirrors will move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storageGUID-C42E9A63-7C42-464C-ABAE-3B9C731E9AA0

. Push the ignition switch to the ON positionand push the SET switch. If the mainmemory has not been stored, the indicatorlight will come on for approximately 0.5second. When the memory has stored inposition, the indicator light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the memory will be canceled. Inthis case, reset the desired position usingthe previous procedure.

. If optional keys are added to your vehicle,the memory storage procedure to switch 1or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure toa stored memory position should be per-formed again for each Intelligent Key. Foradditional Intelligent Key information, see“Keys” earlier in this section.

Selecting the memorized positionGUID-1B13DD82-31E7-4920-83B1-6D7C94FBAB3E


2. Use one of the following methods to movethe driver’s seat, the outside mirrors and thesteering wheel.

. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition and push the memory switch (1or 2).

. Within 45 seconds of opening thedriver’s door, push the memory switch(1 or 2).

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memorizedposition with the indicator light flashing, andthen the light will stay on for approximately 5seconds.

SYSTEM OPERATIONGUID-6E092FC2-4164-461D-8930-0184862E613A

The automatic drive positioner system will notwork or will stop operating under the followingconditions:

. When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7km/h) (entry/exit function).

. When the vehicle is driven (memory sto-rage).

. When the adjusting switch for the driver’sseat and steering column is turned on whilethe automatic drive positioner is operating.

. When the seat, steering column and outsidemirrors have already been moved to thememorized position.

. When no position is stored in the memoryswitch.

Black plate (205,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. When the engine is started while moving theautomatic drive positioner.

. When the selector lever is moved from the P(Park) position to any other position. (How-ever, it will not be canceled while the seatand steering column are returning to theprevious positions (entry/exit function).)

. When the driver’s door remains open formore than 45 seconds and the ignitionswitch is not in the ON position.


Black plate (206,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (207,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phoneand voice recognition systems

Safety note ..................................................................................... 4-3Center multi-function control panel (models with colordisplay screen) ............................................................................. 4-3

How to use multi-function controller ................................. 4-5How to use touch screen (models withnavigation system) ................................................................. 4-5Menu options (models with navigation system) ............. 4-7How to select menus on the screen ................................. 4-8

Vehicle information and settings (if so equipped) ............... 4-9How to use STATUS button ................................................ 4-9How to use brightness control and displayON/OFF button ...................................................................... 4-9How to use INFO button ..................................................... 4-9How to use SETTING button .......................................... 4-13

RearView monitor (if so equipped) ...................................... 4-22How to read the displayed lines ..................................... 4-23How to park with predicted course lines ...................... 4-23Difference between predicted andactual distances ................................................................... 4-25Predictive course line settings ......................................... 4-28How to adjust the screen ................................................. 4-28Operating tips ...................................................................... 4-28

Ventilators .................................................................................... 4-29Heater and air conditioner ...................................................... 4-30

Automatic operation ........................................................... 4-32

Manual operation ............................................................... 4-33To turn the system ON/OFF .......................................... 4-34Operating tips .................................................................... 4-34In-cabin microfilter ............................................................ 4-34Servicing air conditioner ................................................. 4-34

Audio system ............................................................................. 4-35Audio operation precautions .......................................... 4-35FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer ........ 4-49FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ......................................................................... 4-54DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player operation(models with navigation system) ................................... 4-58USB memory operation (if so equipped) ................... 4-61Bluetooth® streaming audio (models withnavigation system) ............................................................ 4-65iPod® player operation (if so equipped) ..................... 4-70Music Box® (if so equipped) ......................................... 4-71Auxiliary input jacks (if so equipped) ........................... 4-79CD/DVD/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-80Steering-wheel-mounted controls for audio(if so equipped) ................................................................. 4-81Antenna ............................................................................... 4-83

Car phone or CB radio ........................................................... 4-84Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models withnavigation system) ................................................................... 4-84

Regulatory information ..................................................... 4-86

Black plate (208,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Voice commands ................................................................. 4-86Control buttons .................................................................... 4-86Connecting procedure ....................................................... 4-87Phone selection ................................................................... 4-87Vehicle phonebook ............................................................. 4-87Making a call ........................................................................ 4-90Receiving a call .................................................................... 4-91During a call ......................................................................... 4-92Phone setting ....................................................................... 4-92Troubleshooting guide ........................................................ 4-94

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models withoutnavigation system) (if so equipped) ..................................... 4-95

Regulatory information ....................................................... 4-96Control buttons .................................................................... 4-97Voice recognition system .................................................. 4-97

Pairing procedure .......................................................... 4-101Phonebook registration ................................................. 4-102Making a call ................................................................... 4-102Receiving a call .............................................................. 4-103During a call .................................................................... 4-103Phone settings ................................................................ 4-104Voice adaptation mode ................................................. 4-107

NISSAN voice recognition system (models withnavigation system) ................................................................ 4-108

NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode ............ 4-108Using the system ........................................................... 4-111NISSAN voice recognition AlternateCommand Mode ............................................................ 4-120Using the system ........................................................... 4-129Troubleshooting guide .................................................. 4-134

Black plate (209,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-A29CC705-3846-4072-9454-906E5A6C79AE

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Park the vehicle in a safe locationand apply the parking brake to viewthe images on the front center dis-play screen.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-7D2F9E4D-2C59-48D4-9F90-610254DECE2C

SAA1845

With navigation system

1. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)

2, 6, 7, 8, 9.For navigation system control buttons (Refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)

4. “PHONE” Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem button (P.4-84)

5. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)

10. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-ton (P.4-9)

11. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

SAFETY NOTECENTER MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROL PANEL (models withcolor display screen)

Black plate (210,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SAA1846

Without navigation system

1. “INFO” vehicle and navigation information but-ton (P.4-9)

2. “STATUS” status display button (P.4-9)

3. Multi-function controller (P.4-5)

4. “ OFF” brightness control and display ON/OFF button (P.4-9)

5. “SETTING” button (P.4-13)

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will discharge the battery and theengine may not start.

SAA1847


SAA1848


Black plate (211,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

HOW TO USE MULTI-FUNCTIONCONTROLLER

GUID-7F44560C-BAE2-4507-9B21-C095BC715247

Choose an item on the display using the maindirectional buttons*2 (or additional directionalbuttons *6 with navigation system) or centerdial *3 , and push the ENTER button *1 foroperation.

If you push the BACK button *4 before thesetup is completed, the setup will be canceledand/or the display will return to the previousscreen. This button can also be used to deletecharacters that have been input.

After the setup is completed, push the BACKbutton*4 and return to the previous screen.

For the VOICE button*5 functions, refer to theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN(models with navigation system)

GUID-7F7FEA0F-A05C-4196-A97B-C46AEB320545

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass screen breaks, do not touch it.Doing so could result in an injury.

. To clean the display, use a soft, drycloth. If additional cleaning is ne-cessary, use a small amount ofneutral detergent with a soft cloth.Never use a rough cloth, alcohol,benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a che-mical cleaning agent. They willscratch or deteriorate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To ensure safe driving, some functions cannotbe operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted,you could lose control of your

vehicle and cause an accident.

Touch screen operationGUID-DF032376-F40E-4BD2-BC76-F4734CD72B3A

With this system, the same operations as thosefor the multi-function controller are possibleusing the touch screen operation.


Black plate (212,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2473

Selecting the item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch an item to select it. To select the “Audio”settings, touch the “Audio” area *1 on thescreen.

Touch the BACK *2 button to return to theprevious screen.

SAA2474

Adjusting an item:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the +*1 or −*2 button to adjust thesettings.

Touch the *3 or *4 button to moveto the previous or next item.

Touch the *5 or *6 button to moveto the previous or next page.

SAA2475

Inputting characters:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Touch the letter or number*1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. Uppercase:

Shows uppercase characters.

. Lowercase:

Shows lowercase characters.

. Symbols:

Shows symbols such as the question mark(?).

. Space:

Inserts a space.

Black plate (213,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Delete:

Deletes the last character that has beeninput with one touch. Push and hold thebutton to delete all of the characters.

. OK:

Completes character inputs.

Touch screen maintenanceGUID-9BDEC9F0-A002-4A31-B490-824690F05315

If you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first, and then wipethe screen. SAA1860

MENU OPTIONS (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-0F759577-9CF1-4316-ADAF-030CA74FECD1

The start menu can be displayed using the menucontrol switch on the steering-wheel-mountedcontrols.

1. While the MAP or STATUS screen isdisplayed, push and hold the menu controlswitch until the “Menu Options” screenappears.

2. Highlight the preferred item by tilting themenu control switch up or down, and thenpush the menu control switch to select it.

SAA2476

Available itemsGUID-DD1ABDE8-C666-47D1-AC16-753794FDC7CE

Destination/Route:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

These items are for the navigation system. Seethe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual for details.

Info:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the information screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push the INFObutton.

Settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the settings screen. It is the samescreen that appears when you push theSETTING button.


Black plate (214,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2477

Models with navigation system

SAA3149

Models without navigation system

HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THESCREEN

GUID-A99F09D5-163A-4999-B026-01C6F0DE8FF4

Vehicle functions are viewed on the displayscreen in menus. To select each key item,highlight the preferred item using the multi-function controller and push the ENTER button.

Whenever a menu selection is made or menuitem is highlighted, different areas on the screenprovide you with important information. See thefollowing for details.

1. Header:

Shows the path used to get to the currentscreen. (i.e. push SETTING button >choose “Comfort” menu item.)

2. Menu Selections:

Shows the options to choose within thatmenu screen.

3. UP/DOWN Movement indicator:

Shows that the multi-function controller maybe used to move UP/DOWN on the screenand select more options.

4. Menu Items Counter:

Shows the total number of items listedacross all pages for the current menu (i.e.3/7).

5. Footer/Information Line:

Provides more information (if available)

about the menu selection currently high-lighted. (i.e. Adjust head lamp on time aftershut-off.)

Black plate (215,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-F7A83021-C912-4027-83E7-B46D245829BB

HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTONGUID-D4F24C59-0F9C-4A00-8AA6-B66EB05996C3

To display the status of the audio, air conditionersystem, fuel consumption and navigation sys-tem, push the STATUS button. The followinginformation will appear when the STATUS buttonis pushed repeatedly.

Audio and Air conditioner system ? Audio andfuel economy ? Audio and Navigation system

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-7FB036B7-899E-4665-B680-D4CAC31DB0AE

Push the “ OFF” button to switch the displaybrightness to the daytime mode or the nighttimemode, and to adjust the display brightness usingthe multi-function controller while the indicator isdisplayed at the bottom of the screen.

The display brightness can also be adjustedusing the brightness UP button (+) or bright-ness DOWN button (−).

Push and hold the “ OFF” button for morethan 2 seconds to turn the display off. Push thebutton again to turn the display on.

HOW TO USE INFO BUTTONGUID-2E5EFAA6-DA33-4957-BB56-8D40C15FCE06

The display screen shows vehicle and navigationinformation for your convenience.

The information shown on the screen should bea guide to determine the condition of the vehicle.See the following for details.

SAA2478


SAA1511



VEHICLE INFORMATION ANDSETTINGS (if so equipped)

Black plate (216,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Vehicle information displayGUID-32C5A8DD-621C-4FF7-86BB-D0600EE0817B

1. Push the INFO button on the control panel.

2. Select an item from the INFO menu.

3. After viewing or adjusting the information onthe following screens, push the BACKbutton to return to the INFO menu.

See the separate Navigation System Owner’sManual for the following items:

. Where am I?

. Traffic Info

. Weather Info

. Map Update

. Navigation Version

*When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the “Navigation Version” key is displayed afterselecting the “Others” key.

SAA2479


JVH0056M


SAA2480


JVH0057M


Black plate (217,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Fuel Economy informationGUID-D6FC79E8-7233-412E-95F9-9C2F07165942

The approximate distance to empty, average fueleconomy and current fuel economy will bedisplayed for reference.

To reset the average fuel economy (Avg FuelEcon or Average Fuel Economy), select the“Reset Fuel Eco” or “Reset” key.

If the “Fuel Eco History” or “View” key isselected, the average fuel consumption historywill be displayed in graph form along with theaverage for the previous Reset-to-Reset period.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button”later in this section.)

The fuel economy information may differ from theinformation displayed on the dot matrix liquidcrystal display. This is due to the timingdifference in updating the information and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

SAA2481


SAA2830


Maintenance informationGUID-2AEB012A-B058-44C5-AED3-71B7ACFDA0B8

The maintenance intervals can be displayed forthe engine oil, oil filter, tire and other reminders.

To set a maintenance interval, select a preferreditem from the list.

You can also set to display a message to remindyou that the maintenance needs to be per-formed.

The following example shows how to set theengine oil maintenance information. Use thesame steps to set the other maintenanceinformation.


Black plate (218,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2482


SAA3141


1. Set the interval (mileage) of the maintenanceschedule. To determine the recommendedmaintenance interval, refer to your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

2. To display the reminder automatically whenthe desired distance is reached, select the“Reminder” key.

3. Reset the driving distance to the newmaintenance schedule.

4. To return to the previous screen, push theBACK button.

The unit can be converted between “US” and“Metric”. (See “How to use SETTING button”later in this section.)

SAA3003

Example

The Reminder will be automatically displayedwhen the specified distance has been drivenand every time the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC or ON position. The reminder will notappear while driving.

Select the “OK” key to hide the reminder for therest of the current drive.

To stop the reminder from appearing, performone of the following actions:

. Select the “Reset Distance”.

. Deactivate the “Reminder”.

. Increase the “Interval” distance to be morethan the current distance being tracked.

Black plate (219,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2483

Others information (models with naviga-tion system)

GUID-19CFE7FD-4EB2-4F83-99BE-96E545E703BF

The Others information display will appear whenpushing the INFO button and selecting the“Others” key.

GPS Position:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.

Voice Recognition:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of this item, see “NISSAN voicerecognition system (models with navigationsystem)” later in this section.

SAA2484


SAA1514


HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTONGUID-C60F65D8-DC71-49BA-A445-C03B312665B8

The display as illustrated will appear when theSETTING button is pushed.

For navigation settings, refer to the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.


Black plate (220,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2485


SAA2740


Audio settingsGUID-67095D9E-D601-4AF8-AB86-556CAD5A6C31

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Audio” key.

Bass/Treble/Balance/Fade:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the speaker tone quality and soundbalance, select the “Bass”, “Treble”, “Balance”or “Fade” key and adjust it with the multi-function controller.

These items can also be adjusted by pushingand turning the AUDIO knob.

Speed Sensitive Vol.:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The audio system’s volume is increased with thevehicle speed. Select the “Speed Sensitive Vol.”and adjust the effect level with the multi-functioncontroller. The Speed Sensitive Volume functionis turned off when the level is set to “OFF”.Increasing the value will cause the volume toincrease faster with vehicle speed.

DivX® Registration Code (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The registration code for a device that is used todownload DivX® files will be displayed on thescreen. If a disc is loaded or a USB memory isconnected to the audio system, this function willnot be activated.

Display Album Cover Art (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the album coverimage is displayed when playing iPod® or MP3music files through a CD, DVD or USB memory.When the image is not properly embedded inthe file or device, the image will not bedisplayed.

Phone settings (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-B41718AF-2D4C-42E3-B4B5-02E747E29603

For details of the “Phone” settings, see “Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System (models withnavigation system)” later in this section.

Bluetooth® settings (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-6622418E-D21C-439C-A2D1-B530D582A150

For details of the “Bluetooth” settings, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (modelswith navigation system)” later in this section or“Bluetooth® streaming audio (models with navi-gation system)” later in this section.

Black plate (221,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2554

Example

Volume and Beeps settings (models withnavigation system)

GUID-DE566CBB-6649-444D-AEE4-25644D29C89A

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Volume & Beeps” key.

Audio Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To increase or decrease the audio volume,select the “Audio Volume” and adjust it withthe multi-function controller. You can also adjustthe audio volume by turning the VOLUMEcontrol knob.

Guidance Volume:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the guidance voice volume, select the

“Guidance Volume” and adjust it with the multi-function controller.

You can also adjust the guidance voice volumeby turning the VOLUME control knob while voiceguidance is being announced.

Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

For the details of these items, see “Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System (models with navi-gation system)” later in this section.

Switch Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear abeep sound when you use a button.

Guidance Voice:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hearvoice guidance in the navigation operation or inother operations.

NOTE:

When the voice guidance is being an-nounced during audio playback, turningthe volume knob does not adjust the musiclevel; it adjusts the guidance volume level.If voice guidance is not being heard,please check the Guidance Volume level.

SAA2605

Button beeps settings (models withoutnavigation system)

GUID-F5E6FA6C-24DE-4338-88B7-518E84B2FB30

The “Button Beeps” screen will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Button Beeps” key with the multi-functioncontroller and pushing the ENTER button.

Button Beeps:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, you will hear abeep sound when you use a button.


Black plate (222,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2486

Display settings (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-6B97F069-D0A2-4D56-88B1-70E630F6D857

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Display” key.

Display Adjustment:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the display settings, select the “Dis-play Adjustment” key. The following settings areavailable.

. Display

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER buttonand turn the “Display” indicator off. The othermethod is to push and hold the “ OFF”button for more than 2 seconds.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the ONposition, or push and hold the “ OFF”button.

. Brightness/Contrast/Background Color

To adjust the brightness and contrast of thescreen, select the “Brightness” or “Contrast”key.

Then, you can adjust the brightness and thecontrast using the multi-function controller.

For information on the “Background Color” key,refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.

For CrossCabriolet models:

Depending on the driver’s seat position, thedisplay could be hard to read. Adjust thebrightness and contrast of the display on thesetting screen.

Color Theme:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the theme color of the menu screenfrom “Black”, “Blue” or “Red”.

SAA2115

Display settings (models without navi-gation system)

GUID-681B4660-8EE5-421B-8DE5-F74AD37100DF

The “Display” screen will appear when pushingthe SETTING button on the control panel.

Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To turn off the screen, push the ENTER buttonand turn the “ON” indicator off.

When any mode button is pushed with thescreen off, the screen turns on for furtheroperation. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, set this item to the “ON”position or push the “ ” button.

Black plate (223,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Brightness/Contrast/Background Color:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the brightness, contrast and back-ground color of the screen, select the appro-priate “Brightness”, “Contrast” or “BackgroundColor” key and push the ENTER button.

You can then adjust the brightness and contrastusing the multi-function controller. Switch thebackground color to the daytime mode or thenighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button.

SAA2487


SAA3675


Clock settingsGUID-0F9705E3-F855-40A9-BBEF-68E09DD66282

Models with navigation system:

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Others” key, and then selecting the “Clock” key.

Models without navigation system:

The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Clock” key.

The clock settings display cannot be operatedwhile driving. Stop the vehicle in a safe placeand apply the parking brake before setting theclock.

On-screen Clock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, a clock isalways displayed in the upper right corner of thescreen.

This clock will indicate the time almost exactlybecause it is always adjusted by the GPSsystem (models with navigation system).

Clock Format (24h):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the 24-hourclock is displayed. When this item is not turnedto ON, the 12-hour clock is displayed.


Black plate (224,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Offset (hour)/(min) (models with naviga-tion system)/Clock Adjust (models withoutnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing perhour or per minute.

Daylight Saving Time:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn this item to ON for daylight saving timeapplication.

Time Zone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the time zone from the following


. Pacific

. Mountain

. Central

. Eastern

. Atlantic

. Newfoundland

. Hawaii

. Alaska


. Eniwetok, Kwajalein

. Midway Island, Samoa

. Hawaii

. Alaska

. Pacific

SAA2489

Others settings (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-AA194879-4CE8-4800-B439-5CDB3557F9CB

The Others settings display will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Others” key.

The following items are available:

. Comfort

. Language & Units

. Voice Recognition

. Image Viewer

SAA3151


SAA3150


Black plate (225,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Comfort settingsGUID-3DDC93FC-D89B-4259-BE03-63BADC7525EC


The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button, selecting the“Others” key and then selecting the “Comfort”key. This key does not appear on the display untilthe ignition switch is pushed to the ON position.


The display as illustrated will appear whenpushing the SETTING button and selecting the“Comfort” key. This key does not appear on thedisplay until the ignition switch is pushed to theON position.

Auto Interior Illumination:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the interiorlights will illuminate if any door is unlocked.

Light Sensitivity:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlightshigher (right) or lower (left).

Lift Steering Wheel on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the steeringwheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position and the driver’sdoor is opened. After getting into the vehicle andpushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,the steering wheel moves to the previous

position.

Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit (if soequipped):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, the driver’s seatmoves backward for easy exit if the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the driver’sdoor is opened. After getting into the vehicle andpushing the ignition switch to the ACC position,the driver’s seat moves to the previous position.

Light Off Delay:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the duration of the automatic headlightoff timer from 0, 30, 45, 60, 90, 120, 150 and180 second periods.

Selective Door Unlock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, only the driver’sdoor is unlocked first after the door unlockoperation. When the door handle request switchon the driver’s or front passenger’s side door ispushed to be unlocked, only the correspondingdoor is unlocked first. All the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation is per-formed again within 60 seconds.

When this item is turned to OFF, all the doorswill be unlocked after the door unlock operationis performed once.

Intelligent Key Lock/Unlock:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned to ON, door lock/

unlock function by pushing the door handlerequest switch will be activated.

Return All Settings to Default:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select this item and then select “YES” to returnall settings to the default.


Black plate (226,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2490


SAA1092


Language & Units settingsGUID-EF26B33E-A713-4102-B9CC-DF01C1C05358

Models with navigation system:

The Language & Units settings display willappear when pushing the SETTING button,selecting the “Others” key, and then selectingthe “Language & Units” key.

Models without navigation system:

The display illustrated will appear when pushingthe SETTING button and selecting the “Lan-guage & Units” key.

Select Language:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Language” key. Choose“English”, “Francais” or “Espanol” for yourfavorite display appearance.

If you select the “Francais” key, the Frenchlanguage will be displayed, so please use theFrench Owner’s Manual. To obtain a FrenchOwner’s Manual, see “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

Select Units:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select Units” key. Choose “US”(Mile, 8F, MPG) or “Metric” (km, 8C, L/100 km)for your favorite display appearance.

Voice Recognition settings (models withnavigation system)

GUID-BB674004-CBDC-4642-8A46-25DB1E9D9CB9

For details about the “Voice Recognition”settings, see “NISSAN voice recognition system(models with navigation system)” later in thissection.

CAMERA settings (if so equipped)GUID-15D319A3-6638-481A-9569-E90D877250BB

The “CAMERA” screen will appear when select-ing the “Camera” key.

For the details about the camera systemoperation, see “RearView monitor” later in thissection.

Black plate (227,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2491

Image Viewer (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-349708DE-A253-43D9-BE87-82FEAD504FB9

The image files in the USB memory will bedisplayed. To display the Image Viewer, push theSETTING button, select the “Other” key andthen select the “Image Viewer” key. The image ofthe selected file is displayed on the right side ofthe screen.

When a number of folders are included in theUSB memory, select a folder from the list todisplay the file list.

Images will not be shown on the display whilethe vehicle is in any drive position to reducedriver distraction. To view images, stop the

vehicle in a safe location and apply the parkingbrake.

SAA2492

Full Screen Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The full screen display will appear when select-ing the “Full Screen Display” key.

To operate the Image Viewer or to change thesettings, select the desired key using the multi-function controller.

. (Start)

Select the “ ” key to start playing theslideshow.

. (Stop)

Select the “ ” key to stop the slideshow.

. (Next)

Select the “ ” key to display the next file.


Black plate (228,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. (Previous)

Select the “ ” key to display the previousfile.

Setting the Image Viewer:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Image Viewer setting display will appearwhen selecting the “Settings” key on the fullscreen display. The following settings areavailable for the full screen display.

. Slideshow Speed

Select the “Slideshow Speed” key. From thefollowing display, select the changing timefrom 5, 10, 30, 60 seconds or “No AutoChange”.

. Slideshow Order

Select the “Slideshow Order” key. From thefollowing display, select “Random” or “OrderList”. For “Order List”, the image order is theorder of the files as stored on the USBmemory.


. Only files that meet the following conditionswill be displayed.

— Image type: JPEG

— File Extensions: *.jpg, *jpeg

— Maximum Resolution: 2048 6 1536pixels

— Maximum Size: 2-MB

— Colors: 32768 (15-bit)

— Maximum File Name lengths: 253-Bytes

— Maximum Folders: 500

— Maximum Images per Folder: 1024

. If an electronic device (such as a digitalcamera) is directly connected to the vehicleusing a USB cable, no image will bedisplayed on the screen.

. If the file name is too long, some file namesmay not be entirely displayed.

. When the total number of characters in thefile name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in adirectory exceeds 100 characters, all fileswill show a shortened 8-character version.The image will still be displayed whenselected.

GUID-0DD20D16-8E9A-4618-974A-1790E9A356D9

When the selector lever is shifted into the R(Reverse) position, the monitor display showsthe view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver indetecting large stationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle. The system will not detectsmall objects below the bumper and may notdetect objects close to the bumper or on theground.

WARNING

. The rearview monitor is a conveni-ence but it is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because ithas areas where objects cannot beviewed. Always look out the win-dows and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move beforeoperating the vehicle. Always oper-ate the vehicle slowly.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually opposite thanwhen viewed in the rear view andoutside mirrors.

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Black plate (229,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Make sure that the lift gate or trunkis securely closed when backing up.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitorbecause of its monitoring rangelimitation.

. Do not put anything on the rear viewcamera. The rear view camera isinstalled above the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure not tospray it around the camera. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electricshock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA1896

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

GUID-A59A3275-24D0-4869-9185-75830F165CE3

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thevehicle body line *A are displayed on themonitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

. Red line*1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line*2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line*3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line*4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines*5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines*6 :

Indicate the predicted course when backing up.The predicted course lines will be displayed onthe monitor when the selector lever is in the R(Reverse) position and the steering wheel isturned. The predicted course lines will movedepending on how much the steering wheel isturned and will not be displayed while thesteering wheel is in the neutral position.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

GUID-7197099F-6724-4863-82D4-E0646631D861

WARNING

. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Alwaysback up slowly.

. Use the displayed lines as a refer-ence. The lines are highly affectedby the number of occupants, fuellevel, vehicle position, road condi-tion and road grade.

. If the tires are replaced with differ-ent sized tires, the predicted courseline may be displayed incorrectly.

. On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the


Black plate (230,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


actual course line.

. If the battery is disconnected orbecomes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed in-correctly. If this occurs, drive thevehicle on a straight road for morethan 5 minutes.

. When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACCposition, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

. The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right because therear view camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when the vehicleis on a level paved surface. Thedistance viewed on the monitor isfor reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

. When backing-up the vehicle up ahill objects viewed in the monitorare further than they appear. Whenbacking-up the vehicle down a hill,

objects viewed in the monitor arecloser than they appear. Use theinside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge dis-tances to other objects.

The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

SAA1897

1. Visually check that the parking space is safebefore parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen *A when the selector lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

Black plate (231,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1898

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predicted courselines*B enter the parking space*C .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines*D parallel to theparking space *C while referring to thepredicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the selector lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

GUID-302A28CA-AC28-4AE5-B064-524507B0E06E

The distance guide line and the vehicle widthguide line should be used as a reference onlywhen the vehicle is on a level, paved surface.The distance viewed on the monitor is forreference only and may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle and dis-played objects.

SAA1978

Backing up on a steep uphillGUID-9D4C9AE0-331F-46DC-A0F9-BCC442E7A25A

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on


Black plate (232,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


the hill is viewed in the monitor further than itappears.

SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhillGUID-70852630-5DC4-4BC9-A562-6761DFD00801

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than itappears.

Black plate (233,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1923

Backing up near a projecting objectGUID-9D6EBC33-935D-46A4-ACB3-53A6D833AE98

The predicted course lines*A do not touch theobject in the display. However, the vehicle mayhit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

SAA1980

Backing up behind a projecting objectGUID-38876F5B-3001-41F9-8E1A-F9AAB88DE919

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position *A ifthe object projects over the actual backing up

course.


Black plate (234,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2404


SAA2606


PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE SETTINGSGUID-68450C56-3780-4314-A535-6365AA7D2D8D

To turn ON or OFF the predictive course linedisplay, push the SETTING button, select the“Camera” key and push the ENTER button.

. Predictive Course Lines

When this item is turned to ON, the predictedcourse lines will be displayed on the monitorwhen the selector lever is in the “R” (Reverse)position.

HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREENGUID-EBE73AC0-2CFE-45F5-99BC-42FE5D8343D2

To adjust the Display ON/OFF, Brightness, Tint,Color, Contrast and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor, push the SETTING button with theRearView Monitor on, select the item key andadjust the level using the multi-function con-troller.

Do not adjust the Brightness, Tint, Color,Contrast and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving. Make surethe parking brake is firmly applied and theengine is not running.

OPERATING TIPSGUID-2C7B18A8-765F-48EB-81F4-4527DA0D3E26

. When the selector lever is shifted to the R(Reverse) position, the monitor screen auto-matically changes to the RearView Monitormode.

. It may take some time until the RearViewMonitor or the normal screen is displayed

after the selector lever has been shifted to Rfrom another position or to another positionfrom R. Objects may be distorted momenta-rily until the RearView Monitor screen isdisplayed completely.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects. This is not a malfunction.

. When strong light directly enters the cam-era, objects may not be displayed clearly.This is not a malfunction.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from those ofthe actual object.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark place or at night. This is not amalfunction.

. If dirt, rain or snow attaches to the camera,the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis-play objects. Clean the camera.

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agent

Black plate (235,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

and then wipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted withwater.

GUID-5620F45C-95A1-4691-9F0B-E47071C3B894

SAA1991

Center ventilators

SAA1990

Side ventilators

SAA1066

Rear ventilators (for Hardtop models)

SAA0564B

Rear ventilators (for CrossCabriolet models)


VENTILATORS

Black plate (236,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Open or close, and adjust the air flow directionof ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areopen.

GUID-FC7D28D6-FA80-42E2-A3B4-6CF8ABD33B6A

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and airconditioner system.

You can individually set the driver and frontpassenger side temperature using each tem-perature control buttons.

SAA2723


SAA1520


HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Black plate (237,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

For the models with the color display screen,push the “STATUS” button to display the heaterand air conditioner status screen. (See “How touse STATUS button” earlier in this section.)

SAA2040

Type A

1. Temperature control button (driver side)

2. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button

3. “ ” front defroster button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/OFF button

5. “ ” intake air control button

6. “MODE” manual air flow control button

7. Temperature control button (passenger side)

8. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

9. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

10. “ ” upper vent system button

11. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button


Black plate (238,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2834

Type B

1. “AUTO” automatic air conditioner ON button/Temperature control dial (driver side)

2. “A/C” air conditioner ON/OFF button

3. “ ” intake air control button

4. “ ” fan speed control dial/ON/OFF button

5. “ ” upper vent system button

6. “DUAL” zone control ON/OFF button/Tempera-ture control dial (passenger side)

7. “ ” front defroster button

8. “ ” rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

9. “MODE” manual air flow control button

AUTOMATIC OPERATIONGUID-0FE56354-85D2-43F0-AEA7-6DFAE35EC270

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO)

GUID-501AABAA-75ED-4A8C-BDC5-F83D84729E33

This mode may be used all year round. Thesystem works automatically to control the insidetemperature, air flow distribution and fan speedafter the preferred temperature is set manually.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (The indicatoron the button will illuminate and AUTO willbe displayed.)

2. Operate the driver side temperature controlbuttons (type A) or dial (type B) to set thedesired temperature.

Adjust the temperature to about 758F(248C) for normal operation.. The temperature of the passenger com-

partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedwill also be controlled automatically.

3. You can individually set driver and frontpassenger side temperature using eachtemperature control buttons (type A) or dial(type B). When the “DUAL” button is pushedor the passenger side temperature controlbuttons (type A) or dial (type B) is/areoperated, the DUAL indicator will come on.To turn off the passenger side temperaturecontrol, push the “DUAL” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C OFF)GUID-C4D96DF4-D0D2-4751-8F78-451CD5632566

The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Push the “A/C” button. (The A/C indicatorwill turn off.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desiredtemperature.

Black plate (239,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. The temperature of the passenger compart-ment will be maintained automatically. Airflow distribution and fan speed are alsocontrolled automatically.

. Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature. Otherwise thesystem may not work properly.

. Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting or defoggingGUID-6430F809-96AC-4582-A1F2-907A1F44D1CF

1. Push the “ ” front defroster button. (Theindicator light on the button will come on.)

2. Operate the temperature control buttons(type A) or dial (type B) to set the desiredtemperature.

. To quickly remove ice from the outside of thewindows, turn the “ ” fan speed controldial and set it to the maximum position.

. As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, push the “AUTO” button to return tothe auto mode.

. When the “ ” front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automaticallybe turned on at outside temperatures above238F (−58C) to defog the windshield, andthe air recirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the passengercompartment to improve the defogging

performance.

MANUAL OPERATIONGUID-DD9F85E6-993D-4D0F-AA81-0E42CFEE8E18

Fan speed controlGUID-A47CE066-351F-4CC8-AC17-7FC4FC991E14

Turn the “ ” fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to automaticcontrol of the fan speed.

Air recirculationGUID-2B823F0D-0272-430E-975F-993BF534048A

Push the intake air control button “ ” torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. Theindicator light “ ” will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the front defrostingmode “ ”.

Outside air circulationGUID-E6DC013B-AF1A-40A2-93FA-8FF729A446D3

Push the intake air control button “ ” tochange the air circulation from the intake air tothe outside air. The indicator light “ ” will turnoff.

Automatic air intake controlGUID-8618E9EF-436B-4EE2-BD6B-EF915C7F0650

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, push the intake air control button“ ”. To return to the automatic control mode,push the intake air control button “ ” forabout 2 seconds. The indicator lights will flash

twice, and then the intake air will be controlledautomatically.

Air flow controlGUID-C19D08E9-C968-405F-8023-0A5995635CB9

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow controlbutton selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and side ventilators.

: Air flows from center and side ventilatorsand foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and foot outlets.

Upper vent systemGUID-19867573-E52A-4FE3-A98D-EAD52DA785CD

When the “ ” upper vent system button ispushed, the air flow against the driver’s orpassenger’s upper body becomes gentle. Theindicator light on the button will come on.

In this mode, air from the center ventilators flowsboth straight and upward in order to control thecabin temperature without blowing air directlyon the occupants.

If you want strong air flow against your upperbody, push the “ ” button to turn the indicatorlight off.


Black plate (240,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


TO TURN THE SYSTEM ON/OFFGUID-47724BF7-EA71-42CD-B9E2-1924EE973459

Push the “OFF” or “ON·OFF” button when theheater and air conditioner is off. The system willturn on with the settings that were usedimmediately before the system was turned off.

SAA1989

OPERATING TIPSGUID-7630774E-D2E9-4A30-80CE-5991156106D5

The sunload sensor*A on the instrument panelhelps maintain a constant temperature. Do notput anything on or around this sensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERGUID-2A733D05-72A8-4084-85C6-C44B8D240310

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter in accordance with the maintenanceschedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide. To replace the filter, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The filter should be replaced if air flow is

extremely decreased or when windows fogup easily when operating heater or airconditioning system.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERGUID-50FE276B-3951-41D5-85EB-DF3E3DB9E09D

The air conditioning system in your NISSAN ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. However,special charging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your NISSAN air con-ditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubri-cants will cause severe damage to your airconditioning system. (See “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section for airconditioning system refrigerant and lubricantrecommendations.)

Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioning system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.

Black plate (241,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-E954533A-76AC-41A8-828A-6CCF73E0885C

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSGUID-E2189C1D-321B-4738-BF15-C7924AA9611C

RadioGUID-96801352-B989-4EC4-990B-A07BD4F970BB

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and push the radio band select buttonto turn on the radio. If you listen to the radio withthe engine not running, the ignition switchshould be pushed to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

SAA0306

FM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.


AUDIO SYSTEM

Black plate (242,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with thesatellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of anymetal or large building for the satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XM®

Satellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.

For Hardtop models: The satellite radio perfor-mance may be affected if cargo carried on theroof blocks the satellite radio signal. If possible,do not put cargo near the satellite antenna.

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) playerGUID-9B39164F-B68F-48E3-B2A0-AD541CFA7507

. Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CD and/or CD changer/player.

. Trying to load a CD with the CD door closedcould damage the CD and/or CD changer.

Black plate (243,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to the humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the CD and dehumidify orventilate the player completely.

. The player may skip while driving on roughroads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) rounddiscs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-TAL AUDIO” logo on the disc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty, scratched,covered with fingerprints, or that have pinholes may not work properly.

. The following CDs may not work properly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as they maycause the CD player to malfunction.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, or haveabnormal edges

. This audio system can only play prerecordedCDs. It has no capabilities to record or burnCDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

— Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly(the label side is facing up, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is an error due to the temperature insidethe player is too high. Remove the CD bypushing the EJECT button, and after a shorttime reinsert the CD. The CD can be playedwhen the temperature of the player returnsto normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio system(only MP3 or WMA CD). LHA0484

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) player(models with navigation system)

GUID-BA593422-AF0C-4754-8221-8AD1D545FA2F

. Do not force a compact disc into the CD/DVD insert slot. This could damage the CD/DVD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the CD/DVD and dehumidify


Black plate (244,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


or ventilate the player completely.

. The player may skip while driving on roughroads.

. The CD/DVD player sometimes cannotfunction when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. Decrease thetemperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm) rounddiscs that have the “COMPACT disc DIGI-TAL AUDIO” or “DVD Video” logo on thedisc or packaging.

. Do not expose the CD/DVD to directsunlight.

. CD/DVDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, or thathave pinholes may not work properly.

. The following CD/DVDs are not guaranteedto play:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

— Recordable DVDs (DVD±R, DVD±R DL)

— Rewritable DVDs (DVD±RW, DVD±RWDL)

. Do not use the following CD/DVDs as theymay cause the CD/DVD player to malfunc-tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CD/DVDs that are not round

— CD/DVDs with a paper label

— CD/DVDs that are warped, scratched orhave abnormal edges

— This audio system can only play pre-recorded CD/DVDs. It has no capabilitiesto record or burn CD/DVDs.

. If the CD/DVD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

Disc Read Error:

— Confirm that the CD/DVD is insertedcorrectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

— Confirm that the CD/DVD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

Please Eject Disc:

— This may be an error due to thetemperature inside the player being toohigh. Remove the CD/DVD by pushingthe EJECT button, and after a short timereinsert the CD/DVD. The CD/DVD canbe played when the temperature of theplayer returns to normal. If the errorpersists, consult your local dealership.

Unplayable File:

— The file may be copy protected.

— The file is not MP3, WMA, AAC, M4A orDivX® type.

Region Invalid:

— The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions.Use DVDs with a region code “1”, “ALL”or “1 included” for your DVD entertain-ment system. (The region code *A isdisplayed as a small symbol printed onthe top of the DVD *B .) This vehicle-installed DVD player cannot play DVDswith a region code other than “1” or“ALL”.

Copyright and trademark:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The technology protected by the U.S. patentand other intellectual property rights ownedby Macrovision Corporation and other rightholders is adopted for this system.

. This copyright protected technology cannotbe used without a permit from MacrovisionCorporation. It is limited to be personal use,etc., as long as the permit from MacrovisionCorporation is not issued.

. Modifying or disassembling is prohibited.

. Dolby digital is manufactured under licensefrom Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

. Dolby and the double D mark “ ” aretrademarks of Dolby Laboratories, Inc.

Black plate (245,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. DTS and DTS 2.0 “ ” are registeredtrademarks of DTS, Inc.

Parental level (parental control):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVDs with the parental control setting can beplayed with this system. Please use your ownjudgement to set the parental control with thesystem.

Disc selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The following disc formats can be played withthe DVD drive.

. DVD-VIDEO

. VIDEO-CD

. CD-DA (Conventional Compact Disc)

. DTS-CD

USB (Universal Serial Bus) (if soequipped)

GUID-055AB149-F3B8-4DDD-8A6A-BBC837D27315

This system supports various USB memorysticks, USB hard drives and iPod® players.There are some USB devices which may not besupported with this system.

. Make sure that the USB device is connectedcorrectly into the USB connector.

. Do not force the memory stick or USB cableinto the USB connector. This could damagethe connector.

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the USB device and dehu-midify or ventilate the USB player comple-tely.

. The USB player sometimes cannot functionwhen the passenger compartment tempera-ture is extremely high. Decrease the tem-perature before use.

. Do not leave USB memory in a place proneto static electricity or where the air condi-tioner blows directly. The data in the USBmemory may be damaged.

. The vehicle is not equipped with a USBmemory stick.

. A USB device cannot be formatted with thissystem. To format a USB device, use apersonal computer.

. Partitioned USB devices may not be playedcorrectly.

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle center screen. UsingEnglish language characters with a USBdevice is recommended.

. Do not connect a USB device if a connectoror cable is wet. Allow the cable and/orconnectors to dry completely before con-necting the USB device. If the connector is

exposed to fluids other than water, evapora-tive residue may cause a short between theconnector pins.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in an iPod®. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but it willsoon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarilyblack out, but it will soon recover.

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on an iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (1st generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd generation) will con-tinue to fast forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPodnano® (2nd generation)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.


Black plate (246,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA/AAC)

GUID-E90E3FC2-BD24-46C0-A893-097B9AE428B9

Explanation of terms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track can reduce the file size byapproximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually noperceptible loss in quality. The compressionreduces certain parts of sound that seeminaudible to most people.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. AAC/M4A — Advanced Audio Coding(AAC) is a lossy audio compression format.Audio files that have been encoded withAAC are generally smaller in size and delivera higher quality of sound than MP3.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signalare converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.

SAA2494

Playback order:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The folder names of folders not containingcompressed audio files are not shown in thedisplay.

. If there is a file in the top level of a disc/USB,“Root Folder” is displayed.

Black plate (247,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software, sothe files might not play in the desired order.

. Music playback order of compressed audiofiles is as illustrated.


Black plate (248,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Specification chart (for FM-AM radio with Compact Disc (CD) changer):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are notsupported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9



Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

With navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)Without navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitationWith navigation system: 128 characters

Without navigation system: 64 characters

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOMBig Endian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

Black plate (249,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R*5, DVD±RW*5, DVD±R DL*5, USB2.0

Supported file systems

CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD-ROM*5, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±R DL: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2,Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.UDF Bridge (UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0* VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB memory: FAT16, FAT32

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3



WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9



AAC*5

Version MPEG-AAC



Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels

Models with navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders: 512 (including root folder), Files: 5,000Models without navigation system:Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Text character number limitationModels with navigation system: 100 charactersModels without navigation system: 64 characters

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian), 07: SHIFT-JIS

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.


Black plate (250,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

*5 Models with navigation system

Black plate (251,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Troubleshooting guide:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If an error occurs due to an increase in temperature, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) willbe played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)”, “.M4A (.m4a)”, or “.AA3 (.aa3)” cannot be played. Inaddition, the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with thespecifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization processes, such as session close and disc close, have been performed for the disc.

Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

System skips immediately to the nextsong when playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyrightprotection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.


Black plate (252,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Compressed Video Files (models withnavigation system)

GUID-59111AA7-6866-4844-A3C3-8BA27726C420

Explanation of terms:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. DivX® - DivX® refers to the DivX® codecowned by DivX, Inc. used for a lossycompression of video based on MPEG-4.

. AVI - AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave.It is a standard file format originated byMicrosoft Corporation. A “.divx” encoded filecan be saved into the “.avi” file format forplayback on this system if it meets therequirements stated in the table in thissection. However, not all the “.avi” files areplayable on this system since differentencodings can be used than the DivX®

codec.

. ASF - ASF stands for Advanced SystemsFormat. It is a file format owned by MicrosoftCorporation. Note: Only “.asf” files that meetthe requirements stated in the table in thissection can be played.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital video file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

Black plate (253,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Requirement for Supporting Video Playback:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, DVD, DVD±R, DVD±RW, DVD±RW DL, USB 2.0 Memory

File Systems

CD,CD-R,CD-RW,DVD,DVD±R,DVD±RW,DVD±RW DL

ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet, UDF Bridge(UDF1.02+ISO9660), UDF1.5, UDF2.0- ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.- Files saved using the Live File System component (on a WindowsVista-based computer) are not supported.- VDF1.5/VDF2.0 (packet writing) is not supported.

USB Memory FAT16, FAT32

File Types

.divx, .aviVideo Codecs DivX3, DivX4, DivX5, DivX6

Audio Codecs MP3, MPEG2.5 Audio Layer3, AC3, LPCM

.asfVideo Codec ISO-MPEG4

Audio Codec G.726

Bit Rates .divx, .aviMaximum Average 4Mbps

Maximum Peak 8Mbps

Resolution

.divx, .aviMinimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 480

.asfMinimum 32 6 32

Maximum 720 6 576

Bluetooth® Audio player (models withnavigation system)

GUID-1996356F-09EC-4936-89C4-F87A02A9868C

. Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not berecognized by the in-vehicle audio system.

. It is necessary to set up the wirelessconnection between a compatible Blue-tooth® audio device and the in-vehicleBluetooth® module before using the Blue-

tooth® audio player.

. Operating procedure of the Bluetooth®

audio player will vary depending on thedevice. Make sure you understand how tooperate an audio device before using it withthis system.

. The Bluetooth® audio player may bestopped under the following conditions:

— Receiving a hands-free call.

— Checking the connection to the hands-free phone.

. Do not place a Bluetooth® audio device inan area surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module toprevent tone quality degradation and wire-less connection disruption.

. While an audio device is connected througha Bluetooth® wireless connection, the bat-tery power of the device may dischargequicker than usual.

. This system supports the Bluetooth® AudioDistribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).

. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same time mayslow down or disconnect the communica-tion and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wirelessLAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

. Bluetooth® is a trademark owned by Blue-tooth SIG, Inc. and licensed to Clarion Co.,Ltd.


Black plate (254,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Music Box® (if so equipped)GUID-2F96A7C3-2217-4FA6-B9DA-327E2534E826

Recording:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Note that data that is lost and not stored tothe hard drive/flash memory due to systemdamage, improper operation or malfunctionis not under warranty.

. Vehicle owners are not permitted to recordmusic without permission of the owner ofthe copyright except for personal use.

. Check if the music is appropriately recordedto the hard drive/flash memory after record-ing when the compact disc cannot bererecorded.

. Some music cannot be recorded dependingon the disc condition due to high-speedrecording being used.

. Jumping sounds may be recorded when acompact disc is recorded while driving onrough roads and excessive vibration occurs.

. A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis-played if jumping sounds are recorded.

. No sounds may be recorded if jumpingsounds occurs or the disc is in poorcondition.

. Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage-ment System (SCMS) are not recorded.

. If a compact disc is scratched or dirty, it maynot be recorded, jumping sounds may occur

or it may take a long time to record.

Automatic title download:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. The title information that is automaticallydownloaded may differ from the actual title.

. When newly released compact discs arerecorded, their title information may not bedownloaded.

. The title information on the hard drive/flashmemory can be updated. (See “Playingrecorded songs” later in this section.)

Black plate (255,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3473

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. Radio tuning / MP3/WMA folder selector /AUDIO control knob

5. CD LOAD button

6. AM·FM band select button

7. DISC button

8. AUX button

9. DISP (display) change/CLOCK button

10. Radio/CD SCAN (tuning) button

11. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

12. REW (rewind) button for SEEK/TRACK

13. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

14. AUX IN jack

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC(CD) CHANGER

GUID-47466BC8-4A62-4A64-A770-4369849C768A

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” earlier in this section.

Audio main operationGUID-18CF23DB-D676-46FD-ACE9-770CA9F831CA

Head unit:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The radio has an FM diversity reception system,which employs two antennas printed on the rearwindow (for Hardtop models). This systemautomatically switches to the antenna which isreceiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF/VOLUMEcontrol knob while the system is off to call up themode (radio, CD or AUX) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob turns the system off.

Turn the ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob toadjust the volume.


Black plate (256,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Adjusting sound quality:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the Audio control knob to change theselecting mode as follows.

Bass ? Treble ? Fade ? Balance ? SpeedSensitive Volume ? Beep

Rotate the Audio control knob to adjust Bass,Treble, Fade and Balance to the desired level.Fade adjusts the sound level between the frontand rear speakers and Balance adjusts thesound between the right and left speakers.

These items can also be adjusted by pushingthe AUDIO button.

. Speed Sensitive Vol.

Sound volume is increased according to thevehicle speed. Choose the effect level from“HIGH”, “MID”, “LOW” or “OFF”.

. Beep tuning

When this item is turned to ON, you will heara beep sound when you use a button.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, push the Audio control knobrepeatedly until the radio or CD display re-appears. Otherwise, the radio or CD display willautomatically reappear after about 5 seconds.

CLOCK adjust:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the CLOCK adjust button for more than1.5 seconds to turn on the CLOCK display.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button *9 formore than 2 seconds until the display shows“Hour Adjust”.

2. Turn the AUDIO knob*4 to adjust hours.

3. Push the CLOCK button *9 or AUDIOknob *2 to enter. The display will show“Minute Adjust”.

4. Turn the AUDIO knob*4 to adjust minutes.

5. Push the CLOCK button *9 or AUDIOknob*4 to enter.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 10 seconds.

If the power supply is disconnected, the clockwill not indicate the correct time.

Readjust the time.

AM-FM radio operationGUID-1376C7D0-99F6-4FBC-8CC2-16FA35A11F12

radio (FM/AM) band select:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Pushing the radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

The last station/channel played will also come

on when the ON·OFF/VOL control knob ispushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob for manual tuning.

SEEK tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SEEK·CAT or TRACK button orto tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broadcastingstation.

SCAN tuning:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stops at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 seconds period willstop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

Black plate (257,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

*1 to*6 Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 for FM1, 6 for FM2) and 6 stations can be setfor the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band AM, FM1 or FM2using the radio band select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Select the desired station/channel and keeppushing any of the desired station presetbuttons *1 to *6 until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the selectbutton is pushed.)

4. The channel indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseblows, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Compact Disc (CD) changer operationGUID-972EA4B9-3241-42FD-A4C3-A4F32FFBAE4D

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, push the LOAD button and insert thecompact disc into the slot with the label sidefacing up. The compact disc will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while thecompact disc was playing, pushing theON·OFF/VOL control knob will start the com-pact disc.

CD LOAD:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push theLOAD button for less than 1.5 seconds. Selectthe loading position by pushing the CD insertselect button*1 to*6 , then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer insuccession, push the LOAD button for morethan 1.5 seconds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on thedisplay.

PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC (CD play) button is pushed withthe system off and the compact disc loaded, thesystem will turn on and the compact disc willstart to play.

When the DISC button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded and the radio playing, theradio will automatically be turned off and thecompact disc will start to play.

CD PLAY INFORMATION:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISP button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, thedisc information display will change as follows:

CD:

NOS2287

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2288

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind)/APS (Automatic Program Search)FF, APS REW:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5


Black plate (258,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


seconds while a CD is being played to fastforward or rewind through the track. When thebutton is released, the compact disc will returnto normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the compact disc isbeing played, the next track or the beginning ofthe current track on the CD will be played.

CD PLAY selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another CD already loaded into theplayer, push the CD play select buttons*1 to*6 .

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the RPT button is pushed while thecompact disc is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

(CD)

NOS2285

(CD with MP3 or WMA)

NOS2286

CD EJECT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with thecompact disc loaded, the compact disc will be

ejected.

To eject the discs selected by the CD selectbutton, push the EJECT button for less than 1.5seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the EJECT button formore than 1.5 seconds.

When this button is pushed while the compactdisc is being played, the compact disc will comeout and the system will turn off.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it.


When the SCAN tuning button is pushed forless than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the tracks of CDs willbe played for 10 seconds in sequence.

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the first program in all the CDs will beplayed for 10 seconds.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextdisc program.

AUX (Auxiliary) inputGUID-298EBF8C-8046-42B7-9748-7C48AA1F9988

AUX (Auxiliary) button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computers.

Push the AUX button to play a compatibledevice when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack.

NISSAN strongly recommend using a stereomini plug cable when connecting your musicdevice to the audio system. Music may not beplayed properly when you use a monaural cable.

Black plate (259,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3474

1. CD EJECT button

2. ON·OFF/VOLUME control knob

3. Radio station and CD selector buttons

4. Radio tuning/AUDIO control knob

5. Radio SCAN (tuning) button

6. CD RPT (repeat)/RDM (random) play button

7. Radio CAT (category)/REW (rewind) button for

SEEK/TRACK

8. FF (fast forward) button for SEEK/TRACK

SAA1851



2. SAT button

3. DISC·AUX button


Black plate (260,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA1852



2. DISC button

3. AUX/SAT band select button

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER

GUID-C131FB44-F458-4E5F-863F-8282EA324CB7

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” earlier in this section.

The satellite radio mode requires an active XMSatellite Radio subscription. The satellite radio isnot available in Alaska, Hawaii and Guam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio.After receiving the activation signal, an availablechannel list will be automatically updated in theradio. For XM, push the ignition switch fromLOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operationGUID-00A49DC2-4837-44E9-892D-DF21199AA14E

Head unit:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the last audiosource, which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. While the system ison, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the systemoff.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “How to use SETTINGbutton” earlier in this section.

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows:

. Speed Sensitive Vol.

For more details, see “Vehicle information andsettings” earlier in this section.

Switching the display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Models with navigation system

Pushing the DISC·AUX button will switch thedisplays as follows:

iPod®/USB ? CD/DVD ? Music Box® ?Bluetooth® Audio ? AUX ? iPod®/USB

. Models without navigation system

Pushing the DISC button will switch the displayas follows:

CD ? Music Box® ? CD

Pushing the AUX button will switch the displayas follows:

USB/iPod® ? XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? USB/

Black plate (261,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

iPod®

FM-AM-SAT radio operationGUID-EBA85A4A-0F33-4FFD-BE29-8039767BB0D9

radio (FM/AM) band select:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

radio (SAT) band select (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo to

monaural reception.

radio (SAT) band select (modelswithout navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the satellite band select button to selectthe satellite radio mode XM1, XM2 or XM3.

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. For AM and FM radio

Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning.

. For XM Satellite Radio

Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channelsfrom all of the categories when any categoryis not selected.

SEEK tuning/CATEGORY(CAT):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK button or to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.

. For XM Satellite Radio

Push the SEEK button or to tuneto the first channel of the next or previouscategory.

During satellite radio reception, the followingnotices will be displayed under certain condi-tions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while theSAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-scription is not active)


Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from lowto high frequencies and stop at each broad-casting station/channel for 5 seconds. Pushingthe button again during this 5 seconds periodwill stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remaintuned to that station/channel.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation/channel.

*1 to*6 Station memory operations:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for XM radio (6each for XM1, XM2 and XM3) and 6 stationscan be set for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.


Black plate (262,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/TRACK, SCAN button or theradio TUNE knob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton*1 to*6 until the radio mutes.

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

List (AM and FM radio) (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “List” key on the display is selectedwhile the FM or AM radio is being played, thepreset station list will be displayed.

If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched andheld, the current station will be stored as thenew preset.

Menu (XM Satellite Radio) (models withnavigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display is selectedwhile the XM Satellite Radio is being played, themenu list will be displayed.

The following items are available.

. Preset List

Displays the preset channel list. If 1 of the 6preset stations listed is touched and held,the current station will be stored as the newpreset.

. Customize Channel List

Selects specific channels to skip while usingthe TUNE, SEEK/CATEGORY or Menu-Categories feature.

. Favorite Artists & Songs

Stores the current artist or song that is beingplayed. Touch the “Alert” key to be remindedwhen the stored artist or song is playing on astation while listening to XM.

. Categories

Selecting a category will go to the firstchannel in that category as defined by XMRadio.

. Direct Tune

Inputs the channel number by using akeypad.

Text (models without navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Text” key is selected with the multi-function controller on the display and then theENTER button is pushed while the satellite radiois being played, the text information listed belowwill be displayed on the screen.

. CH Name

. Category

. Name

. Title

. Other

Compact Disc (CD) player operationGUID-F3F7ECB7-D20C-494A-9EAD-66D08C16AB2C

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

After loading the CD, the number of tracks onthe CD and the play time will appear on thedisplay.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

or PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or DISC (CD play) buttonis pushed with the system off and the CDloaded, the system will turn on and the CD willstart to play.

When the DISC·AUX or DISC button is pushed

Black plate (263,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

with the CD loaded and the radio playing, theradio will automatically be turned off and the CDwill start to play.

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Menu” key on the display is selectedwhile the CD is being played, the menu screenwill be displayed. The following menu optionsare available.

. Folder List (for CD with compressed audiofiles)

Displays the folder list.

. Track List

Displays the track list.

. Play Mode

Select a play mode from the following items.

— Normal

— 1 Folder Repeat (for CD with com-pressed audio files)

— 1 Track Repeat

— 1 Disc Random

— 1 Folder Random (for CD with com-pressed audio files)

. Record to Music Box® (for CD)

Select to choose specific songs on the CDto record to the Music Box®.

. Title Text Priority (for CD)

Set the priority to CDDB (Compact Disc

Data Base) to acquire track information fromthe Gracenote Database, or set the priorityto CD-TEXT to acquire the information fromCDs.

. Automatic Recording (for CD)

When this item is turned on, the Music Box®

hard drive/flash memory automatically startsrecording when a CD is inserted.

. Recording Quality (for CD)

The larger number (132) will increase therecorded sound quality while taking up morespace on the Music Box® leaving less roomfor more songs.

For the details of Music Box®, see “Music Box®”later in this section.


When the “Text” key is selected in the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while the CD is beingplayed, the music information below will bedisplayed on the screen.

CD:

. Disc title

. Track title

CD with compressed audio files:

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album title

. Artist

Next/Previous Track and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5seconds while a CD is being played to fastforward or rewind through the track. When thebutton is released, the CD will return to normalplay speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5seconds while a CD is being played, the nexttrack on the CD will be played.

When the REW button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the currenttrack started playing, the previous track will beplayed.

When the REW button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when thecurrent track started playing, the beginning ofthe current track will be played.


Black plate (264,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]



When the RPT button is pushed while the CD isplayed, the play pattern can be changed asfollows:

(CD)

NOS2606

(CD with compressed audio files)

NOS2607

CD EJECT:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

DVD (Digital Versatile Disc) PLAYEROPERATION (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-EF98CC42-EAAD-4426-B294-DCA157F6C9EE

PrecautionsGUID-B37A835C-2698-4C52-A8FB-20146AE67DE8

Start the engine when using the DVD entertain-ment system.

Movies will not be shown on the front displaywhile the vehicle is in any drive position toreduce driver distraction. Audio is availablewhen a movie is played. To view movies in thefront display, stop the vehicle in a safe location,move the selector lever to the P (Park) positionand apply the parking brake.

WARNING

. The driver must not attempt tooperate the DVD system or wearthe headphones while the vehicle isin motion so that full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

. Do not attempt to modify the systemto display a movie on the frontscreen while the vehicle is beingdriven. Doing so may distract thedriver and may cause a collision andserious personal injury or death.

CAUTION

. Only operate the DVD while thevehicle engine is running. Operatingthe DVD for extended periods oftime with the engine OFF can dis-charge the vehicle battery.

. Do not allow the system to get wet.Excessive moisture such as spilledliquids may cause the system tomalfunction.

. While playing VIDEO-CD media, thisDVD player does not guaranteecomplete functionality of all VI-DEO-CD formats.

Display settingsGUID-2AF4320E-8689-441A-A759-33B7D1DB0309

To adjust the front display mode, push theSETTING button while the DVD is being played.

To adjust the display ON/OFF, brightness, tint,color and contrast, select the “Display Adjust-ment” key and then select each key.

Then you can adjust each item using the multi-function controller. After changes have beenmade push the BACK button to save the setting.

Black plate (265,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2497

Playing a DVDGUID-E8CC217F-6D7F-4F38-96D5-04BF53DD1CF7

DISC·AUX button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the DVDdrive while watching the images.

Push the DISC·AUX button on the instrumentpanel and turn the display to the DVD mode.

When a DVD is loaded, it will be replayedautomatically.

The operation screen will be turned on when theDISC·AUX button located on the instrumentpanel is pushed while a DVD is being played,and it will turn off automatically after a period oftime. To turn it on again, push the DISC·AUX

button again.

DVD operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DVD is playing without the operationscreen being shown, you may use the touchscreen to select items from the displayed video.You may also use the multifunction controller toselect an item from the displayed video. Whenthe operation screen is being shown, use themultifunction controller or touch screen to selectan item from the displayed menus.

PAUSE:

Select the “ ” key to pause the DVD. Toresume playing the DVD, use the “PLAY” key.

PLAY:

Select the “ ” key to start playing the DVD,for example, after pausing the DVD.

STOP:

Select the “ ” key to stop playing the DVD.

/ Next/Previous Chapter:

Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip thechapter(s) of the disc forward/backward. Thechapters will advance/go back the number oftimes this key is selected.

/ Commercial Skip:

This function is only for DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR.Select the “ ” or “ ” key to skip forward orbackwards by the set amount as defined in theDVD Settings menu.

Top Menu:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the “Top Menu” key is selected in thescreen while a DVD is being played, the topmenu specific to each disc will be displayed. Fordetails, see the instructions on the disc.


Black plate (266,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2498

Example

DVD settingsGUID-7B8B7A8C-B156-4DAE-929A-FD370C7ED7C3

Select the “Settings” key to adjust the followingsettings.

Key (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed.

: Move the cursor to select a DVD menu.

Enter: Enter the selected menu.

Move: Change the display location by movingthe operation key.

Back: Return to the previous screen.

Hide: Hide the operation key.

Title Menu (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Some menus specific to each disc will beshown. For details, see the instructions on thedisc.

Title Search (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The scene with the specified title will bedisplayed each time the “+” side or “−” side isselected.

Group Search (VIDEO CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

A scene in the specified group will be displayedeach time the “+” side or “−” side is selected.

10 Key Search (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,CD-DA, DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number to besearched and select the “OK” key. The specifiedTitle/Chapter or Group/Track will be played.

Select No. (VIDEO-CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Select No.” key to open the numberentry screen. Input the number to be searchedand select the “OK” key. The specified scenewill be played.

Angle (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the DVD contains different angles (such asmoving images), the current image angle can beswitched to another one. Select the “Angle” key.The angle will change each time the “+” side or

“−” side is selected.

Angle Mark (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, an angle mark willbe shown on the bottom of the screen if thescene can be seen from a different angle.

Menu Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DVD menus are automatically configured andthe contents will be played directly when the“Menu Skip” key is turned on. Note that somediscs may not be played directly even if this itemis turned on.

CM Skip (DVD-VIDEO):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “CM Skip” key. Choose the settingtime from 15, 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the“+” side or “−” side.

DRC (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) automati-cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level tomaintain a more even sound to the speakers.

DVD Language (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “DVD Language” key to open thenumber entry screen. Input the number corre-sponding to the preferred language and selectthe “OK” key. The DVD top menu language willbe changed to the one specified.

Black plate (267,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Display:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To adjust the image quality of the screen, selectthe preferred adjustment items.

Audio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for audio.

Subtitle (DVD-VIDEO, DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred language for subtitles.

Display Mode (DVD-VIDEO, VIDEO-CD,DVD-VR):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select from the “Full”, “Wide”, “Normal” or“Cinema” modes.

Title List (DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred title from the list.

Play Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the preferred play mode.

PG/PL Mode (DVD-VR):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “PG” or “PL” mode.

SAA3557

USB MEMORY OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-1911C9E0-A85B-4796-B0E6-1983A3CCE23D

Audio main operationGUID-EC470606-27FA-41BF-8B6E-3F3D06147A2A

Open the console lid and connect a USBmemory as illustrated. Then, push the DISC·AUXor AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USBmemory mode.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLcontrol knob will start the USB memory.

SAA2500

File selection (models with navigationsystem)

GUID-8C3D41CC-4A4A-4890-99A6-A075C3299677

When there are both audio and movie files in theUSB memory, the mode select screen isdisplayed. Select the preferred content to play.

When there is only one type of file, the audio ormovie operation screen is displayed and the filewill start to play.

If playback of a video file is restricted to aspecific number of times, a confirmation screenwill appear asking you if you want to play the file.Answer yes or no as requested by the display.


Black plate (268,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2501


SAA2611


Audio file operationGUID-86A04B3E-66EC-408F-BFBC-198604AA6B80

or PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushedwith the system off and the USB memoryinserted, the system will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX or AUXbutton repeatedly until the center displaychanges to the USB memory mode.

Next/Previous File and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5seconds while a USB memory is being played tofast forward or rewind through a track. When thebutton is released, the USB memory will returnto normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5seconds while a USB memory is being played,the next track on the USB memory will beplayed.


When the REW button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds after 3 seconds from when the

current track started playing, the beginning ofthe current track will be played.

The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the USB memory is beingplayed.

Folder selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To change to another folder on the USBmemory, turn the folder selector or choose afolder displayed on the screen using the multi-function controller.


When the RPT button is pushed while the USBmemory is played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows.

To change the play mode, push the RPT buttonrepeatedly and the mode will change as follows.

Normal? 1 Folder Repeat? 1 Track Repeat?All Random ? 1 Folder Random ? Normal

Black plate (269,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2502

Menu (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are some options available during play-back. Select one of the following options thatare displayed on the screen if necessary. Referto the following information for each item.

. Movie Playback

Switch to the movie playback mode. Thisitem is displayed only when a USB memorycontains movie files.

. Folder List/Track List

Displays the folder or track list. The “MoviePlayback” key is also displayed in this listscreen, and enables switching to the movieplayback mode.

. Play Mode

Select the preferred play mode.


When the “Text” key is selected on the screenusing the multi-function controller and then theENTER button is pushed while a USB memory isbeing played, the music information listed belowwill be displayed on the screen.

. Folder title

. File title

. Song title

. Album Title

. ArtistSAA2503

Movie file operation (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-457F5420-C299-43BB-8BF4-B9BDC6FFCBEC

Park the vehicle in a safe location for thefront seat occupants to operate the USBmemory while watching the images.

PLAY:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with thesystem off and the USB memory inserted, thesystem will turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes tothe USB memory mode.


Black plate (270,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate the USB memory, select the desiredkey displayed on the operation screen using themulti-function controller.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the movie file. Toresume playing the movie file, select the “ ”key.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing a movie file,for example, after pausing a movie file.

STOP

Select the “ ” key to stop playing a movie file.

Skip (Next chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) ofthe disc forward. The chapters will advance thenumber of times the ENTER button is pushed.

Skip (Previous chapter)

Select the “ ” key to skip the chapter(s) ofthe disc backward. The chapters will go backthe number of times the “ ” key is selected.

List:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “List” key on the movie file operationscreen to display the file list.

SAA2504

Example

Settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select the “Settings” key to adjust the followingsettings.

. Audio File Playback

Switch to the audio playback mode. Thisitem is displayed only when the USBmemory contains the audio files.

. Play Mode

Select the “Normal” or “1 Track Repeat” playmode.

. 10 Key Search

Select the “10 Key Search” key to open thenumber entry screen.

Input the number to be searched and select

Black plate (271,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

the “OK” key.

The specified folder/file will be played.

. Display

To adjust the image quality of the screen,select the preferred adjustment items.

. DRC

DRC (Dynamic Range Compression) auto-matically adjusts the soundtrack volumelevel to maintain a more even sound to thespeakers.

. Audio

Select the preferred language for audio.

. Subtitle

Select the preferred language for subtitle.

. Display Mode

Select the “Normal”, “Wide”, “Cinema” or“Full” mode.

Bluetooth® STREAMING AUDIO (mod-els with navigation system)

GUID-7C5387E1-2FFC-446A-8C32-80F22C893E68

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth®

Streaming Audio. If you have a compatibleBluetooth® device with streaming audio (A2DPprofile), you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your Bluetooth® device and the in-vehicle audio system. This connection allowsyou to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth®

device using your vehicle speakers. It also mayallow basic control of the device for playing andskipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue-tooth® profile. All Bluetooth® Devices do nothave the same level of controls for AVRCP.Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth®

Device for more details.

Once your Bluetooth® device is connected tothe in-vehicle audio system, it will automaticallyreconnect whenever the device is present in thevehicle and you select Bluetooth® Audio fromyour audio system. You do not need to manuallyreconnect for each usage.

Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band (2.4GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and the wirelessLAN functions at the same time may slow downor disconnect the communication and causeundesired noise. It is recommended that youturn off the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) when using the

Bluetooth® functions.

Regulatory informationGUID-E8BCBECC-3690-4404-A5A8-1565F8965F62

FCC Regulatory information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) This device may not cause interferenceand

2) This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


1) This device may not cause interference,and

2) This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

. This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.


Black plate (272,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

SAA2505

Connecting procedureGUID-40491939-1EDD-4FA2-8C53-4CFE711B8116

1. Push the SETTING button and select the“Bluetooth” key.

SAA2506

2. Select the “Connect Bluetooth” key.

Black plate (273,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2507

3. A confirmation screen will be displayed.Select “No”.

Note: Selecting “Yes” will only connect thehands free phone portion of a Bluetooth®

device.

SAA3005

4. Choose a PIN code to use with thecompatible Bluetooth audio device usingthe number input screen. The PIN code willneed to be entered into the Bluetooth®

audio device after step 5. Select the “OK”key.

SAA3006

5. The standby message screen will appear.Operate the compatible Bluetooth® audiodevice. For the connecting procedure of theaudio device, see the Bluetooth® audioinstructions.

When the connecting is completed, thescreen will return to the Bluetooth® setupdisplay.


Black plate (274,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2510

Audio main operationGUID-31F0400D-E6C9-437E-84A4-D3047932557B

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth® audiomode. If the system has been turned off whilethe Bluetooth® audio device was playing, push-ing the ON·OFF/VOL control knob will start theBluetooth® audio device.

The ability to pause, change tracks, fast forward,rewind, randomize and repeat music may bedifferent between devices. Some or all of thesefunctions may not be supported on each device.

DISC·AUX button:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX button is pushed with thesystem off and the Bluetooth® audio deviceconnected, the system will turn on. If anotheraudio source is playing and the Bluetooth®

audio device is connected, push the DISC·AUXbutton repeatedly until the display changes tothe Bluetooth® audio mode.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5seconds while a Bluetooth® file is being playedto fast forward or rewind through the track.When the button is released, the Bluetooth®

audio device will return to the normal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5seconds while the Bluetooth® audio device isbeing played, the next track will be played.



The multi-function controller can also be used to

select tracks when the Bluetooth® audio isplaying.


To change the play mode, push the buttonrepeatedly and the mode changes as follows.

Normal ? Shuffle All Tracks ? Shuffle Group? Repeat 1 Track ? Repeat All Tracks ?Repeat Group ? Normal

Operation keys:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To operate a Bluetooth® audio device, select akey displayed on the operation screen using themulti-function controller.

Play

Select the “ ” key to start playing whenpausing. Select this key again to pause theaudio play.

Pause

Select the “ ” key to pause the Bluetooth®

audio device. Select this key again to resumeplaying.

Play Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The play mode setting display will appear whenthe “Menu” key is selected.

Choose the preferred play mode from the

Black plate (275,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

following items.

. Shuffle

Choose “Shuffle OFF”, “Shuffle All Tracks”and “Shuffle Group”.

. Repeat

Choose from “Repeat OFF”, “Repeat 1Track”, “Repeat All Tracks” and “RepeatGroup”.

SAA2511

Bluetooth® settingsGUID-A68ABD46-54A5-4F84-8427-C2EE07708F0F

To set up the Bluetooth® device system to thepreferred settings, push the SETTING buttonand select the “Bluetooth” key.

Bluetooth:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If this setting is turned off, the connectionbetween the Bluetooth® devices and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module will be canceled.

Connect Bluetooth:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Connects to the Bluetooth® device. See “Con-necting procedure” earlier in this section. Up to5 devices can be registered.

Connected Devices:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Registered devices are shown on the list. Selecta Bluetooth® device from the list, the followingoptions will be available.

. Select

Select “Select” to connect the selecteddevice to the vehicle. If there is a differentdevice currently connected, the selecteddevice will replace the current device.

. Edit

Rename the selected Bluetooth® deviceusing the keypad displayed on the screen.(See “How to use touch screen (modelswith navigation system)” earlier in thissection.)

. Delete

Delete the selected Bluetooth® device.

Edit Bluetooth Info:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Change the name broadcasted by this systemover Bluetooth®. Change the PIN code that isentered when connecting a hands free device tothis system.

Replace Connected Phone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Replace the Bluetooth® connection with aconnected Bluetooth® cellular phone. For de-tails about Hands-Free Phone System, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System (modelswith navigation system)” later in this section.


Black plate (276,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA3344

iPod® PLAYER OPERATION (if soequipped)

GUID-FD80F47E-8BB4-4D68-986A-C5731080C4CF

Connecting iPod®GUID-A72BE860-589F-4B89-9C7B-C3DF3405040E

Open the console lid and connect the iPod®

cable to the USB connector. If compatible, thebattery of the iPod® is charged while theconnection to the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows a NISSAN orAccessory Attached screen when the connec-tion is completed. When the iPod® is connectedto the vehicle, the iPod® music library can onlybe operated by the vehicle audio controls.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityGUID-EAD69E7A-4C90-4E6D-AABE-42D8D2DFEF93

The following models are available:

Models with navigation system:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware 1.2.3 orlater)

. iPod classic® (firmware 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (firmware 2.0.0or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (firmware1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.3.1or later)

. Second generation iPod nano® (firmware1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (firmware 1.1or later)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (firmware1.0.2 or later)

Models without navigation system:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Fifth generation iPod® (firmware version 1.3)

. First generation iPod classic® (firmwareversion 1.1.2 PC)

. Second generation iPod classic® (firmwareversion 2.0 PC)

. First generation iPod touch® (firmware ver-sion 2.1)

. Second generation iPod touch® (firmwareversion 2.1.1)

. First generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-sion 1.3.1)

. Second generation iPod nano® (firmwareversion 1.1.3)

. Third generation iPod nano® (firmware ver-sion 1.1 PC)

. Third generation iPhone® (firmware version2.1)

Make sure that the iPod® firmware is updated.

Audio main operationGUID-28472054-9448-47CD-BD59-B1639785F044

Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the DISC·AUX buttonrepeatedly to switch to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.

or play:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the DISC·AUX or AUX button is pushedwith the system off and the iPod® connected,the system will turn on. If another audio source isplaying and the iPod® is connected, push theDISC·AUX or AUX button repeatedly until thecenter display changes to the iPod® mode.

Black plate (277,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Interface:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The interface for iPod® operation shown on thevehicle center display is similar to the iPod®

interface. Use the multi-function controller andthe ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod®

with your favorite settings.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further information abouteach item, see the iPod® Owner’s Manual.

. Now Playing

. Playlists

. Artists

. Albums

. Songs

. Podcasts

. Genres

. Composers

. Audiobooks

. Shuffle Songs

The following touch-panel buttons shown on thescreen are also available:

. : returns to the previous screen.

. : plays/pauses the music selected.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5seconds while the iPod® is playing to fastforward or rewind through a track. When thebutton is released, the iPod® will return to thenormal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5seconds while the iPod® is being played, thenext track will be played.



The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when the iPod® is playing.


When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

NOS2652

Music Box® (if so equipped)GUID-58EEA799-0C8F-43D3-8A7D-7EBAEF5C935A

The Music Box® can store songs from CDsbeing played. The system has 9.3GB storagecapacity in models with navigation system or2.0GB (800 MB for music storage) for modelswithout navigation system.

The following CDs can be recorded in the MusicBox audio system.

. CDs that contain uncompressed audio files

. Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio (HybridCD-DA) specification in Super Audio CDs

. Compact Disc Digital Audio (CD-DA) spe-cification in CD-Extras

. First session of multisession disc

Extreme temperature conditions [below-48F (-208C) and above 1588F (708C)] couldaffect the performance of the system.

NOTE:

If the system needs to be replaced due to amalfunction, all stored music data will be


Black plate (278,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


erased.

SAA2513


SAA2612


Recording CDsGUID-7F60A778-FD1A-4E13-B648-BDEDD3D019C3

1. Operate the audio system to play a CD. Forthe details of playing CDs, see “FM-AM-SATradio with Compact Disc (CD) player” earlierin this section.

2. Select the “Start REC” key.

NOTE:. The system starts playing and record-

ing the 1st track on the CD when the“Start REC” key is selected.

. The recording process can be stoppedat any time. All tracks that were playedbefore the CD was stopped are stored.

. Individual tracks can be deleted fromthe hard drive/flash memory after theCD is recorded.

Black plate (279,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2514


SAA2613


If the title information of the track being recordedis stored either in the hard drive/flash memory orin the CD, the title is automatically displayed onthe screen. For title acquisition from the harddrive/flash memory, music recognition technol-ogy and related data are provided by Grace-note®.

If a track is not recorded successfully due to theCD skipping, the mark is displayed behindthe track number.

The Music Box® hard drive/flash memory cannotperform recording under the following condi-tions.

. There is not enough space on the harddrive/flash memory

. The number of albums reaches the maximumof 500.

. The number of tracks reaches the maximumof 3,000.

Automatic recording:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

If the “Automatic Recording” function is turnedon, recording starts when a CD is inserted. (See“Music Box® settings” later in this section.)

Stopping recording:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To stop the recording, select the “Stop REC”key button by touching the screen or using themulti-function controller.

If the CD is ejected, the audio system is turned

off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition, the recording also stops.


Black plate (280,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2515


SAA2614


Playing recorded songsGUID-A7ED283D-E94D-405C-A20A-276DDF150CA9

Select the Music Box® audio system by usingone of the following methods.

. Push the audio source switch on thesteering wheel repeatedly until the centerdisplay changes to the Music Box® mode.(See “Steering-wheel-mounted controls foraudio” later in this section.)

. Push the DISC·AUX or AUX button repeat-edly until the center display changes to theMusic Box® mode.


Give voice commands. (See “NISSAN voicerecognition system (models with navigationsystem)” later in this section.)

Stopping playback:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The system stops playing when:

a. another mode (radio, CD, DVD, USB memory,iPod® or AUX) is selected.

b. the audio system is turned off.

c. the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCKposition.


GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Push the FF or REW button for more than 1.5seconds while a track is being played to fastforward or rewind through the track. When the

button is released, the track will return to thenormal play speed.

When the FF button is pushed for less than 1.5seconds while a track is being played, the nexttrack will be played.



The multi-function controller can also be used toselect tracks when a track is being played.

Play mode selection:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The TUNE/FOLDER knob will skip from album toalbum unless it is playing “All Songs” from theMusic Library menu. When playing “All Songs”,the knob will change the track instead of thealbum. The upper right corner of the main screenwill indicate if the TUNE knob is changing bytrack or album.


When the RPT·RDM button is pushed while atrack is being played, the play pattern can bechanged as follows:

Black plate (281,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

(Normal) ? 1 Album Repeat ? 1 Track Repeat? 1 Album Random? All Random? (Normal)

Tag Track (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Select “Tag Track” key on the screen when atrack is being played. A menu will show the 5available playlists. Select one of the playlists toadd the current song to that playlist. If a playlistis not selectable (text is grayed out), it meansthe song already exists in that playlist.

SAA2516


SAA2725


There are some options available by selectingthe “Menu” key on the screen during playback.Select one of the following options that aredisplayed on the screen if necessary.

Now Playing (models with navigation sys-tem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays a track list to choose a preferred trackfor playback.

Music Library:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

There are some options available during play-back. Select one of the following options thatare displayed on the screen if necessary.

. Artists

Play tracks by an artist whose music iscurrently being played. The artists are sortedin alphabetical order.

. Albums

Play tracks in each album. The albums aresorted in alphabetical order.

. All Songs

Play tracks from all recorded tracks. Thetracks are sorted in alphabetical order.

. Genres

Play tracks by a selected genre.

My Playlists (models with navigation sys-tem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if


Black plate (282,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


necessary.

Select the “Edit” key.

The following items are available

. Add Current Songs

Add a current track to the Playlist.

. Add Songs by Album

Displays a list of albums in alphabeticalorder. Selecting an album displays all of thetracks in the album. Select tracks from thelist to add to the Playlist.

. Add Songs by Artist

Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order.Selecting an artist displays all of the tracksby the artist. Select tracks from the list toadd to the Playlist.

. Edit Songs Order

Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select-ing a track and specifying the order.

. Edit Name

Edit the name of the Playlist using thekeypad displayed on the screen. (See“How to use multi-function controller” earlierin this section.)

. Delete Songs

Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting fromthe displayed song list.

Play Mode (models with navigation sys-tem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the preferred play mode from thefollowing items.

. Normal

. 1 Album Repeat

. 1 Track Repeat

. 1 Playlist Random

. 1 Artist Random

. 1 Album Random

. 1 All Track Random

. 1 All Random

Edit Music Information:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Displays the following information about theMusic Box® hard drive/flash memory to edit ifnecessary.

. Edit Information of Current Song (mod-els with navigation system)

Edit the “Track”, “Artist” and “Genre” in-formation of the current track using thekeypad displayed on the screen. (See “Howto use touch screen (models with navigationsystem)” earlier in this section.)

Edit the “Mode” information by selectingfrom the list.

. Edit Information by Album (modelswith navigation system)

Edit the displayed name and of a selectedalbum and the track information on thealbum.

. Update Gracenote from USB Device(models with navigation system)/Transfer Titles from USB (models with-out navigation system)

Update the in-vehicle Gracenote Databaseusing a USB memory. Search the title from ainformation acquired on the Internet. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.

. Transfer Missing Titles to USB

Transfer the information of an album re-corded without titles to a USB memory. Visitwww.nissanusa.com/gracenote/ for details.

. Update Gracenote from HDD (modelswith navigation system)/Update Miss-ing Titles (models without navigationsystem)

Search the title using the database on thehard drive/flash memory.

Black plate (283,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2517


SAA2438


Music Box® settingsGUID-B949C62E-4A06-4DE3-ADAF-5C058BA04AD1

To set the Music box® hard drive/flash memoryto your preferred settings, select the “Menu”key during playback, and the “Music BoxSettings” key with the multi-function controller,and then push the ENTER button.

Music Box Used/Free Space:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Information about “Saved Album”, “Saved Track”and “Remaining Time” is displayed.

Automatic Recording:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When this item is turned on, the Music Box®

hard drive/flash memory automatically startsrecording when a CD is inserted.

Delete Songs from Music Box:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Deletes the current song, selected songs oralbums by choosing from the list, or all songs/albums in the Music Box®.

Recording Quality:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132kbps. The default is set to 105 kbps (modelswith navigation system).

Set the recording quality of 96 kbps, 128 kbpsor 192 kbps. The default is set to 128 kbps(models without navigation system).

CDDB Version (models with navigationsystem)/Gracenote Database Version(models without navigation system):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The version of the built-in Gracenote Databaseis displayed.

GracenoteGUID-85404772-EB07-4741-8180-012C4167A09C

NOTE:. The information contained in the

Gracenote Database is not fully guar-anteed.

. The service of the Gracenote Databaseon the Internet may be stopped withoutprior notice for maintenance.

End-User License Agreement

USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP-TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW.

Gracenote® MusicID® Terms of Use

This application or device contains softwarefrom Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California(“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote(the “Gracenote Software”) enables this appli-cation to perform disc and/or file identificationand obtain music-related information, includingname, artist, track, and title information (“Grace-note Data”) from online servers or embeddeddatabases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”)


Black plate (284,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


and to perform other functions. You may useGracenote Data only by means of the intendedEnd-User functions of this application or device.You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, theGracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers foryour own personal non-commercial use only.You agree not to assign, copy, transfer ortransmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace-note Data to any third party. YOU AGREE NOTTO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA,THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACE-NOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLYPERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive license to usethe Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,and Gracenote Servers will terminate if youviolate these restrictions. If your license termi-nates, you agree to cease any and all use of theGracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, andGracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves allrights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Soft-ware, and the Gracenote Servers, including allownership rights. Under no circumstances willGracenote become liable for any payment to youfor any information that you provide.

You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce itsrights under this Agreement against you directlyin its own name.

The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier

to track queries for statistical purposes. Thepurpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi-fier is to allow the Gracenote service to countqueries without knowing anything about whoyou are. For more information, see the web pagefor the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace-note service.

The Gracenote Software and each item ofGracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”Gracenote makes no representations or warran-ties, express or implied, regarding the accuracyof any Gracenote Data from in the GracenoteServers. Gracenote reserves the right to deletedata from the Gracenote Servers or to changedata categories for any cause that Gracenotedeems sufficient. No warranty is made that theGracenote Software or Gracenote Servers areerror-free or that functioning of GracenoteSoftware or Gracenote Servers will be unin-terrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provideyou with new enhanced or additional data typesor categories that Gracenote may provide in thefuture and is free to discontinue its services atany time.

GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIESEXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTI-CULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRIN-GEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT

WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BEOBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE-NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTESERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTEBE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL ORINCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOSTPROFITS OR LOST REVENUES.

Copyright:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Music recognition technology and related dataare provided by Gracenote®. Gracenote is theindustry standard in music recognition technol-ogy and related content delivery. For moreinformation, please visit www.gracenote.com.

CD and music-related data from Gracenote,Inc., copyright *C 2000-2009 Gracenote.Gracenote Software, copyright *C 2000-2009Gracenote. This product and service maypractice one or more of the following U.S.Pa t e n t s : #5 , 987 , 525 ; #6 , 061 , 680 ;#6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192,#6,230,207, #6,240,459, #6,330,593, andother patents issued or pending. Some servicessupplied under license from Open Globe, Inc.for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.

Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade-marks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo andlogotype, and the “Powered by Gracenote” logoare trademarks of Gracenote.

Black plate (285,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA3342

AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS (if soequipped)

GUID-031E6845-355E-4B94-AB0A-BC5D7A96E419

The auxiliary input jacks are located in the centerconsole. NTSC compatible devices such asvideo games, camcorders and portable videoplayers can be connected to the auxiliary jacks.Compatible audio devices, such as some MP3players, can also be connected to the systemthrough the auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-tion purposes.

. Yellow - video input

. White - left channel audio input

. Red - right channel audio input

Before connecting a device to a jack, turn off thepower of the portable device.

With a compatible device connected to thejacks, push the DISC·AUX or AUX buttonrepeatedly until the display switches to theAUX mode.

SAA2496


SAA1567



Black plate (286,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


AUX MenuGUID-281DDB8B-E18B-41B6-9B6D-F3679632BC95

When the “Menu” key on the display is selectedwhile in the AUX mode, the menu screen will bedisplayed.

Display Mode:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the display mode from the followingitems.

. Normal

. Wide

. Cinema

Volume Settings (models with navigationsystem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Choose the volume setting from the followingitems.

. Low

. Medium

. High

Display (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Adjust the image quality of the screen, select thepreferred adjustment items.

SAA0451

CD/DVD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

GUID-D99C5681-CCB2-4546-A032-DDF98A984F2C

CD/DVDGUID-76BF0595-4A07-4E1D-8EC4-AE66DFAB6A04

. Handle a CD/DVD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc. Do not bend thedisc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memoryGUID-0EB7000F-0BEB-4820-848A-B72225B4910E

. Never touch the terminal portion of the USBmemory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in highlyhumid locations.

. Do not expose the USB memory to directsunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual forthe details.

Black plate (287,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1854


SAA1855


1. Source select switch

2. Menu control switch (models with navigationsystem) or audio tuning switch (models withoutnavigation system)

3. Volume control switch

4. BACK switch

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTED CON-TROLS FOR AUDIO (if so equipped)

GUID-22E2AF45-BCF1-486C-9E1E-D414FA4A5EDE

Menu control switch (models with navi-gation system) or audio tuning switch(models without navigation system)

GUID-E19332CA-2DD3-40B8-A8C1-5572B6D8E8E7

While the display is showing a MAP (navigationsystems only), STATUS or Audio screen, tilt theswitch upward or downward to select a station,track, CD or folder. For most audio sources,tilting the switch up/down for more than 1.5seconds provides a different function than tiltingup/down for less than 1.5 seconds.

AM and FM radio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the presetstations.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill seek up or down to the next station.

. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe list of preset stations.

XM Satellite Radio:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the presetchannels.

. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill go to the next or previous category.


Black plate (288,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe XM Menu.

iPod®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Tilting up/down for less than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the tracks.

. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe iPod Menu.

CD:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the folders (ifplaying compressed audio files).

. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe CD Menu.

DVD (models with navigation system):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the titles.

. Pushing the menu control switch will selectan item from the DVD display.

. When the transparent operation menu ap-pears, the switch will control the menu.

USB:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the folders.

. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe USB Menu.

Music Box®:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


. Tilting up/down for more than 1.5 secondswill skip up or down through the albums(folders) number (if playing compressedaudio files).

. Pushing the menu control switch will showthe Music Box® Menu.

Bluetooth® Audio (models with navigationsystem):

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


BACK switch (models with navi-gation system)

GUID-D26A857B-F9ED-42BC-B015-30869C5C67C8

Push this switch to go back to the previousscreen or cancel the selection if it is notcompleted.

Volume control switchesGUID-EB0D7B9F-6B05-45AE-9781-0D587A85C8F6

Push the upper (+) or lower (−) side switch toincrease or decrease the volume.

Source select switchGUID-39EFE205-E1D7-4D56-AEC0-06037C87BC14

Push the audio source switch to change themode as follows.


AM ? FM ? XM ? CD/DVD ? MusicBox® ? USB/iPod® ? Bluetooth® Audio

. Models without navigation system

AM ? FM ? CD ? Music Box® ? USB/iPod® ? XM

Media not connected/inserted will be skipped.

Black plate (289,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

ANTENNAGUID-5D62EC7D-99A1-4040-9B31-8ACB3AC0CE76

Window antenna (for Hardtop models)GUID-CB119597-8559-44D0-B2B0-9B0667D091D0

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rearwindow.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near therear window glass or attach anymetal parts to it. This may causepoor reception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna witha dampened soft cloth.

SAA2102

Roof antenna (for Hardtop models) andtrunk mounted antenna (for CrossCab-riolet models)

GUID-8AAFB5F9-D133-44F8-9018-430C3B61453D

Removing the antenna:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove byturning counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to remove theantenna under the following condi-tions.

— The vehicle enters an automaticcar wash (for Hardtop models).

— The vehicle enters a garage witha low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation. Otherwise,the antenna rod may break duringvehicle operation.


Black plate (290,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-2FDA1809-0AE0-4716-B007-03F1D8BBE2C5

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingcautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohi-bit the use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

GUID-046E2123-C218-461B-98FE-4E62F9A355CF

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a compatible Bluetooth® enabled cellularphone, you can set up the wireless connectionbetween your cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module. With Bluetooth® wireless tech-nology, you can make or receive a telephone callwith your cellular phone in your pocket.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIOBluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM (models with navigationsystem)

Black plate (291,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Once a cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connectingprocedure is required anymore. Your phone isautomatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position with the registeredcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-ports the phone commands, so dialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible. For moredetails, see “NISSAN voice recognition system(models with navigation system)” later in thissection; page 4-108.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.


functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same time mayslow down or disconnect the communica-tion and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wirelessLAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, behind a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order notto be dialed.

. When the radio wave reception is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult for the other party to hear your voiceduring a call. Please close the windows ifpossible.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging,cellular phone antenna, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor will notcoincide with the antenna display of somecellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly aswell as to minimize its echoes.


Black plate (292,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing callvolume may improve the clarity.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-637CD407-3A96-45DC-9EC2-138DF3AB3D59

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-980C0581-DEF4-49FF-B0B6-96D2C40F63F5



1. this device may not cause interference and

2. this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device

IC Regulatory informationGUID-01079428-1F15-46E5-849E-359B827B5F0D

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.



Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-censed to Clarion Co., Ltd.

VOICE COMMANDSGUID-95F93972-653C-4AF6-9A16-78918A2B2EB1

You can use voice commands to operate variousBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System featuresusing the NISSAN Voice Recognition system.

For more details, see “NISSAN voice recogni-tion system (models with navigation system)”later in this section; page 4-108.

SAA3556

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-D680FAE6-FA84-4969-8AAB-FFD5526FA772

1. PHONE button

2. TALK /PHONE SEND button

Black plate (293,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2519

CONNECTING PROCEDUREGUID-9BEACCEF-0959-46FA-A2F0-DCD12A86A6F3

1. Push the PHONE button or the button,and select the “Connect Phone” key.

SAA2520

2. When a PIN code appears on the screen,operate the compatible Bluetooth® cellularphone to enter the PIN code.

The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for the details. You can also visit

www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth or callNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department forinstructions on pairing NISSAN recom-mended cellular phones.

When the connection process is completed,the screen will return to the Phone menudisplay.

PHONE SELECTIONGUID-8BA5FDCF-9589-4449-AFFB-E0894E8FE4FA

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to thesystem. To switch to connect another cellularphone, push PHONE button and select the“Connected Phones” key. The registered cellularphones are shown on the list. If you select acellular phone that is different from the onecurrently connected, the newly selected phonewill be connected to the system.

VEHICLE PHONEBOOKGUID-68E4156D-4E14-426F-984D-7A594DCD82E8

This vehicle has two phonebooks available forhands-free use. Depending on the phone, thesystem may automatically download the entirecell phone’s phonebook into the “HandsetPhonebook”. For the details about downloadinga phonebook, see “Phone setting” later in thissection. If a phonebook does not automaticallydownload, the vehicle phonebook may be set forup to 1,000 entries. This phonebook allows therecording of a name to speak while using voicerecognition.


Black plate (294,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2521

1. Push the PHONE button and select the“Vehicle Phonebook” key.

2. Select the “Add New” key at the top of thescreen.

SAA2522

3. Choose the method for entering the phone-book entry. For this example, select “EnterNumber by Keypad”.

4. Enter the digits and select the “OK” key.(See “How to use touch screen (modelswith navigation system)” earlier in thissection.)

SAA2523

5. Select the “Voicetag” key to record a nameto speak when using the NISSAN VoiceRecognition system.

6. Select the “Store” key and prepare to speakthe name after the tone.

7. When the voicetag is successfully saved,select the “OK” key to save the phonebookentry.

8. After the phonebook entry is saved, it willshow a screen that is ready to call thenumber. Press the BACK button to return tothe Vehicle Phonebook.

There are different methods to input a phonenumber. Select one of the following options

Black plate (295,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

instead of “Enter Number by Keypad” in step 3.

. Copy from Call History

The system will show a list of incoming,outgoing or missed calls that were down-loaded from the connected cellular phone(depending on the phone’s compatibility).Select one of these entries to save in thevehicle phonebook.

. Copy from the Handset

The system will show the connected cellularphone’s phonebook that was downloaded(depending on the phone’s compatibility).Select one of these entries to save in thevehicle phonebook.

SAA2620

Editing the Vehicle PhonebookGUID-38365816-D70D-4632-A234-FBF33135EF7E

1. Push the PHONE button and select the“Vehicle Phonebook” key.

2. Select the desired entry from the displayedlist.

3. Select the “Edit” key.

4. Select the desired item to change.

SAA2523

The following editing items are available:

. Entry #

Changes the displayed number of theselected entry.

. Name

Edit the name of the entry using the keypaddisplayed on the screen.

. Number

Edit the phone number using the keypaddisplayed on the screen.

. Type

Select an icon from the icon list.

. Voicetag

Confirm and store the voicetag. Voicetags


Black plate (296,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


allow easy dialing using the NISSAN VoiceRecognition system. (See “NISSAN voicerecognition system (models with navigationsystem)” later in this section.)

To delete an entry, select the “Delete” key atstep 3.

SAA2524

MAKING A CALLGUID-268C7F12-43F5-442D-8D30-D077AC39D5F3

To make a call, follow this procedure.

1. Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel or the button on the steeringwheel. The “PHONE” screen will appear onthe display.

2. Select the “Handset Phonebook” key on the“PHONE” menu.

3. Select the desired entry from the list.

4. Confirm the correct entry by selecting for thecorrect number from the list.

SAA2621

5. Select the “Call” key to start dialing thenumber.

There are different methods to make a call.Select one of the following options instead of“Handset Phonebook” in step 2 above.

. Vehicle Phonebook

Select an entry stored in the Vehicle’sPhonebook.

. Call History

Select an outgoing, incoming or missed calldownloaded from your cell phone (depend-ing on your phone’s compatibility).

. Dial Number

Input the phone number manually using the

Black plate (297,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

keypad displayed on the screen. (See “Howto use touch screen (models with navigationsystem)” earlier in this section.)

SAA2525

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-42653916-6D28-452E-955E-41B0F21185E9

When you hear a phone ring, the display willchange to the incoming call mode. To receive acall, perform one of the following procedureslisted below.

1. Select the “Answer” key.

2. Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

3. Push the button on the steering wheel.

There are some options available when receivinga call. Select one of the following displayed onthe screen.

. Answer

Accept an incoming call to talk.

. Hold Call

Put an incoming call on hold.

. Reject Call

Reject an incoming call.

To finish the call, perform one of thefollowing procedures listed below.

1. Select the “Hang up” key.

2. Push the PHONE button on the instrumentpanel.

3. Push the button on the steering wheel.


Black plate (298,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA3587

DURING A CALLGUID-D5E534B4-79AD-47EE-A712-C875FB7D0D2E

There are some options available during a call.Select one of the following displayed on thescreen if necessary.

. Hang up

Finish the call.

. Use Handset

Transfer the call to the cellular phone.

. Mute

Mute your voice to the person.

. Keypad

Using the touch tone, send digits to theconnected party for using services such asvoicemail.

. Cancel Mute

This will appear after “Mute” is selected.Mute will be canceled.

. Switch Call*

Select "Switch Call" to answer anotherincoming call. By selecting “Hang up”, youcan end a call and can speak to a caller whois on hold again.

* This function may not be usable, depend-ing on the model of phone.

To adjust the person’s voice to be louder orquieter, push the volume control switch (+ or −)on the steering wheel or turn the volume controlknob on the instrument panel while talking onthe phone. This adjustment is also available inthe SETTING mode.

SAA2527

PHONE SETTINGGUID-D54425C1-1203-405E-B905-91EAE449EB16

To set up the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem to your preferred settings, push theSETTING button on the instrument panel andselect the “PHONE” key.

Edit Vehicle PhonebookGUID-21A81C5C-FE0F-4748-BF7D-BEDE2E950243

To edit the vehicle phonebook, use the sameprocedure as described in “Vehicle phonebook”earlier in this section.

Black plate (299,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Delete PhonebookGUID-B23F862F-A65E-4F95-84BC-9789833A1AA6

The vehicle phonebook entries can be deletedall at the same time or one by one.

Download Handset PhonebookGUID-AE3AE8DD-860B-4FC7-8661-BD338EBFDC9F

Download the contacts registered in a Blue-tooth® cellular phone. Availability of this functiondepends on each cellular phone. The memorydownloading procedure from the cellular phonealso varies according to each cellular phone.See cellular phone Owner’s Manual for details.

VolumeGUID-7FCE50D7-0C2F-486D-8F1D-A438FEC3D023

The following kinds of phone volume can be set.Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the“Volume” key can also operate the samesettings.

. Ringtone/Incoming Call/Outgoing Call

To increase or decrease the volume, selectthe “Ringtone”, “Incoming Call” or “Out-going Call” key and adjust it with the multi-function controller.

. Automatic Hold

When this function is activated, an incomingphone call is automatically held.

. Vehicle Ringtone

When this function is activated, a specificringtone that is different from the cellularphone will sound when receiving a call.

Auto DownloadGUID-E06F2D7C-62BE-4F19-B524-E8D96A701FD2

When this item is activated, the phonebook of ahands-free phone is automatically downloadedat the same time that the hands-free phone isconnected.


Black plate (300,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-641DC97D-3665-4758-84C7-C9304D0F4562

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. (See “NISSAN voice recognition system (models with navigation system)” later in thissection; page 4-108.)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it is too noisy touse the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

The system consistently selects thewrong voicetag.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Vehicle phonebook” earlier in this section.)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

The system cannot be operated. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).

Black plate (301,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-2E3BF6A6-4523-4285-8F92-0F4C9B6526E1

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you are an ownerof a Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone, you canset up the wireless connection between yourcellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module.With Bluetooth® wireless technology, you canmake or receive a telephone call with yourcellular phone in your pocket.

Once your cellular phone is paired to the in-vehicle phone module, no phone connectingprocedure is required. Your phone is automati-cally connected with the in-vehicle phonemodule when the ignition switch is pushed tothe “ON” position with the registered cellularphone turned on and carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

When a call is active, the audio system andmicrophone (located in the ceiling in front of therearview mirror) are used for the handsfreecommunications.

If the audio system is being used at the time, theaudio mode will mute and will stay muted untilthe active call is ended.

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup-ports the phone commands, so dialing a phonenumber using your voice is possible.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.


functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same time mayslow down or disconnect the communica-tion and cause undesired noise. It is

recommended that you turn off the wirelessLAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

. Set up the wireless connection between acellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, behind a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked in order notto be dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch ispushed to the “ON” position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a short periodof time.


Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM (models withoutnavigation system) (if so equipped)

Black plate (302,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, please contacta NISSAN dealer.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding the telephone pairing procedurespecific to your phone, battery charging,cellular phone antenna, etc.

. The antenna display on the monitor will notcoincide with the antenna display of somecellular phones.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible to hear the caller’s voice clearly aswell as to minimize its echoes.

. If reception between callers is unclear,adjusting the incoming or outgoing call

volume may improve the clarity.

. This wireless hands free car kit is based onBluetooth® technology,

— Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

— Output Power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P

— Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK

— Number of Channel: 79

— This wireless equipment can’t be usedfor any services related to safety becausethere is the possibility of radio interfer-ence.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-9DE078EF-726D-49EF-B39D-BF1565AB6772

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-FE63010D-70A5-414E-BEF2-21944E3AAE2E



1) this device may not cause interferenceand

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory informationGUID-E1B77E88-A855-4E2C-B642-6ECCDD8F6A9E

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.



Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and li-censed to Visteon Corporation.

Black plate (303,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1858

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-97C1E7DF-2E99-4A06-9A42-9D6CE21376A6

1. PHONE SEND button

Push the button to initiate a VR session oranswer an incoming call. You can also usethe button to skip through system feedbackand to enter commands during a call.

2. PHONE END button

Push the button to cancel a VR session orend a call.

VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEMGUID-9B7C908B-6C37-4AF6-881B-ED74B9733676

You can also use the Bluetooth® hands-freephone system with Voice Recognition System.

INFO

. The available voice commands are onlyapplicable to the relevant language set inthe LANGUAGE setting screen. (See “Howto use SETTING button” earlier in thissection.)

. If the vehicle is in motion, some commandsmay not be available so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. The voice recognition system cannot beoperated when the soft top (CrossCabrioletmodels) is open.

Manual command selectionGUID-7A9C0620-4464-41D4-A48F-87414C8E0577

Commands can be selected manually. While thecommands are displayed on the screen, select acommand by operating the Tune switch, andthen push the PHONE SEND button. Oncea command is manually selected, the voicecommand function is cancelled. To return tovoice command mode, push the PHONE END

button to cancel the current operation, andthen perform the first procedure of voicecommand.

Using systemGUID-971AC84E-9C3B-4FD1-B89A-CAAB5B8FF18C

Initialization:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, Voice Recognition System is initialized,which may take up to one minute. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the switch on the steeringwheel is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will not accept any command.

Before starting:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To get the best performance out of the VoiceRecognition System, observe the following:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminate thesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak a voice command within 5 secondsafter the beep sound. If no voice commandis given, the system will ask you for anumber. If no further command is given,the session ends.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.


Black plate (304,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA1858

Giving voice command:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push and release the switch located onthe steering wheel.

SAA2574

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Please say acommand after the beep. Available com-mands are: Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls,Connect Phone or Help”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand. See the “Using system” later inthis section for the voice command list.Speak “Call” for example.

INFO

Voice commands cannot be recognized aslong as the screen icon is not in thecommand recognition mode .

4. The system acknowledges the commandand announces the next set of availablecommands.

5. After the tone sounds, speak the phonenumber.

6. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

7. After system responds, speak “Dial” and thesystem dials the spoken numbers.


. Voice commands cannot be accepted whenthe icon is .

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the switch or the BACK buttononce to return to the previous screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, push theswitch. The message “Voice input is

canceled” will be announced. If you want toadjust the volume of the system feedback,push the volume control buttons [+] or [−]on the steering wheel or use the audiosystem volume knob while the system ismaking an announcement.

Black plate (305,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

How to speak commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The Voice Recognition System requires acertain way to speak voice commands. Speaknormally and clearly in the direction of themicrophone (located in front of the rearviewmirror). Every digit of the number must bespoken individually and in a normal manner.The hands-free mode will work best when thetelephone number is spoken in blocks of three tofive digits. After each spoken block is termi-nated, the system will repeat the three to fivedigits and wait for you to speak the next digit orblock of digits required for the telephonenumber.

See “Using system” later in this section for theappropriate commands that can be spoken forthe hands-free mode system.

Example:

In order to initiate a call, speak “Phonebook”.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephone systemby voice command for the first time or do notknow the appropriate voice command,speak “Help”. The system announces theavailable commands.

. When you speak numbers, you can speakboth “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Personal vocabulary (voicetags):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Voice Recognition System is equipped with thefunction called “voicetags”, which can beassociated with the phone number and namein the phonebook. Using the voice tag willautomatically generate a speed dial to theregistered number.

See “Phonebook registration” earlier in thissection.

You can call the identified number using thefollowing command: “Dial” followed by the voicetag.

Dialling a name with a voice tag:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

It is possible to call up a name via a voice taginstead of a number, provided the name andnumber of your correspondent has been pre-viously stored in the phonebook.

Dial via a voice tag, according to the followingprocedure.

1. Push the switch.

2. The system replies “please say a commandafter the beep. Available commands are:Call, Phonebook, Recent Calls, ConnectPhone or Help”.

3. Give your instructions to the system bysaying: “Dial John” for example (“John” musthave been previously set as a voice tag forJohn’s phone number) or “Dial One” if John

is classified as one in the phonebook.

If the system cannot understand yourcommand, repeat it according to the re-commendations mentioned in “Using sys-tem” earlier in this section.

4. If the given name (voice tag) is correct, thephone system will dial the number registeredfor “John”.

INFO

To end the voice command phase at any stageof the procedure, push the switch once inorder to activate the cancel command.


Black plate (306,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


List of voice commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

COMMAND ACTION

“Call/Dial” “<name>” Dials the specified <name>.

“Call/Dial” “Redial” Dials the last number.

“Call” "Number"“<number>” Dials the specified <number>.

“Phonebook” “<name>” Displays the specified <name> in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “List Names” Displays all the names in the phonebook.

“Phonebook” “Transfer Entry” Transfers the phonebook data to the system.

“Phonebook” “Delete Entry” Deletes the phonebook registered in the system.

“Connect Phone” “Add Phone” Connects a cellular phone to the system.

“Connect Phone” “Select Phone” Selects a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” Deletes a registered cellular phone.

“Connect Phone” “Bluetooth Off” Turns the Bluetooth® connection off.

“Connect Phone” “Replace Phone” Changes the registered order of the cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “All Phones” Deletes all registered cellular phones.

“Connect Phone” “Delete Phone” “List Phones” Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it.

Black plate (307,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2575

PAIRING PROCEDUREGUID-8FE25643-A97E-4548-872E-CB0777617257

Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Speak: “Connect Phone”. The system ac-knowledges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

SAA2576

3. Speak: “Add Phone”. The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiateconnecting from the phone handset.

INFO:

The Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

SAA2577

4. When asked to enter a PIN code to connecta Bluetooth® cellular phone, enter the code“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of thenumber of phones paired.

The connecting procedure of a cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for more information.


Black plate (308,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2578

5. The system asks the user to speak a namefor the phone.

Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowledges thecommand and registers the cellular phone.

If the name is too long or too short, the systemtells the user, then prompts the user for a nameagain.

Also, if more than one phone is connected andthe name sounds too much like a name alreadyused, the system tells the user, then prompts theuser for name again.

SAA2579

PHONEBOOK REGISTRATIONGUID-988012A4-F298-499C-94C3-CA027FD21350

When the cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle module, the data stored in the cellularphone such as phonebook, outgoing call logs,incoming call logs and missed call logs isautomatically transferred and registered to thesystem.

The availability of this function depends on eachcellular phone. The copying procedure alsovaries according to each cellular phone. Seecellular phone Owner’s Manual for more infor-mation.

Up to 1,000 phone numbers per registeredcellular phone can be stored in the phonebook.

SAA2580

MAKING A CALLGUID-C1569C46-BBE4-417E-B708-C72FDA167413

To make a call, follow the procedures below.

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.A tone will sound.

2. Speak: “Call”. The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

3. Speak the registered person’s name. Thesystem acknowledges the command andannounces the next set of available com-mands.

4. Speak: “Yes”. The system acknowledges thecommand and makes the call.

Black plate (309,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

5. Once the call has ended, press thebutton on the steering wheel.

RECEIVING A CALLGUID-57B1C05B-C025-45A4-B4FF-608E19809C7D

When the ring tone is heard, press the button onthe steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the button onthe steering wheel.

NOTE:

To reject a call when the ring tone is heard,press the button on the steering wheel.

SAA2581

DURING A CALLGUID-CE0CDD4C-6CBD-4C98-8B4D-19A60317ACF1

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Press the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and entercommands.

. “(digits)” — Use the Send command to enternumbers during a call. For example, ifdirected to dial an extension by an auto-mated system:

Speak: “Sending one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call.

. “Mute on/off” — Use the Mute command tomute the user’s voice so the other partycannot hear it.

Use the mute command again to unmute theuser’s voice.

. “Transfer Handset” — Use the TransferHandset command to transfer the call fromthe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemto a cellular phone when privacy is desired.The system announces, “Transfer Handset.The call is transferred to the handset only.”The system then ends the VR session.

The Transfer Call command can also beissued again to return to a hands-free callthrough the vehicle.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

NOTE:

If the other party ends the call or thecellular phone network connection is lostwhile the Mute feature is on, the Mutefeature may need to be reset to “off.”


Black plate (310,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2582

PHONE SETTINGSGUID-7D12ECFD-12D0-4255-AC95-BD224A6B95B9

CallGUID-C20D857F-9EF4-45A2-8963-CA14A72B48D5

. (a name)

If there are entries stored in the Phone Book,a number associated with a name andlocation can be dialed. See “Phone bookregistration” in this section to learn how tostore entries. When prompted by thesystem, say the name of the phone bookentry to call.

The system acknowledges the name. If thereare multiple locations associated with thename, the system asks the user to choosethe location.

Once the name and location are confirmed,the system begins the call.

. Number

When prompted by the system, speak thenumber to call.

. Redial

Use the Redial command to call the lastnumber of outgoing calls. The systemacknowledges the command, repeats thenumber and begins dialing. If a redialnumber does not exist, the system an-nounces, “There is no number to redial”and ends the VR session.

. Callback

Use the Callback command to call the lastnumber in incoming calls. The systemacknowledges the command, repeats thenumber and begins dialing. If an incomingcall number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to callback” and ends the VR session.

. Help

The system announces the available com-mands.

SAA2583

PhonebookGUID-C6D88EE2-4E10-450C-AF7B-CA5CCEC51006

. (a name)

Use the name command to seek the nameand locations registered in the phonebook inalphabetical order. When the system ac-knowledges the alphabet the user spoke,the system announces all registered namesand locations beginning with that alphabet.

Playback of the list can be stopped at anytime by pressing a button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.

. List Names

Use the List Names command to hear thenames and locations registered in the

Black plate (311,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

phonebook. When the system acknowl-edges the command, the system announcesall voicetags registered in the system.

Playback of the list can be stopped at anytime by pressing a button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.

. Transfer Entry

Use the Transfer Entry command to transferthe phonebook data stored in a cellularphone to the system.

The system acknowledges the commandand asks the user to initiate a transfer fromthe phone handset. The new contact phonenumber will be transferred from the cellularphone via a Bluetooth® communication link.

The transfer procedure varies according toeach cellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for more information. Thesystem repeats the number and prompts theuser for the next command. After enteringnumbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, location andnumber. The system then asks if the userwould like to store another location for thesame name. If the user does not wish tostore another location, the system ends theVR session.

. Delete Entry

Use the Delete Entry command to delete a

specific number or all numbers in thephonebook. The system announces thenames of the phone numbers already storedin the system. The system then gives theoption to delete a specific number or allnumbers. Once the user chooses to delete anumber or all numbers, the system asks theuser to confirm.

. Help


SAA2584

Recent CallsGUID-09D30387-1DD9-49C9-9D99-152A26416184

. Incoming

Use the Incoming command to make a callviewing the list of incoming calls.

. Missed

Use the Missed command to make a callviewing the list of missed calls.

. Outgoing

Use the Outgoing command to make a callviewing the list of outgoing calls.

. Redial

Use the Redial command to dial the lastoutgoing call.


Black plate (312,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Callback

Use the Callback command to dial the lastincoming call.

. Help


SAA2585

Connect PhoneGUID-2F3EEA09-0D60-44B2-B20E-4F833581CE6D

. Add Phone

Use the Pair Phone command to connect acompatible phone to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

When asked to enter a PIN code to connecta Bluetooth® cellular phone, enter the code“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless of thenumber of phones connected. Up to 5phones can be connected. If the user triesto connect a sixth phone, the systemannounces that the user must first deleteone phone or replace an existing phone. Ifthe user tries to connect a phone that has

already been connected to the vehiclesystem, the system announces the namethat the phone is already using. Theconnecting procedure will then be can-celled.

The Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

. Select Phone

Use the Select Phone command to select aphone of lesser priority when two or morephones connected with Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are in the vehicle at thesame time.

The system asks the user to name the phoneand confirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the se-lected phone remains active until the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position or anew phone is selected.

. Delete Phone

Use the Delete Phone command to delete aspecific phone or all phones from Blue-tooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Thesystem announces the names of the phonesalready paired with the system and theirpriority level. The system then gives theoption to delete a specific phone, all phonesor listen to the list again. Once the userchooses to delete a phone or all phones, the

Black plate (313,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

system asks the user to confirm.

NOTE:

When the user deletes a phone, theassociated phone book for that phone willalso be deleted.

. Replace Phone

Use the Replace Phone command tochange the priority level of the active phone.

The priority level determines which phone isactive when more than one paired Blue-tooth® phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of theactive phone and asks for a new priority level(1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already being usedfor another phone, the two phones will swappriority levels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:

. Priority Level 1 = Phone A

. Priority Level 2 = Phone B

. Priority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of Phone C toLevel 1, then:

. Priority Level 1 = Phone C

. Priority Level 2 = Phone B

. Priority Level 3 = Phone A

. Bluetooth On/Off

Use the Bluetooth On/Off command to turnon/off Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem.

. Help


VOICE ADAPTATION MODEGUID-EB7B2DD6-433A-4FB9-B38D-E7A89A3FA23D

The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to twousers with different dialects to train the systemto improve recognition accuracy. By repeating anumber of commands, the users can create avoice model of their own voice that is stored inthe system. The system is capable of storing adifferent voice adaptation model for each con-nected phone.

Training procedureGUID-03C15AD1-22AD-4FC7-BA0F-5E4D948295C9

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press the button.

4. Speak: “Help”. The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

5. Speak: "Voice Adaptation". The systemacknowledges the command and displaysthe voice adaptation mode screen.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is selectedautomatically. If both memory locations arealready in use, the system will prompt you tooverwrite one. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, press the button.

8. The voice adaptation mode will be ex-plained. Follow the instructions provided bythe system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.

10. The system will ask you to say your name.Follow the instructions to register yourname.

11. The system will announce that voice adapta-tion has been completed and the system isready.

The voice adaptation mode will stop if:

. The button is pressed in voice adapta-tion mode.

. The vehicle is driven during voice adaptationmode.


Black plate (314,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. The ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.

GUID-A30474D6-0723-412B-94D9-B6E7FA3EE8EF

NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands-freeoperation of the Phone, Navigation, Informationand Audio systems in one of two modes,Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode.

In Standard Mode, commands that are availableare always shown on the display and announcedby the system. You can complete your desiredoperation by simply following the prompts givenby the system. (See “NISSAN voice recognitionStandard Mode” later in this section for details.)

For advanced operation, you can use theAlternate Command Mode. (See “NISSAN voicerecognition Alternate Command Mode” later inthis section for details.) When this mode isactive, an expanded list of commands can bespoken after pushing the TALK switch, andthe voice command menu prompts are turnedoff. Review the expanded command list, which isavailable when this mode is active. Note that inthis mode the recognition success rate may beaffected as the number of available commandsand the ways of speaking each command areincreased.

To switch one mode to another, see each modedescription later in this section.

To improve the recognition success rate whenAlternate Command Mode is active, try using theSpeaker Adaptation Function available in thatmode. Otherwise, it is recommended that

Alternate Command Mode be turned off andStandard Mode be used for the best recognitionperformance.

For the voice commands for the navigationsystem, refer to the Navigation System Owner’sManual of your vehicle.

For CrossCabriolet models:

The voice recognition system cannot be oper-ated when the soft top is open.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSTANDARD MODE

GUID-E030B25F-1CD2-4F18-B605-1529B5C7136E

The following section is applicable when theStandard Mode is activated.

The Standard Mode enables you to completethe desired operation by simply following theprompts that appear on the display and also areannounced by the system.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITIONSYSTEM (models with navigationsystem)

Black plate (315,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2529

Activating Standard ModeGUID-F2E6660F-8E80-4F5D-AA44-9B414198AED8

When the Alternate Command Mode is active,perform the following steps to switch to theStandard Mode.

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel.

2. Select the “Others” key.

3. Select the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2530

4. Select the “Alternate Command Mode” key.

5. The indicator turns off and the StandardMode activates.

Displaying user guideGUID-DA284EE5-C938-46FB-900A-D8F2EF4AC93C

If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time or you do not knowhow to operate it, you can display the UserGuide for confirmation.

You can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.

SAA2531

1. Push the INFO button on the instrumentpanel.



4. Select the “User Guide” key.

5. Select a preferred item.

You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say“Help”.

Available items:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Getting Started

Describes the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.


Black plate (316,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Let’s Practice

Mode that allows practicing by following theinstructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address Book

Tutorial for entering a destination by usingthe Address Book.

. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Tutorial for entering a destination by streetaddress.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips of speaking for correctcommand recognition by the system.

Note that the Command List feature is onlyavailable when Alternate Command Mode isactive.

SAA2532

Getting StartedGUID-8E74C2FA-8232-4120-A73B-E30247A3D6D7

Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognitionsystem for the first time, you can confirm how touse commands by viewing the Getting Startedsection of the User Guide.

1. Select the “Getting Started” key.

2. You can confirm the page by scrolling thescreen using the multi-function controller.

Tutorials on the operation of the NISSANVoice Recognition system

If you choose “Using the Address Book”,“Finding a Street Address” or “Placing Calls”,you can view tutorials on how to perform theseoperations using NISSAN Voice Recognition.

SAA2534

Let’s PracticeGUID-D2C5D3E8-9A20-4A0A-93D2-F896102A95ED

This mode helps learn how to use the NISSANVoice Recognition system.

1. Select the “Let’s Practice” key.

2. After the message screen appears, push theTALK switch on the steering wheel.

3. Speak the displayed number after the tone.The evaluation screen will be displayed andthe result can be confirmed.

Black plate (317,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2533

Useful tips for correct operationGUID-7AA64467-DF64-4A7C-A31E-3D889D7A6ABA

You can display useful speaking tips to help thesystem recognize your voice commands cor-rectly.

Select “Help on Speaking” to start display.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-D457AF70-51D5-4946-BD37-9D7533EDCB6C

InitializationGUID-C2A9686F-0E3D-46D4-96FD-D5DD636B0F5A

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which may take up to one minute. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes, the displaywill show the message: “System not ready.” or abeep sounds.

Before startingGUID-2B709626-C03F-42EC-8B91-8C2505F1D85F

To get the best recognition performance fromNISSAN Voice Recognition, observe the follow-ing:

. The interior of the vehicle should be as quietas possible. Close the windows to eliminatethe surrounding noises (traffic noise andvibration sounds, etc.), which may preventthe system from correctly recognizing thevoice commands.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand.

. Speak in a natural conversational voicewithout pausing between words.

. If the air conditioner is set to “Auto”, the fanspeed is automatically lowered so that yourcommands can be recognized more easily.

SAA1859

Giving voice commandsGUID-55B167F3-ABFF-4B24-A008-00CCA24B7C2C

1. Push the TALK switch located on thesteering wheel.


Black plate (318,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2535

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Would you liketo access Phone, Navigation, Information,Audio or Help?”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.

Selecting the “Practice” key will start thepractice mode. See “Let’s Practice” earlierin this section.

4. Continue to follow the voice menu promptsand speak after the tone sounds until yourdesired operation is completed.

Selecting the “Help” key can display the

detailed information of the each command.


. Say a command after the tone.

. Commands that are available are alwaysshown on the display and spoken throughvoice menu prompts. Commands other thanthose that are displayed are not accepted.Please follow the prompts given by thesystem.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. To exit the voice recognition system, pushand hold the TALK switch. The mes-sage, “Voice canceled” will be announced.

. To skip the voice guidance function and givethe command immediately, press the TALK

switch to interrupt the system. Remem-ber to speak after the tone.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlbuttons [+] or [−] on the steering switch oruse the audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.)

Examples

. 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero six six two six twozero zero”

Improving Recognition of Phone numbers

You can improve the recognition of phonenumbers by saying the phone number in threegroups of numbers. For example, when you try tocall 800-662-6200, say “eight zero zero” first,and the system will then ask you for the nextthree digits. Then, say “six six two”. Afterrecognition, the system will then ask for the lastfour digits. Say, “six two zero zero”. Using thismethod of phone digit entry can improverecognition performance.

When speaking a house number, speak thenumber “0” as “zero”. If the letter “o (oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “zero”. Please speak

Black plate (319,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

“zero” for the number “0 (zero)”, “oh” forthe letter “o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Press the TALK switch during a phonecall.

. The menu will be launched and you will beprovided with the following guidance:"Please say the digits to dial".

. After guidance, say the digits of the numberyou want to send. After this, the digits thathave been recognized will be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the multifunctioncontroller, the selected digits will be sent.


Black plate (320,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Command ListGUID-E9D7C198-8137-4532-AE88-5276F85967A5

Category Command:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Phone Operates the Phone function

Navigation Operates the Navigation function

Information Displays the vehicle Information function

Audio Operates the Audio function.

Help Displays User Guide

. Phone Command:

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits.

Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.

Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number (available during phone number entry).

. Navigation Command:

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Black plate (321,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Information Command:

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

. Audio Command:

Command Action

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the XM Satellite band, selecting the channel last played.

Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system.

CD Starts to play a CD.

. General Commands

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen.

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition.


Black plate (322,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Voice command examplesGUID-7B0490C2-B46C-4581-AAF2-FB79E0B6A735

To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function,speaking one command is sometimes sufficient,but at other times it is necessary to speak two ormore commands. As examples, some additionalbasic operations by voice commands aredescribed here.

For navigation system commands, see theseparate Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

SAA1859

Example 1 - Placing a call to the phonenumber 800-662-6200:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


SAA2535

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information,Audio or Help?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

Black plate (323,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2536

4. Speak “Dial Number”.

SAA2537

5. Speak “8 0 0”.

Selecting the “Manual Controls” keyswitches the screen to the keypad to inputthe phone number manually.

SAA2538

6. The system announces, “Please say the nextthree digits or dial, or say change number.”

7. Speak “6 6 2”.


Black plate (324,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2539

8. The system announces, “Please say the lastfour digits” or say change number.

9. Speak “6 2 0 0”.

SAA2540

10. The system announces, “Dial or ChangeNumber?”

11. Speak “Dial”.

12. The system makes a call to 800-662-6200.

NOTE:. You can also speak “800-662-6200” (10

continuous digits) or “662-6200” (7continuous digits), if the area code isnot necessary. However, the 3-3-4 digitgrouping is recommended for im-proved recognition. (See “Giving voicecommands” earlier in this section.)

. You can only say a phone number usingthe 3-3-4 grouping, 7 digits, and 10digits using this command. Please use

the “International Call” command forall other formats.

. If you say “Change Number” duringphone number entry, the system willautomatically request that you repeatthe number using the 3-3-4 format. Inthis case please say the area code firstand then follow the prompts.

. Do not add a “1” in front of the areacode when speaking phone numbers.

. If the system does not recognize yourcommand, please try repeating thecommand using a natural voice. Speak-ing too slow or too loudly may furtherdecrease recognition performance.

Black plate (325,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA1859

Example 2 - Placing an international call tothe phone number 011-81-111-222-3333:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407


SAA2535

2. The system announces, “Would you like toaccess Phone, Navigation, Information orHelp?”

3. Speak “Phone”.

SAA2536

4. Speak “International Call”.


Black plate (326,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2541

5. Speak “011811112223333”.

SAA2542

6. Speak “Dial”.

7. System makes a call to 011-81-111-222-3333.

NOTE:

Any digit input format is available in theInternational Number input process.

NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL-TERNATE COMMAND MODE

GUID-1328AAFB-92F2-46A9-B122-C4BD736FFF7D

The following section is applicable when Alter-nate Command Mode is activated.

When Alternate Command Mode is activated,an expanded list of commands can be used afterpressing the TALK switch. In this mode,available commands are not fully shown on thedisplay or prompted. Review the expandedcommand list when this mode is active. Seeexamples of Alternate Command Mode screens.

Please note that in this mode the recognitionsuccess rate may be affected as the number ofavailable commands and ways of speaking eachcommand are increased. To improve the recog-nition success rate, try using the SpeakerAdaptation Function available in that mode.(See “Speaker adaptation function (for AlternateCommand Mode)” later in this section.) Other-wise it is recommended that Alternate Com-mand Mode be turned OFF and Standard Modebe used for the best recognition performance.

Black plate (327,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2529

Activating Alternate Command ModeGUID-DADB4F72-1642-4515-AC01-1734D9750ECC

When the Standard Mode is active, perform thefollowing steps to switch to the AlternateCommand Mode.


2. Highlight the “Others” key.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key.

SAA2543

4. Highlight the “Alternate Command Mode”key.

5. The confirmation message is displayed onthe screen. Push the “OK” key to activatethe Alternate Command Mode.

Displaying command listGUID-314E1779-ABDB-4085-B1E2-655357365354

If you are controlling the system by voicecommands for the first time or do not know theappropriate voice command, perform the follow-ing procedure for displaying the voice commandlist (available only in Alternate Command Mode).

SAA2544




4. Select the “Command List” key.


Black plate (328,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2545

5. Select a category from the list.

SAA2546

6. Select an item.

7. If necessary, scroll the screen using themulti-function controller to view the entirelist.

8. Press the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.

Black plate (329,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Command ListGUID-DFC31FE2-061C-4D53-BCB4-D2B85CC4F2C9

The words in italics are variable.

Phone Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number.

Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook.

Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone.

Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number.

Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number.

Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number.

International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken.

Call <named> Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook. Please say “Call”followed by a stored name.


Black plate (330,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Navigation Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Destination Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book.

Address Searches for a location by the street address specified, and sets a route to the location.

Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location.

Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book.

Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination.

Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point.

Delete Destination Deletes a destination.

Black plate (331,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Information Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information.

Maintenance Displays maintenance information.

Where am I? Displays your current location.

Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF.

Weather Information Displays weather information.

Weather Map Displays a weather map.


Black plate (332,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Audio Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system.

CD Starts to play a CD.

FM Turns to the FM band, selecting the station last played.

AM Turns to the AM band, selecting the station last played.

XM Turns to the XM Satellite Radio band, selecting the channel last played.

USB Turns on the USB memory.

Bluetooth Audio Turns on the Bluetooth® audio player.

Black plate (333,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Help Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Command List Navigation Commands Displays the navigation command list.

Phone Commands Displays the phone command list.

Audio Commands Displays the audio command list.

Information Commands Displays the information command list.

Help Commands Displays the help command list.

User Guide Displays the User Guide.

Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons.


Black plate (334,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


General Commands:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Command Action

Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen

Exit Cancels Voice Recognition

Black plate (335,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2547

Displaying user guideGUID-EB81851D-774D-410D-B70F-57AB662DF5BC

You can confirm how to use voice commands byaccessing a simplified User Guide, whichcontains basic instructions and tutorials forseveral voice commands.


2. Select the “Others” key using the multi-function controller and push the ENTERbutton.

3. Highlight the “Voice Recognition” key usingthe multi-function controller and push theENTER button.

4. Highlight the “User Guide” key using themulti-function controller and push theENTER button.

5. Highlight an item using the multi-functioncontroller and push the ENTER button.

Available items:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Getting Started

Describe the basics of how to operate theNISSAN Voice Recognition system.

. Let’s Practice

Mode that allows practicing by following theinstructions of the system voice.

. Using the Address Book

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Finding a Street Address (if so equipped)

Refer to Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

. Placing Calls

Tutorial for making a phone call by voicecommand operation.

. Help on Speaking

Displays useful tips for how to correctlyspeak commands in order for them to beproperly recognized by the system.

. Voice Recognition Settings

Describes the available voice recognition

settings.

. Adapting the System to Your Voice

Tutorial adapting the system to your voice.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-8C3DE760-0B15-4000-9915-85959A702C9B

InitializationGUID-27C3F0C5-22DD-4765-8E4C-8E58F97F8449

When the ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which may take up to one minute. Whencompleted, the system is ready to accept voicecommands. If the TALK switch is pushedbefore the initialization completes the display willshow the message: “System not ready.” or abeep sounds.

Before startingGUID-D5088651-7556-4B01-B56E-764F5A01519C

To get the best performance from NISSANVoice Recognition, observe the following.

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminate thesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing the voice commands cor-rectly.

. When the air conditioner is in the AUTOmode, the fan speed decreases automati-cally for easy recognition.

. Wait until a tone sounds before speaking acommand.


Black plate (336,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

SAA1859

Giving voice commandGUID-B7313723-92BE-4A08-B8A5-C89291A65BDB

1. Push and release the TALK switchlocated on the steering wheel.

SAA2548

2. A list of commands appears on the screen,and the system announces, “Please say acommand”.

3. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak acommand.


. Voice commands cannot be accepted whenthe icon is .

. The list displayed can be scrolled by tiltingthe menu control switch on the steeringwheel.

. If the command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Please say again”.

Black plate (337,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Repeat the command in a clear voice.

. Push the BACK button once to return to theprevious screen.

. If you want to cancel the command, pushand hold the TALK switch for 1 second.The message “Voice canceled” will beannounced.

. To skip the voice guidance function and givethe command immediately, press the TALK

switch to interrupt the system. Remem-ber to speak after the tone.

. If you want to adjust the volume of thesystem feedback, push the volume controlswitch (+ or −) on the steering wheel or usethe audio system volume knob while thesystem is making an announcement.

How to speak numbers:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers when giving voicecommands. Refer to the following examples.

General rule

Only single digits 0 (zero) to 9 can be used. (Forexample, if you would like to say 500, “five zerozero” can be used, but “five hundred” cannot.

Phone numbers

Speak phone numbers according to the follow-ing examples:

. 1-800-662-6200

— “Dial one eight zero zero six six two sixtwo zero zero.”

Note 1: For the best voice recognition phonedialing results, say phone numbers as singledigits.

Note 2: You cannot say 555-6000 as “five fivefive six thousands”.

Note 3: When speaking a house number, speakthe number “0” as “ zero”. If the letter “o (oh)” isincluded in the house number, it will not berecognized as the number “0 (zero)” even if youspeak “oh” instead of “zero”. Please speak“zero” for the number “0 (zero)”, “oh” for theletter “o (oh)”.

Send digits using dial tone:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

. Press the TALK switch during a phonecall.

. The menu will be launched and you will beprovided with the following guidance:"Please say the digits to dial".

. After guidance, say the digits of the numberyou want to send. After this, the digits thathave been recognized will be read out.

. If you press the ENTER button on thesteering wheel or on the multi-functioncontroller, the selected digits will be sent.

SAA2549

Speaker adaptation function (for Alter-nate Command Mode)

GUID-41540706-ED56-43AC-A84A-CB1ABE3F371A

The voice recognition system has a function tolearn the user’s voice for better voice recognitionperformance. The system can memorize thevoices of up to three persons.

Having the system learn the user’s voice:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. Push the SETTING button on the instrumentpanel and select the “Others” key.


3. Select the “Speaker Adaptation” key.


Black plate (338,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SAA2550

4. Select the user whose voice is memorizedby the system.

5. Select the “Start Speaker Adaptation Learn-ing” key.

SAA2551

6. Select a category to be learned by thesystem from the following list.. Phone Commands. Navigation Commands. Information Commands. Audio Commands. Help Commands

The voice commands in the category aredisplayed.

7. Select a voice command and then push theENTER button.

The voice recognition system starts.

SAA2552

8. The system requests that you repeat acommand after a tone.

9. After the tone sounds and the icon on thescreen changes from to , speak thecommand that the system requested.

10. When the system has recognized the voicecommand, the voice of the user is learned.

Push the switch or BACK button to returnto the previous screen.

If the system has learned the command cor-rectly, the voice command status on the rightside of the command turns from “None” to“Stored”.

Black plate (339,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SAA2553

Speaker Adaptation function settings:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Edit User Name

Edit the user name using the keypad displayedon the screen.

Delete Voice Data

Resets the user’s voice that the voice recogni-tion system has learned.

Continuous Learning

When this item is turned to ON, you can havethe system learn the voice commands insuccession, without selecting commands oneby one.

Minimize voice feedback (for AlternateCommand Mode)

GUID-2C83B6D4-4D4E-444E-A5EE-B27DB7DE0C05

To minimize the voice feedback from the system,perform the following steps.




4. Select the “Minimize Voice Feedback” key.

5. The setting is turned to ON and the voiceguidance will now be reduced when usingthe Voice Recognition system.


Black plate (340,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-792E17E1-BAFC-4A7C-A1A3-A5260FDE266A

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, follow the solutions given in this guide for theappropriate error.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number one, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom/error message Solution

Displays “COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED” or thesystem fails to interpret the command correctly.

1. Ensure that the command format is valid, see “Command List” earlier in this section.

2. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level.

3. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive, for example, windows open or defrost on.NOTE:If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized.

4. If optional words of the command have been omitted, then the command should be tried with these in place.

The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag inthe phonebook.

1. Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored. (See “Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem (models with navigation system)” earlier in this section; page 4-84.)

2. Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag.

The system cannot be operated. 1. Make sure that the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) is usable. If the soft top is not working, contact a NISSANdealer.

2. Close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models).

3. Open and close the soft top (for CrossCabriolet models) before operating the system.

Black plate (341,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ................................... 5-2Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................................... 5-2Three-way catalyst ................................................................. 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-3Avoiding collision and rollover ............................................ 5-6On-pavement and off-road driving precautions ............. 5-6Off-road recovery ................................................................... 5-6Rapid air pressure loss ......................................................... 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................................... 5-7Driving safety precautions .................................................... 5-8

Push-button ignition switch .................................................... 5-10Intelligent key system ......................................................... 5-10Push-button ignition switch operation ........................... 5-11Push-button ignition switch positions ............................ 5-12Emergency engine shut off ............................................... 5-12Intelligent key battery discharge ...................................... 5-12

Before starting the engine ...................................................... 5-13Starting the engine ................................................................... 5-13Driving the vehicle .................................................................... 5-14

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................... 5-14Parking brake ............................................................................. 5-18Cruise control ............................................................................ 5-18

Precautions on cruise control .......................................... 5-18Cruise control operations .................................................. 5-19

Break-in schedule .................................................................... 5-20Increasing fuel economy ......................................................... 5-20All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ........................... 5-21

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch operations ........ 5-21AWD warning light ........................................................... 5-22

Parking/parking on hills ........................................................... 5-24Power steering .......................................................................... 5-25Brake system ............................................................................. 5-25

Braking precautions ......................................................... 5-25Parking brake break-in ..................................................... 5-25Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................................. 5-26

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............................ 5-27Cold weather driving ............................................................... 5-29

Freeing a frozen door lock .............................................. 5-29Anti-freeze ........................................................................... 5-29Battery .................................................................................. 5-29Draining of coolant water ................................................ 5-29Tire equipment ................................................................... 5-29Special winter equipment ............................................... 5-29Driving on snow or ice .................................................... 5-29Engine block heater (if so equipped) .......................... 5-30

Black plate (342,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

5-2 Starting and driving

GUID-E99D9717-DEE1-4512-BDF8-144E3D0EEF23

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury (Hardtop models).

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where they couldbe seriously injured. Keep the carlocked with the trunk closed whennot in use, and prevent children’s

access to car keys (CrossCabrioletmodels).

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)GUID-B1E6FC9D-58E3-4E6A-A439-2EA1D37CC8A4

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the lift gate/trunk closedwhile driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into thepassenger compartment. If youmust drive with the lift gate/trunkopen, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high tocirculate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the lift gate/trunk or the body, follow the manu-facturer’s recommendation to pre-vent carbon monoxide entry into thevehicle.

. If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into thevehicle. (Some recreational vehicleappliances such as stoves, refrig-erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-erate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

Black plate (343,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaustsystem, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTGUID-25B6DA98-F9DE-4D4E-BDE7-81C60C45F38C

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-haust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-F7BA83CF-7575-4726-9031-194EDDC1CE8C

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire

Starting and driving 5-3

Black plate (344,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional informationGUID-07B738A4-1137-4087-8AEB-CE89E2044A1C

. The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a

flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning alsoappears on the dot matrix liquid crystaldisplay when the low tire pressure warninglight is illuminated and low tire pressure isdetected. The CHECK TIRE PRESSUREwarning turns off when the low tire pressurewarning light turns off.

The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a

Black plate (345,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

spare tire as soon as possible. (See“Flat tire” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section for changing aflat tire.)

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.


. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors (for mod-els not equipped with the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit).

. If you used the Emergency TireSealant to repair a minor tire punc-ture, your NISSAN dealer will alsoneed to replace the TPMS sensor inaddition to repairing or replacingthe tire (for models equipped with

the emergency tire puncture repairkit).

. NISSAN recommends using onlyNISSAN Genuine Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure (for modelsequipped with the emergency tirepuncture repair kit).

CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.


For Canada:



Black plate (346,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

GUID-E6266578-BC57-4E10-9E60-9119C21F2B7D

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system” section of thismanual, and also instruct your passengers to doso.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in

collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

GUID-3F74B5AC-3060-4F11-A9FF-736430251ABC

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of performingin a variety of on-pavement and off-roadapplications. This gives them a higher center ofgravity than ordinary cars. An advantage ofhigher ground clearance is a better view of theroad, allowing you to anticipate problems.However, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional passengercars any more than low-slung sports cars aredesigned to perform satisfactorily under off-roadconditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result in lossof control or vehicle rollover. Seat belts helpreduce the risk of injury in collisions androllovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted orimproperly belted person is significantly morelikely to be injured or killed than a person

properly wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read “Driving safety precautions”later in this section.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYGUID-0B9EF0FC-7FF7-4BD7-8DAD-AD0B0D563DF6

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. If thisoccurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

Black plate (347,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu-ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSGUID-E28673F5-7D64-42E9-870E-85BE9AF08E4C

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “Changing a flattire (Hardtop models)” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

GUID-7A928DD8-EFC8-4928-9868-B5AB0AAD1681

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects of


Black plate (348,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSGUID-88B76DB7-2FA7-49FD-B795-D52F3FD6E561

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your NISSAN is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthe like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated with theirseat belt fastened. This will keepyou and your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakeslightly and use a low range tocontrol your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as far forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger than speci-fied in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with your fin-gers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

Black plate (349,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-

ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury. (AWD models)

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively.

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-

belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tire chainson the front wheels when driving onslippery roads and drive carefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes imme-diately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” later in thissection for wet brakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicleand it rolls forward, backward orsideways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Seethe maintenance information in the“NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

. Spinning the front wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the AWDwarning light to flash and the AWDsystem to automatically switch fromthe AWD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer.(AWD models)


Black plate (350,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-F1720B44-6701-48B1-BED7-A9C2BCCB6DC9

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle exceptin an emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times in quick successionor the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If theengine stops while the vehicle is beingdriven, this could lead to a crash andserious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEMGUID-4506DE24-E655-4EE7-84B3-EA31D89241BD

The Intelligent Key system can operate theignition switch without taking the IntelligentKey out from your pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditions mayaffect the Intelligent Key system operation.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-

cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in-side the vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

SSD0436

Operating range for engine start functionGUID-A596920A-CBFC-4976-89DB-4A47CB018FD5

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedfor starting the engine when the Intelligent Key iswithin the specified operating range*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

Black plate (351,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. The cargo/trunk area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, rear parcel shelf, insidethe glove box or door pocket, the IntelligentKey may not function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

SSD1021

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

GUID-0FA0E46E-E6F4-42C7-B398-B61C483B7F1B

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignition switchposition will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change to OFF.(No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return to LOCKduring the OFF position.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch position cannot be switched to LOCK

until the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.(The ignition switch position indicator willnot illuminate.)

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal displaybetween the speedometer and tachometer. (See“Dot matrix liquid crystal display” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.)


Black plate (352,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

GUID-2DA63785-8ABA-4F35-89C9-8EC5E99D0005

LOCK (Normal parking position)GUID-4B0ADEFB-3415-4B03-963E-0C0C5B8558F4

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key insertedin the Intelligent Key port.

ACC (Accessories)GUID-1142617A-DFBE-4A4C-86B0-2A451772941C

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position)GUID-BB4F7743-D4C8-4CD5-B0E0-E2CC0EA06860

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

OFFGUID-F0D3DF80-AF4F-4421-A7D9-6137FEB28588

The engine can be turned off without locking thesteering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be switched to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONpositions when the engine is not run-ning for an extended period. This candischarge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFGUID-06748DB5-CB47-498E-AD33-8015C01F2E78

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch3 consecutive times in less than 1.5seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0837

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

GUID-B0FA47F4-2F8B-42AE-95A0-B8BDCC855CA4

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almostdischarged, the guide light*B of the key port*A blinks and the indicator appears on the dotmatrix liquid crystal display. (See “Dot matrixliquid crystal display” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.)

In this case, inserting the Intelligent Key into theport *A allows you to start the engine. Makesure that the key ring side faces backward asillustrated. Insert the Intelligent Key in the portuntil it is latched and secured.

To remove the Intelligent Key from the port, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position and pull

Black plate (353,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

the Intelligent Key out of the port.

NOTE:

The key port does not charge the keybattery. If you see the low battery indicatorin the dot matrix liquid crystal display,replace the battery as soon as possible.(See “Intelligent key battery replacement”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.)

CAUTION

. Never place anything except theIntelligent Key in the key port. Doingso may cause damage to the equip-ment.

. Make sure the Intelligent Key is inthe correct direction when insertingit to the key port. The engine maynot start if it is in the incorrectdirection.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from thekey port after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.

GUID-147FB3A5-0560-4EED-8FD9-82CD1174F15F

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seats and adjust head restraints/headrests.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. (See “Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

GUID-F37FF9D7-0BFA-4B95-99B8-BFD3E3B48784

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe selector lever is in either of the abovepositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal and push theignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and whileholding, crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch to the ONposition to start cranking the engine.After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking bypushing the ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with yourfoot off the accelerator pedal by


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Black plate (354,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


depressing the brake pedal and pushingthe push-button ignition switch to startthe engine. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto OFF and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, shift the selector lever tothe P (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

GUID-874DAAA4-503F-461F-8A66-BEEC6486BBB0

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

GUID-ACCD68EB-D536-48ED-BBB3-82DB1D8F06BA

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)in your vehicle is electronically controlled toproduce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicleGUID-35972EF7-F09E-4D7E-99A4-08117777767B

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the selectorlever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is pushed to the LOCK, OFF orACC position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the selector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D(Drive) or L (Low) position. Alwaysdepress the brake pedal until shift-ing is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Black plate (355,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Doing so can cause a lossof engine braking which may resultin a collision, serious personal in-jury or death. In addition, coastingwith the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause ser-ious damage to the transmission.

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD0691

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button*A while depressing thebrake pedal.

: Push the button*A .

: Just move the selector lever.

ShiftingGUID-D5026A04-B5E5-49C1-B727-309E2651B4AE

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) positiononly when the vehicle is completelystopped.

P (Park):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.


Black plate (356,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


R (Reverse):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydriving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

L (Low):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Use this position for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steep slopesand whenever approaching sharp bends. Do notuse the L position in any other circumstances.

SSD0692

Overdrive (O/D) OFF switchGUID-8A3D61C2-25AC-4088-A419-A1EAB3D4657F

When the O/D OFF switch is pushed with theselector lever in the D (Drive) position, theindicator light in the instrument panel illuminates.

Use the overdrive off mode when you needimproved engine braking.

To turn off the overdrive off mode, push the O/DOFF switch again. The indicator light willturn off.

Each time the engine is started, or when theselector lever is shifted to any position otherthan the D (Drive) position, the overdrive offmode will be automatically turned off.

Accelerator downshift — In D position —GUID-CD19E66D-4772-4785-B00D-BC9BC6AC4E04

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection modeGUID-FE0DB0A0-F4AF-44F6-8609-E1599FEA814D

This transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to reducethe chance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may belimited.

Fail-safeGUID-CA9C7C97-9363-4621-960F-9DED536408A1

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. The MILmay illuminate to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.) This will occur evenif all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, place the ignition

Black plate (357,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

switch in the OFF position and wait for 10seconds. Then place the ignition switchback in the ON position. The vehicle shouldreturn to its normal operating condition. Ifit does not return to its normal operatingcondition, have a NISSAN dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operationoccurs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If ne-cessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

SSD0693

Shift lock releaseGUID-4E0BBA67-0709-45D4-82B6-4589F6D64379

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCKposition.


3. Remove the shift lock release cover *Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release*B using asuitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button*C and movethe selector lever to the N (Neutral) position*D while holding down the shift lockrelease.

The vehicle may be moved to the desiredlocation.

Replace the removed shift lock release coverafter the operation.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer checkthe CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.


Black plate (358,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-E081E1F7-54B4-4901-B654-AF785D4BF47C

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brake pedal*1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake*2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1 andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

GUID-65CB3DFE-511B-4626-B4E4-906AB50ECAD1

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

GUID-80F20175-468E-45AF-89B6-B813DC76FEBF

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-dicator light on the meter panel will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The CRUISE indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch is turned ONwhile pushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET or CANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform the followingprocedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL

Black plate (359,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

SSD0694

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSGUID-674D4903-B7FA-430D-83D5-F523C0724370

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light willilluminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the COAST/SETswitch and release it. Take your foot off the

accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain theset speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE lightwill turn off.

. If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe ACCEL/RES or COAST/SET switch andreset at the cruising speed, the cruisecontrol will disengage. Turn the MAIN switchoff once and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automatically cancel ifthe vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position, the cruise control will becanceled.


Black plate (360,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

GUID-1450B7AB-549F-4778-B02E-889FA0A180B6

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km). Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

GUID-76A875B9-D302-49EA-808D-3131A08DF31D

. Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintaincruising speeds with a constant acceleratorposition.

. Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

. Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles.

. Select a gear range suitable to road condi-tions.

. Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended periodic mainte-nance schedule.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ-omy. Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

. When cruising at highway speeds, it is moreeconomical to use the air conditioner andleave the windows closed to reduce drag.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.(See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tion” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section.)

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

Black plate (361,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-789B8744-E030-429A-8E1D-A540048EE2D3

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

SSD0418

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) LOCKSWITCH OPERATIONS

GUID-59E847D3-AC63-4E97-B941-A563BA7CB53E

The AWD LOCK switch is located on the lowerside of the instrument panel (CrossCabrioletmodels) or on the center console (Hardtopmodels). This switch is used to select the AUTOor LOCK mode depending on the drivingconditions.

Each time you push the lower part of the switch*A , the AWD mode will switch:

AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

LOCK modeGUID-CC369E60-DA40-4EBF-A446-5E7381738F55

The AWD LOCK indicator light willilluminate.

AUTO modeGUID-6EC36219-866B-4934-BDB0-3940B0EB298C

The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off.

AWDmode

Wheel driven

AWDLOCKindica-tor light

Use condi-tions

AUTO

Distribution of tor-que to the front andrear wheels changesautomatically, de-pending on roadconditions encoun-tered[100:0] ↔ [50:50].This results in im-proved driving stabi-lity.*1

Turnsoff.

For drivingon pavedor slipperyroads

LOCK All-wheel drive*2, *3AWDLOCK

For drivingon roughroads

*1: When the rotation difference between the frontand rear wheels is large, the AWD mode maychange from AUTO to LOCK for a while,however, this is not a malfunction.

*2: LOCK mode will change to AUTO modeautomatically when the vehicle has been drivenat a high speed. The AWD LOCK indicator lightturns off.


ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)

Black plate (362,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


*3: LOCK mode will automatically be cancelledwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

. If the AWD LOCK switch is operated whileaccelerating or decelerating, or if the ignitionswitch is turned off, you may feel a jolt. Thisis normal.

. The oil temperature of power train parts willincrease if the vehicle is continuouslyoperated under conditions where the differ-ence in rotation between the front and rearwheels is large (wheel slip), such as whendriving the vehicle on rough roads throughsand, mud or freeing a stuck vehicle. Inthese cases, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the AWD mode changes to2WD to protect the powertrain parts. If youstop driving with the engine idling and waituntil the warning light stops blinking, theAWD returns to the AUTO mode.

WARNING

. When driving straight, shift the AWDLOCK switch to AUTO. Do not oper-ate the AWD LOCK switch whenmaking a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the AWD LOCKswitch with the front wheel spin-

ning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting or driv-ing on slippery surfaces.

. When turning the vehicle in LOCKmode on paved roads, you may feela braking effect. This is a normalcondition of the AWD model.

SSD0336B

AWD WARNING LIGHTGUID-9D8CB64F-35DD-4A37-956F-52AA71579753

The AWD warning light is located in the meter.

The AWD warning light illuminates when theignition switch is pushed to the ON position. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system

Black plate (363,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

while the engine is running, the warning light willcome on.

The warning light may blink rapidly (about twiceper second) while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to high powertrain oil temperature. Thedriving mode may change to 2WD. The AUTOmode may change to the LOCK mode before thewarning light blinks. If the warning light blinksrapidly during operation, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling in a safe place immediately.Then if the light turns off after a while, you cancontinue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per two seconds). Pulloff the road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.

CAUTION

. If the warning light remains on afterthe above operation, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealeras soon as possible.

. If the warning light comes on whiledriving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce thevehicle speed and have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. The powertrain may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the warn-ing light blinking.

. Never drive on dry hard surfaceroads in the LOCK mode, as thiswill overload the powertrain andmay cause a serious malfunction.


Black plate (364,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-6A33C11E-91A4-41FA-95B0-22BCFAAF7D4F

SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be setand the transmission placed into P(Park). Failure to do so could causethe vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in an accident.Make sure the selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it can

go and cannot be moved withoutdepressing the foot brake pedal.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intotraffic when parked on an incline, it is a goodpractice to turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:*1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:*2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:*3Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Black plate (365,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-B307D2C7-6A0F-4C3B-AA18-70CF878DA08C

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe steering will not work. Steering willbe harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hydraulicpump, driven by the engine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,much greater steering effort is needed, espe-cially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

GUID-72E45F72-7DC3-4DC6-AB5F-495F1E017DEB

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSGUID-46E46FAB-CDA9-4CBA-9224-E375245B79F0

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesGUID-3D1E5CD8-57BB-4B7C-A4EC-478588B554DD

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

Using the brakesGUID-17BAD6F4-E8FF-4930-86AF-B9E7AE24A97E

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake and pads fasterand reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down aslope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-

ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesGUID-DAFCC3E6-12FB-486E-80D5-D760D63692FD

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INGUID-8A683E74-F58D-4094-9248-FB85437EC54C

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.


POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

Black plate (366,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)GUID-E8B15746-8DE1-4800-8F8E-42F837255969

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normalsurfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on the

Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See “Tire and LoadingInformation label” in the “9.Technical and consumer infor-mation” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section of this manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at eachwheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemGUID-7B970DD3-2DFA-4433-AD98-0B18169C87E4

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureGUID-12E48F0B-DED5-4F59-9CFD-2520A19BEF49

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computer sensesa malfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Black plate (367,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Normal operationGUID-2399D9B9-0F57-4BAD-9F01-56588EEEEE14

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

GUID-6F99BD6B-AA3F-475B-9D6B-0401F20418AF

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-ditions, the VDC system helps to perform thefollowing functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the followingconditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, thewarning light in the instrument panel flashes sonote the following:

. The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to help

keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, thewarning light comes on in the instrument panel.The VDC system automatically turns off whenthe warning light is on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator illuminates toindicate the VDC system is off. When the VDCswitch is used to turn off the system, the VDCsystem still operates to prevent one drive wheelfrom slipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The warning lightflashes if this occurs. All other VDC functionsare off and the warning light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature


VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM

Black plate (368,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


that tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability butdoes not prevent accidents due toabrupt steering operation at highspeeds or by careless or dangerousdriving techniques. Reduce vehiclespeed and be especially carefulwhen driving and cornering on slip-pery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not NISSAN recom-mended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle hand-ling performance, and the warn-

ing light may flash or illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and the

warning light may illuminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, thewarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the warn-ing light may flash or illuminate. Donot drive on these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the warninglight may flash or illuminate. This isnot a malfunction. Restart the en-gine after driving onto a stablesurface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the warn-

ing may flash or illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

Black plate (369,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-D3164F33-4684-4640-BD98-FD8F553D604A

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKGUID-08F89924-41BC-49B2-977C-C72E7EA2EE4B

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZEGUID-4D817389-3DE7-46B1-A461-B2F20D7CD261

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check the anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see “En-gine cooling system” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

BATTERYGUID-20AF345D-2507-4D9D-B714-26CAF2A979E7

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “Battery” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERGUID-5FEED78F-F77C-4817-A5D7-BA41D835E462

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “Engine cooling system” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

TIRE EQUIPMENTGUID-79D00637-C0FF-461D-9864-A4D39FDDE59B

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOWor ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tirechains” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelGUID-0048C1F1-4EDB-4561-80A2-E83C9428B380

If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTGUID-AB378655-8E5C-4B21-9EFA-3CED1F11F781

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEGUID-E011AFBB-9767-4B5D-B0BE-CB181F51C73A

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Black plate (370,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

GUID-BB88D239-C6A3-48D8-93A5-9DD2DA6B3782

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heaterGUID-4B111B55-C3B6-44DE-B1EB-8CF507CD8D22

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.

Black plate (371,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

6 In case of emergency

Emergency engine shut off ........................................................ 6-2Flat tire ............................................................................................ 6-2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 6-2Changing a flat tire (Hardtop models) ............................. 6-3Repairing flat tire (CrossCabriolet models) ..................... 6-9

Jump starting .............................................................................. 6-15

Push starting .............................................................................. 6-17If your vehicle overheats ......................................................... 6-17Towing your vehicle ................................................................. 6-18

Towing recommended by NISSAN .............................. 6-19Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-21

Black plate (372,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

6-2 In case of emergency

GUID-A4BE01F9-B39B-4F16-AEA3-8AD0D549DC73

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving perform the following procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch3 consecutive times in less than 1.5seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

GUID-AEE01352-1840-4E29-9B03-2EFC7AC383A3

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-44022350-9F34-420B-8D0B-18021E82464D

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears onthe dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or moreof your tires is significantly under-inflated. If thevehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, theTPMS will activate and warn you of it by the lowtire pressure warning light. This system willactivate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For moredetails, see “Warning/indicator lights and audi-ble reminders” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving”section.

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tires

may permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.



EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

Black plate (373,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors (for mod-els not equipped with the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit).

. If you used the Emergency TireSealant to repair a minor tire punc-ture, your NISSAN dealer will alsoneed to replace the TPMS sensor inaddition to repairing or replacingthe tire (for models equipped withthe emergency tire puncture repairkit).

. NISSAN recommends using onlyNISSAN Genuine Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure (for modelsequipped with the emergency tirepuncture repair kit).

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE (Hardtopmodels)

GUID-2556453E-6860-4E75-99C5-BC1B96104DFB

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicleGUID-E4EE9E45-D178-479D-91CE-31CB9A6D16A8

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake. Move the selector lever to the P(Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the transmis-sion is shifted into the P (Park)position.

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

In case of emergency 6-3

Black plate (374,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsGUID-591F1C44-25E0-41F8-A3D8-BF31D93FB210

Place suitable blocks*1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

Getting the spare tire and toolsGUID-B6F9EBC6-3B3A-4BD7-A242-5D184901006E

1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the cargo cover (if so equipped).(See “Cargo cover (if so equipped forHardtop models)” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section.)

3. Open the cargo floor board.

(See “Cargo floor box (Hardtop models)” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” section.)

SCE0854

Type A

SCE0715

Type B

Black plate (375,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

4. Type A:

Remove the cargo floor board.

Type B:

Turn the clips counterclockwise and removethe cargo floor box.

SCE0853

Type B

5. Type B:

Open the cargo floor board.

SCE0716

Jacking tools

6. Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire.

Jacking tools: Remove the jack by turning it,then remove the other tools.


Black plate (376,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SCE0700

Spare tire (if so equipped)

Spare tire: Turn the clamp to remove the tire.

SCE0630

Removing wheel cover (if so equipped)GUID-E9EED2F7-FDF0-4055-A2AE-76E61B2670DA

WARNING

Never use your hands to remove thewheel cover. This may cause personalinjury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rod*1as illustrated.

Apply cloth*2 between the wheel and jack rodto prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

GUID-112ACE36-B21C-4E34-AF28-262C25B71F36

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Black plate (377,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

SCE0572

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.


Black plate (378,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SCE0751

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning counterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench. Do not remove the wheel nutsuntil the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown above.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

JVE0028X

Installing the spare tireGUID-B0F5CFF0-E72A-48DF-8828-D3F26CAE37CE

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all thewheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ,*2 ,*3 ,*4 ,*5 ), more

Black plate (379,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

than 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. It

is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parkedfor three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the toolsGUID-5F970DF2-6B95-4075-80AB-901E39A1729F

1. Securely store the damaged tire, jack andtools in the storage area.

2. Replace the cargo box.

3. Close the cargo floor board.

4. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in an

accident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire are designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructionsunder the heading “Wheels andtires” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

REPAIRING FLAT TIRE (CrossCabrioletmodels)

GUID-D9962E43-FAC1-47B3-95F5-3D1669BC7013

WARNING

. After using Emergency Tire Sealantto repair a minor tire puncture, donot drive the vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Immediately after using the Emer-gency Tire Sealant to repair a minortire puncture, take your vehicle to aNISSAN dealer to inspect, and re-pair or replace the tire. The Emer-genc y T i r e Sea l an t canno tpermanently seal a punctured tire.Continuing operation of the vehiclewithout a permanent tire repair canlead to a crash.


Black plate (380,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. If you used the Emergency TireSealant to repair a minor tire punc-ture, your NISSAN dealer will alsoneed to replace the TPMS sensor inaddition to repairing or replacingthe tire.

. NISSAN recommends using onlyNISSAN Genuine Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. Theemergency tire puncture repair kit (EmergencyTire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle insteadof a spare tire. It can be used to temporarilyrepair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facilitythat can repair or replace the flat tire. Using theemergency tire puncture repair kit may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensor andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate.

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

CAUTION

. To avoid the emergency tire punc-ture kit being damaged during sto-rage or use:

— Only use the emergency tirepuncture repair kit on your ve-hicle. Do not use it on othervehicles.

— Only use the kit to inflate thetires of your vehicle and tocheck the vehicle’s tire pressure.

— Only plug the compressor into a12V DC car power point.

— Keep the kit free of water anddirt.

— Do not disassemble or modifythe kit.

— Do not drop the kit or allow hardimpacts to the kit.

. Do not use the emergency tirepuncture repair kit under the follow-ing conditions. Contact a NISSANdealer or professional road assis-tance.

— when the sealant has passed itsexpiration date (shown on thelabel attached to the bottle)

— when the cut or the puncture isapproximately 0.25 in (6 mm) orlonger

— when the tire sidewall is da-maged

— when the vehicle has been dri-ven with extremely low tirepressure

— when the tire has come off theinside or the outside of thewheel.

— when the tire wheel is damaged

— when two or more tires are flat

Stopping the vehicleGUID-B592108F-AB87-4215-B902-F645D996F8AC

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake.


Black plate (381,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the manual transmission isshifted into R (Reverse) or the auto-matic transmission into P (Park).

. Never repair tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never repair tires if oncoming trafficis close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

SCE0866

Getting emergency tire puncture repairkit

GUID-65FE09A4-B5E7-40DB-9211-450B7654E9CA

Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kitlocated in the trunk. The repair kit consists of thefollowing items:

*1 Tire sealant bottle

*2 Air compressor

*3 Speed restriction sticker

Before using emergency tire puncturerepair kit

GUID-89A648F3-0025-49E0-AA45-9D235DE09C97

. If any foreign object (for example, a screw ornail) is embedded in the tire, do not removeit.

. Check the expiration date of the sealant(shown on the label attached to the bottle).Never use a sealant whose expiration datehas passed.

Repairing tireGUID-6BFD58F3-BA3C-4A5D-8F3B-D70A748D07F6

WARNING

Observe the following precautionswhen using the tire repair compound.

. Swallowing the compound is dan-gerous. Immediately drink as muchwater as possible and seek promptmedical assistance.

. Rinse well with lots of water if thecompound comes into contact withskin or eyes. If irritation persists,seek prompt medical attention.

. Keep the repair compound out ofthe reach of children.

. The emergency repair compoundmay cause a malfunction of the tire


Black plate (382,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


pressure sensors and cause the lowtire pressure warning light to illumi-nate. Have the tire pressure sensorreplaced as soon as possible.

NOTE:

Do not remove any nails or screws thathave penetrated the tire when performingrepairs.

SCE0867

1. Open the lid of the air compressor and takeout the speed restriction sticker, then put itin a location where the driver can see it whiledriving.

CAUTION

Do not put the speed restriction labelon the steering wheel pad, the speed-ometer or the warning light locations.

SCE0868

2. Take the hose*1 and the power plug*2out of the air compressor. Remove the capof the bottle holder from the air compressor.

Black plate (383,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0869

3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle,and screw the bottle clockwise onto thebottle holder. (Leave the bottle seal intact.Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holderwill pierce the seal of the bottle.)

4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on theflat tire.

SCE0870

5. Remove the protective cap*A of the hoseand screw the hose securely onto the tirevalve. Make sure that the pressure releasevalve*B is securely tightened. Make surethat the air compressor switch is in the OFF(*) position, and then insert its power pluginto the power outlet in the vehicle.

SCE0871

6. Push the ignition switch to the “ACC”position. Then turn the compressor switchto the ON (−) position and inflate the tire upto the pressure that is specified on the tireand loading information label affixed to thedriver’s side center pillar if possible, or to theminimum of 180 kPa (26 psi). Turn the aircompressor off briefly in order to check thetire pressure with the pressure gauge.

If the tire is inflated to higher than thespecified pressure, lower the tire pressureby releasing air with the pressure releasevalve.


Black plate (384,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


NOTE:The compressor tire pressure gaugemay show a pressure reading of 87 psi(600 kPa) for about 30 seconds whileinflating the tire. The pressure gauge isindicating the pressure inside the sea-lant can. When the sealant has beeninjected into the tire the pressuregauge will drop and indicate actual tirepressure.

WARNING

. To avoid serious personal injurywhile using the emergency tirepuncture repair kit:

— Securely tighten the compressorhose to the tire valve. Failure todo so can cause the sealant tospray into the air and get intoyour eyes or on the skin.

. Do not stand directly beside thedamaged tire while it is beinginflated because of the risk of therupture. If there are any cracks orbumps, turn the compressor offimmediately.

If the tire pressure does not increase to 180

kPa (26 psi) within 10 minutes, the tiremay be seriously damaged and the tirecannot be repaired with this tire repairkit. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

7. When the tire pressure is at the specifiedamount, turn the air compressor off. If thepressure cannot be inflated to the specifiedamount, the air compressor can be turnedoff at the minimum of 180 kPa (26 psi).Remove the power plug from the poweroutlet and quickly remove the hose from thetire valve. Attach the protective cap andvalve cap. Properly stow the emergency tirepuncture repair kit in the trunk.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury whenstowing the emergency tire puncturerepair kit:

. Keep the sealant bottle screwedinto the compressor. Failure to doso can cause the sealant to sprayinto the air and get into your eyes oron the skin.

8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutesor 3 km (2 miles) at a speed of 80 km/h (50MPH) or less.

9. After driving, make sure that the air com-pressor switch is in the OFF position, thenscrew the hose securely onto the tire valve.Check the tire pressure with the pressuregauge. The temporary repair is completed ifthe tire pressure does not drop.

Make sure the pressure is adjusted to thepressure that is specified on the tire andloading information label before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the stepsfrom 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again orunder 130 kPa (19 psi), the tire cannot berepaired with this tire repair kit. Contacta NISSAN dealer.

The sealant bottle and hose can not bereused to repair another punctured tire.Contact a NISSAN dealer to purchasereplacements.

After repairing tireGUID-469AF29F-F6EE-40DB-B0B7-529D9E5B786E

See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair/replacementas soon as possible.

WARNING

. After using Emergency Tire Sealantto repair a minor tire puncture, donot drive the vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

Black plate (385,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Immediately after using EmergencyTire Sealant to repair a minor tirepuncture, take your vehicle to aNISSAN dealer to inspect, and re-pair or replace the tire. The Emer-genc y T i r e Sea l an t canno tpermanently seal a punctured tire.Continuing operation of the vehiclewithout a permanent tire repair canlead to a crash.

. If you used Emergency Tire Sealantto repair a minor tire puncture, yourNISSAN dealer will also need toreplace the TPMS sensor in additionto repairing or replacing the tire.

. NISSAN recommends using onlyNISSAN Genuine Emergency TireSealant provided with your vehicle.Other tire sealants may damage thevalve stem seal which can cause thetire to lose air pressure.

GUID-87EAE9E4-D939-422C-B364-EFAF4EB4B3F2

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. Ifthe fluid should come into contactwith anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.


JUMP STARTING

Black plate (386,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SCE0719

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*B , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off allunnecessary electrical systems (lights, hea-ter, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ?*2 ?*3 ?*4 ).

If the battery is discharged, the ignitionswitch cannot be moved from the OFFposition. Connect the jumper cables tothe booster vehicle*B before pushingthe ignition switch.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, as illustrated),not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Band let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle *A being jumpstarted.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place theignition switch in the OFF position andwait 10 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ?*3 ?*2 ?*1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

Black plate (387,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-C5D48490-7786-4F89-AA89-502A3A18D71F

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

GUID-F7BD7B71-591F-48BF-AF5A-8E7582E463D3

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and move the selectorlever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air conditionertemperature control to maximum hot and fancontrol to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The engine


PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Black plate (388,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


cooling fan can start at any time.

6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank with theengine running. Add coolant to the reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle repairedat a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-2D9C548F-F9FC-45C3-B51B-87AD8F011697

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand drivetrain are in working condi-tion. If any unit is damaged, dolliesmust be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat towing” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Black plate (389,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0439

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSAN

GUID-93B317C1-3745-461E-A3A7-3DF7B83E2737

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-1C9AD8B5-65C0-4193-BB02-393AB50F08B0

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thedrivetrain.


Black plate (390,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SCE0438

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsGUID-F69CDF34-4EA1-44CF-824A-16A614B5B272

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

For All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models, see “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models” earlier in thissection.

CAUTION

. Never tow Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models withthe front wheels on the ground or

four wheels on the ground (forwardor backward), as this may causeserious and expensive damage tothe drivetrain. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised, always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

. When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:

— Push the ignition switch to theACC or ON position, and securethe steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope orsimilar device.

— Move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model with therear wheels on the ground (if you donot use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.

Black plate (391,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SCE0717

Front

SCE0718

Tie down and recovery hook

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

GUID-B3BD7373-382C-47A0-B6A5-6832BD608ED7

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleGUID-B9FF31ED-C7E4-4C3F-BE7C-B0275BD8339C

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for the recoverydevice.

Front:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Securely install the vehicle recovery hook(stored in the cargo area) as illustrated. Makesure that the hook is properly secured in theoriginal place after use.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the main structuralmembers of the vehicle or therecovery hook. Otherwise, the vehi-cle body will be damaged.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-cle tie downs or recovery hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.


Black plate (392,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleGUID-582FCDE1-D44D-495B-920F-AA398AAC93E9

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)

and D (Drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as possible

to maintain the rocking motion.. Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R and D.. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55

km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.

Black plate (393,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .......................................................................... 7-2Washing .................................................................................... 7-2Soft top care and cleaning(CrossCabriolet models) ...................................................... 7-3Waxing ...................................................................................... 7-3Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................................................ 7-3Glass ......................................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels .......................................................... 7-4Chrome parts .......................................................................... 7-4Tire dressing ............................................................................ 7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................................................... 7-5Air fresheners ........................................................................ 7-5Floor mats .............................................................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ................................................................... 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ........................................................................... 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... 7-7

Black plate (394,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

7-2 Appearance and care

GUID-2AD6B705-9E6F-4362-9435-E1577A526821

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surface, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGGUID-D51A0660-4C29-4EF2-A28F-AE1DA33F4E15

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

. For CrossCabriolet models, observethe following:

— Do not use an automatic carwash or a high pressure carwash. The soft top may bedamaged.

— Avoid applying direct waterpressure, such as high pres-sured water from householdhoses, on the lining of the softtop and vehicle body. Avoidapplying continuous water onthe parts around the soft topand the windows. These maycause water to leak into theinside of your vehicle.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Make sure that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Black plate (395,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SOFT TOP CARE AND CLEANING(CrossCabriolet models)

GUID-AA88797D-0FA7-4772-A989-D5C99AD917D9

Proper care and handling should be observed tomaintain a good appearance of the soft top.Improper care may cause the top cloth’s surfaceto stiffen, stain, or mat. Follow the instructionsshown in this section.

It is not necessary to wash the soft top everytime you wash the vehicle body, but clean thetop regularly before it becomes quite dirty.Leaving the soft top dirty or soiled for a longperiod will cause deterioration to the quality ofthe top material.

Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a softbrush or sponge, then rinse it with plenty ofclean water. When the top is quite dirty, washusing a mild detergent, such as a generalcleaner especially made for a cloth top or ageneral purpose dish-washing liquid, mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water. Rinse the topagain with plenty of clean water to remove alltraces of soap.

CAUTION

. Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gaso-line or solvents.

. If glass cleaner gets on the soft top,immediately wash it off with cleanwater.

. Do not apply direct water pressure,such as high pressured water fromhousehold hoses, on the lining ofthe soft top and vehicle body, as thismay cause water to leak into theinside of your vehicle.

After cleaning, always be sure the top and itsstorage are completely dry before opening thetop. Opening the top while it is wet or damp maycause interior water damage, water stains ormildew on the top.

WAXINGGUID-20BC5BC6-C913-47BE-8285-58A5A20FFCBF

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that may

damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSGUID-82CD7643-19F6-49BE-AE20-E97740B4311B

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYGUID-F3F926C4-50B1-44F7-85C9-37404B358943

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSGUID-AA3F797F-6D23-47DE-BD9F-52F6024D6755

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

Appearance and care 7-3

Black plate (396,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CAUTION

. When cleaning the inside of thewindows, do not use sharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the electrical conduc-tors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

. If glass cleaner gets on the soft top,immediately wash it off with cleanwater (CrossCabriolet models).

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSGUID-9F1C3802-9D3B-47C3-8352-2B1CE547A4F2

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSGUID-F3E4D57D-0215-409B-935F-28BFFF137B7E

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSINGGUID-341760BC-1EC8-47E6-B2E8-49786F6FC160

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

Black plate (397,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-EB96E49F-0CE3-40E9-B57F-6333751AB9E7

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approvedby NISSAN.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSGUID-47A69D37-9841-4057-B12B-7DBF8A529728

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe ventilators. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATSGUID-310DB8A4-1A53-4185-A354-DD4D5217C52B

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision or injury:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats specifically designed for usein your vehicle model. See yourNISSAN dealer for more informa-tion.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-tioning aid” later in this section.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should be


CLEANING INTERIOR

Black plate (398,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


maintained with regular cleaning and replaced ifthey become excessively worn.

SAI0038

Floor mat positioning aidGUID-10C2BA6E-A330-4750-B4BF-EE22B5587C56

This model includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The front floor mats havegrommet holes in them. To install, simplyposition the mat by placing the floor mat bracketthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

SEAT BELTSGUID-DA03B4CF-C5C5-4835-870E-6845B3BB0522

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely beforeusing them.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sec-tion.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

Black plate (399,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-F214FE05-6238-40EC-9335-AD91601CC924

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-E14F4ADF-750D-45BC-82C6-89B7727C913E

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-E8CF6F26-FCFB-475F-880D-66FCC4E0CBC8

MoistureGUID-048710F2-6C8A-4688-99E0-5C96DEBE2D58

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityGUID-625256C2-B27B-4754-B571-EBA58258F058

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

TemperatureGUID-5BBF7F92-5793-439F-B618-FD75F686D4E5

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionGUID-D1959CD6-E822-46C9-B816-3472E1E5CFA7

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

GUID-3E36734B-57B2-4781-93BC-76233D1C061D

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.


CORROSION PROTECTION

Black plate (400,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (401,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement ........................................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance ....................................................... 8-2General maintenance ............................................................ 8-2Where to go for service ....................................................... 8-2

General maintenance .................................................................. 8-2Explanation of maintenance items ...................................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions ........................................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ..................................... 8-6

VQ35DE engine ..................................................................... 8-6Engine cooling system ................................................................ 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ............................................ 8-8Changing engine coolant ..................................................... 8-8

Engine oil ....................................................................................... 8-8Checking engine oil level ..................................................... 8-8Changing engine oil and filter ............................................. 8-9

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............... 8-11Power steering fluid .................................................................. 8-11Brake fluid ................................................................................... 8-12Window washer fluid ............................................................... 8-13Battery .......................................................................................... 8-13

Jump starting ........................................................................ 8-15Variable voltage control system (if so equipped) ............. 8-15Drive belt ..................................................................................... 8-15Spark plugs ................................................................................ 8-16

Replacing spark plugs ....................................................... 8-16

Air cleaner .................................................................................. 8-17Windshield wiper blades ........................................................ 8-18

Cleaning .............................................................................. 8-18Replacing ............................................................................ 8-18

Rear window wiper blade (if so equipped) ....................... 8-19Brakes ......................................................................................... 8-19

Self-adjusting brakes ....................................................... 8-19Brake pad wear warning ................................................. 8-19

Fuses ........................................................................................... 8-20Engine compartment ........................................................ 8-20Passenger compartment ................................................. 8-21

Intelligent key battery replacement ...................................... 8-22Lights ........................................................................................... 8-25

Hardtop models ................................................................. 8-25CrossCabriolet models .................................................... 8-26Headlights ........................................................................... 8-27Exterior and interior lights ............................................... 8-28

Wheels and tires ...................................................................... 8-31Tire pressure ...................................................................... 8-31Tire labeling ........................................................................ 8-35Types of tires ...................................................................... 8-37Tire chains .......................................................................... 8-38Changing wheels and tires ............................................. 8-39Emergency tire puncture repair kit(if so equipped) ................................................................. 8-42

Black plate (402,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-43768E16-A0AD-4E20-864A-5D76F9844A2E

Your new NISSAN has been designed to haveminimum maintenance requirements with longservice intervals to save you both time andmoney. However, some day-to-day and regularmaintenance is essential to maintain yourNISSAN’s fine mechanical condition, as wellas its emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the main-tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEGUID-ECDCC3AF-26EB-44EA-AC25-DC641196AED6

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGUID-E139C55B-FA79-469E-9233-88F4F219ADC9

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEGUID-942146B2-13EF-4494-B04A-5F63C008B466

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle — in a reliable and economical way.

GUID-E40C8513-6AA0-446C-987E-2DE29677F129

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “Maintenance precautions” later inthis section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

GUID-F570DC6B-862F-48C0-BF2D-73A2150B1681

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleGUID-22549D79-7704-4621-8003-C74E48CA2558

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Black plate (403,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleGUID-7477C43A-6666-4E1C-8183-C50E8768BD51

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjustment, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints/headrests move up and downsmoothly and that the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the airMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Black plate (404,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


comes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly and thatthe wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleGUID-C5B6E8A1-A458-4FFD-BB50-02D72947F24F

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.

It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines onthe reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that the drivebelts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface and turning off theengine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose

supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“Precautions when starting and driving” in the“5. Starting and driving” section for exhaust gas(carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines: Checkthe level when the fluid is cold, with the engineoff. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the end

of winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “Cleaningexterior” in the “7. Appearance and care”section.

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

Black plate (405,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-706DBDF3-66DE-4E0B-A1AF-17943A0D7966

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theselector lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, and enginecoolant and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Al-

ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnesses dis-connected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/Service Man-ual order information” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section.)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operating

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Black plate (406,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


difficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect warranty coverage. If in doubt aboutany servicing, we recommend that it bedone by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-09A43CB7-78B6-49E8-8AE3-59FD2E37852D

SDI2172

VQ35DE ENGINEGUID-23C7A2D5-D0CF-4725-9BF0-03AA066A77AD

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Drive belt location

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Fuse/fusible link holder

7. Window washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine coolant reservoir

9. Radiator filler cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Battery

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Black plate (407,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-4D521245-22AD-433C-981B-C55CC6837D78

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round anti-freezeand coolant protection. The anti-freeze solutioncontains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or cool-ant reservoir cap when the engine ishot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

. If the engine was stopped soonwhen the engine is hot, the coolingfan may operate for approximately10 minutes after the engine wasstopped to cool the components in

the engine compartment. When thecooling fan is operating, be surethat hands or other items do not getcaught in it.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system ad-ditives such as radiator sealer. Ad-ditives may clog the cooling systemand cause damage to the engine,transmission and/or cooling sys-tem.

. When adding or replacing coolant,be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent. GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) is pre-diluted to provideantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protec-tion is needed due to weather whereyou operate your vehicle, add Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate follow-ing the directions on the container.If an equivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-

freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacture’sinstructions to maintain minimumantifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than Genu-ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent maydamage the engine cooling system

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any othertype of coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) , including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. Refer to the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide for moredetails.


ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Black plate (408,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI2173

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELGUID-71F24E64-AF95-49B0-86E2-C88DC26D8CE9

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap andadd coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level*1 .

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTGUID-DE32ED4E-F203-499B-AFDC-B09BC6CBCCDC

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

GUID-EC1CF097-04EF-4D1F-A2BB-976237C8CA5A

SDI2174

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVELGUID-A7C0B3E2-43F2-4FB7-BE67-5603CC32FF16

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*1 . If theoil level is below*2 , remove the oil filler capand pour recommended oil through the

ENGINE OIL

Black plate (409,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

opening. Do not overfill*3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERGUID-EB15255D-9AB6-4900-8DB5-EFE99B192889

Change the engine oil and filter according to themaintenance log shown in the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-upGUID-085C5F8D-E441-40D4-ABA8-0B1450B25FBE

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reachesoperating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached to

the jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

SDI2175


Black plate (410,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI2355

Engine oil and filterGUID-8B3161D2-292F-4648-BFB0-C9B192C64D36

1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug*A .

2. Remove the oil filler cap*B .

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oilfilter change is needed.

4. Remove the plastic cover over the oil filterlocation by removing the small plastic clipsas illustrated.

5. Loosen the oil filter *C with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

6. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

7. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

8. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

9. Install the plastic cover.

10. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb (29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

11. Refill engine with recommended oil throughthe oil filler opening, and install the oil fillercap securely.

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for drain and refillcapacity. The drain and refill capacitydepends on the oil temperature and draintime. Use these specifications for referenceonly. Always use the dipstick to determinethe proper amount of oil in the engine.

12. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.

Black plate (411,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Correct as required.

13. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operationGUID-CA8908E0-30C7-4EC6-B362-3897386BFE69

1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

GUID-78243FC0-84C3-43CD-B7EF-F360F2443C93

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2will damage the CVT, which is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

GUID-16F1439A-FC6D-4D68-9649-9BA4B3C4143E

SDI2177

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOTrange (*1 : HOT MAX.,*3 : HOT MIN.) at fluidtemperatures of 122 to 1768F (50 to 808C) orusing the COLD range (*2 : COLD MAX.,*3 :COLD MIN.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 868F(0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add GenuineNISSAN PSF or equivalent. Remove the capand fill through the opening.


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID

Black plate (412,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF orequivalent.

GUID-B3BD1957-FA8E-4683-A39B-5761F7B3C3C9

For additional brake fluid information, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”in the “9. Technical and consumer information”section of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakesystem. The use of improper fluidscan damage the brake system andaffect the vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.

SDI2178

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *2 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *1 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

BRAKE FLUID

Black plate (413,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-93CB4980-F579-44A6-91B1-8C3C93815009

SDI2179

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally. Add window washer fluid when the lowwindow washer fluid warning appears on the dotmatrix liquid crystal display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap and pour the window washer fluid into thereservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the water for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:

Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.


. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

GUID-02E54870-E309-40D0-A5DA-C86848D58CF4

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics, orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.


WINDOW WASHER FLUID BATTERY

Black plate (414,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. (Remove thebattery cover if it is necessary.) It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL*2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs*A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the conditions*2 needs more tobe added.

3. Tighten cell plugs*A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

Black plate (415,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

JUMP STARTINGGUID-8388D2A5-1AA4-4543-8945-3818D12359C5

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”in the “6. In case of emergency” section. If theengine does not start by jump starting, thebattery may have to be replaced. Contact aNISSAN dealer.

GUID-A57D0C74-2880-49D1-B6F8-A870230F48C1

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directlyto the battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from thebattery and controls voltage generated by thegenerator.

GUID-C7A9F001-0CB6-4300-AC6F-E7BA2ACAD7EA

SDI2186

1. Power steering oil pump

2. Alternator

3. Drive belt auto-tensioner

4. Crankshaft pulley

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelt. The engine could rotate unexpect-edly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is


VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped) DRIVE BELT

Black plate (416,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


in poor condition or loose, have it replacedor adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.

GUID-0760D8DF-2C0B-4C81-8308-25D96ABDCC59

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSGUID-EBADEFF4-9AAF-48EB-882D-967D4F45C3C6

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

SDI2020

Iridium-tipped spark plugsGUID-FFD4E1F9-E03C-41C3-BC92-8FE67105C96C

It is not necessary to replace the platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven-tional type spark plugs since they will last muchlonger. Follow the maintenance log shown in the“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”. Donot reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

Black plate (417,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-563B42E8-2E72-4333-B127-B924CD51DCC3

SDI2180

Pull the tabs*1 and pull out the cover*2 .

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenancelog shown in the “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanernot only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If it

isn’t there, and the engine backfires,you could be burned. Do not drivewith the air cleaner removed, and becareful when working on the enginewith the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.


AIR CLEANER

Black plate (418,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-8D05C89B-9710-446D-B60C-96C5031DC573

CLEANINGGUID-1ADBBD35-186E-43BA-89FD-15FE5B7B69BA

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

SDI2048

REPLACINGGUID-E6FB1CC0-3494-452F-B232-44607AFCEE2B

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A , andmove the wiper blade down the wiper arm*1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple isin the groove.

Contact a NISSAN dealer for wiper blade rubberreplacement.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Black plate (419,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2199

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle *A .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

GUID-6BBC1618-124E-407D-8689-AFC2A5C5C07A

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

GUID-422EB17D-368E-4EB3-8F74-D3501233B169

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESGUID-EA99438D-1540-48F5-8B5E-7BAD7732298B

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGGUID-C62060BE-48AF-4476-9155-BE5F441FDCC1

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise during


REAR WINDOWWIPER BLADE (if soequipped) BRAKES

Black plate (420,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


light to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

GUID-DC128A5B-9CA9-4DE2-AC47-C190EAF0F0CE

SDI2181

ENGINE COMPARTMENTGUID-18AC0A9A-FA94-4493-99D2-AE037D0D54D0

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover bypushing the tab*1 .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller locatedin the passenger compartment fuse box.

FUSES

Black plate (421,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse *B . Spare fuses are stored in thepassenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksGUID-D36A40A1-C38B-4230-8C7E-617D35305811

If any electrical equipment does not operate andfuses are in good condition, check the fusiblelinks. If any of these fusible links are melted,replace only with genuine NISSAN parts.

SDI2196

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTGUID-57F99DF8-30EB-4FFF-997F-119B6522E030

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Pull to remove the fuse box cover*1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*2 .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.


Black plate (422,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI2704

Example

Extended storage switch (if so equipped)GUID-FDBA3C57-9E08-47EE-A331-D151818E244D

To reduce battery drain, the extended storageswitch comes from the factory switched off.Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch ispushed in (switched on) and should alwaysremain on.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage switch and checkfor an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage switch malfunc-tions, or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In thiscase, remove the extended storage switch

and replace it with a new fuse of the samerating.

How to remove the extended storageswitch:

GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

1. To remove the extended storage switch, besure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs *1 found on eachside of the storage switch.

5. Pull the storage switch straight out from thefuse box*2 .

GUID-C0D452EB-E68D-49BF-9C3D-375A5C96FCEA

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERYREPLACEMENT

Black plate (423,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2135

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2032 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom case.

SDI1889

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts,and then push them together until it issecurely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference that


Black plate (424,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


may cause undesired operation.


For Canada:


Black plate (425,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-7930BD1D-6A37-45F8-BD07-EC7DACC0844D

JVM0092X

HARDTOP MODELSGUID-E863F809-FABB-4234-BEE2-35A49E182A3C

1. Front turn signal/park light* or Front turn signallight**

2. Headlight (high-beam)* or Front park light**

3. Headlight (low-beam)* or Headlight (low-beam,high-beam)**

4. Side marker light

5. Front map light

6. Rear personal light

7. Front fog light (if so equipped)

8. Step light


10. Back-up light

11. Rear stop/tail light

12. Rear side marker light

13. License plate light

14. Cargo light

15. Rear turn signal light

*: Halogen headlight model

**: Xenon headlight model


LIGHTS

Black plate (426,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI2723

CROSSCABRIOLET MODELSGUID-D0417F55-4F6D-41DA-AC0F-CD743BCB056F

1. Front turn signal light

2. Front park light

3. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

4. Front side marker light

5. Front map light

6. Front fog light

7. Step light


9. Back-up light

10. Rear turn signal light

11. Rear side marker light

12. Trunk light

13. License plate light

14. Rear stop/tail light

Black plate (427,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

HEADLIGHTSGUID-B7024CBE-4176-4E16-8869-DEBDA14C4A55

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

ReplacingGUID-06D0D99A-DBCB-47EA-BA6E-CE7EB8469ACB

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealer.

Xenon headlight model:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, theyproduce a high voltage. To prevent anelectric shock, never attempt to modifyor disassemble. Always have your xe-non headlights replaced at a NISSANdealer. For additional information, see“Headlight and turn signal switch” inthe “2. Instruments and controls” sec-tion.

Halogen headlight model (if so equipped):GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance.

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

. Only touch the plastic base whenhandling the bulb. Never touch theglass envelope.

. Aiming is not necessary after repla-cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, contact aNISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled as shown in the chart.

SDI2183

Disconnect the battery negative cable beforereplacing bulbs.

To replace the headlight bulb, if necessary,remove the rubber cover by pulling out the twoclips*1 .

*A High-beam bulb


Black plate (428,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


*B Low-beam bulb EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSGUID-A6B488A2-F57B-4F86-9182-F40F0F8F3000

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight

High/Low beams (Xenon)* 35 D2SHigh beam (Halogen) (Hardtop) 65 HB3Low beam (Halogen) (Hardtop) 55 H11

Front turn signal/park light* 27/8 1157NAFront turn signal light** 21 WY21W

Front park light** 5 W5W

Front fog light (if so equipped) 35 H8Front side marker 5 WY5W

Rear combination light*turn signal (Hardtop) 21 WY21Wturn signal (CrossCabriolet) 21 W21Wstop/tail LED —

side marker 5 W5W

back-up 16 W16W

License plate light* 5 W5W

Front map light 8 —Rear personal light (if so equipped) 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 2 —Step light * 2.7 161

High-mounted stop light* LED —Cargo light (Hardtop) 8 —

Trunk light (CrossCabriolet) 5 W5W

Glove box light* 3.4 —

Mood light (if so equipped)* LED —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Black plate (429,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

**: Xenon headlight model

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Departmentat a NISSAN dealer for the latest informationabout parts.

Replacement proceduresGUID-D7C1D5A3-D223-40B4-93DE-E7CBE6E86E47

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D, E or F.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2200

Side marker light (Halogen headlight model)

1. Remove the rubber cover. (See “Headlights”earlier in this section.)

2. Remove the bulb as illustrated.


Black plate (430,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI2184

Front fog light (if so equipped)

SDI2030

Front map light

SDI2031

Rear personal light (if so equipped)

SDI1500B

Cargo light (Hardtop models)

SDI1451B

Trunk light (CrossCabriolet models)

Black plate (431,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2032

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)

GUID-46CB2E70-031A-4F55-9AD6-348B824D56AD

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSUREGUID-8F5553C8-DD7B-4C05-B269-57BEA6C2CD20

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)GUID-06C227A1-45FE-48D6-A3EB-3BEE667CEF9C

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit and theCHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears onthe dot matrix liquid crystal display, one or moreof your tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and driving” sectionand “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”in the “6. In case of emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureGUID-8058DB1F-E89F-47BE-A4CC-EB1666DA9B76

Check the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.


WHEELS AND TIRES

Black plate (432,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capa-city may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified

level.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Black plate (433,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI2503

Tire and Loading Information labelGUID-C4A6DD26-5C30-4751-BF04-C2DCD621B313*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-

ber of occupants that can be seated inthe vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle load-ing information” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section.

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or more

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the bestbalance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling” later inthis section.

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)


Black plate (434,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


SDI1949

Checking the tire pressureGUID-2ED3159A-D506-43DB-9972-4F773CDD17B2

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Hardtop models:

SIZE

COLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18104T

230 kPa,33 PSI

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/65R18104T

230 kPa,33 PSI

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

SPARETIRE

Original tire230 kPa,33 PSI

T165/90D18107M

420 kPa,60 PSI

Black plate (435,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

CrossCabriolet models:

SIZE

COLD TIREINFLATIONPRES-SURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P235/55R20102T

230 kPa,33 PSI

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGGUID-696EC93A-2514-47AA-8FC2-5FE841ADB735

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606

Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.


Black plate (436,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

SDI1607

Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

Black plate (437,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not (“tube-less”).

*7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRESGUID-A8013747-6C94-4E8C-A38F-E7BC1E696489

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresGUID-291C0F9C-E1B3-4D07-A20B-D7E2B3DAF1BA

NISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresGUID-EF7AEB6C-3F1F-4FD5-A5C3-764EFED3051A

NISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresGUID-E820C239-86F9-4925-8DD7-766A95787CEB

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may not


Black plate (438,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


match the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-BFBB743C-16B6-4459-BD0B-1E087CE52CCB

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and dif-ferential gears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified forthe AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction and treadpattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINSGUID-6204202C-317D-4765-A1B1-D1D79486BCE6

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before instal-ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains aredesigned to meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and the closestvehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimumclearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire

chain must be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage to thefenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fullyloading your vehicle when using tire chains. Inaddition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withtire chains in such conditions can cause damageto the various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

Black plate (439,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-C0E68C99-6D1E-468B-BD60-266B69785593

Tire rotationGUID-F64A5784-30E5-4161-A652-802036607CAA

NISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “Flattire” in the “6. In case of emergency”section for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-

tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tire orany other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damageGUID-93CD1313-9389-4D39-9BDA-72E38D0D8BA5

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.


Black plate (440,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenwear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.


Replacing wheels and tiresGUID-61F6C32A-DAF3-40F4-A24D-1AFEFE81C3FF

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “Specifications” inthe “9. Technical and consumer information”section for recommended types and sizes oftires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with the

brake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires”in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section of this manualfor wheel off-set dimensions.



. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

Black plate (441,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-beltedor radial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears (AWD models).

Wheel balanceGUID-46078A79-580F-474C-870B-9EA681D7E559

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheelsGUID-AA05CFEB-4DD0-40C9-AE0A-E1164697E4EB

. Wash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

Spare tire (if so equipped)GUID-79CEC75D-4985-4C99-90D0-93E5E8E4948F

When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY or conventional), the TPMS will notfunction.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,otherwise your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emergencyuse. It should be replaced with thestandard tire at the first opportunityto avoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar). Always keep the pressureof the full size spare tire (if soequipped) at the recommendedpressure for standard tires, as in-dicated on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE


Black plate (442,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


ONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front (original) tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

. Do not tow a trailer while theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireis installed.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance is

reduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.

EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE RE-PAIR KIT (if so equipped)

GUID-158B860B-23B8-42C7-AED8-B32B0043CEF2

The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emer-gency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicleinstead of a spare tire. It can be used totemporarily repair minor tire punctures.

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a facilitythat can repair or replace the flat tire. Using theemergency tire puncture repair kit may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensor andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate.

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emergency”for more details.

Black plate (443,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...................... 9-2Fuel recommendation ............................................................ 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......................... 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................................. 9-6

Specifications ................................................................................ 9-7Engine ....................................................................................... 9-7Wheels and tires .................................................................... 9-7Dimensions and weights ...................................................... 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ............................................................................. 9-8Vehicle identification .................................................................... 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ........................ 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ............. 9-9Engine serial number ............................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ....................... 9-10Emission control information label .................................. 9-10Tire and Loading Information label ................................. 9-10Air conditioner specification label ................................... 9-11

Installing front license plate .................................................... 9-12

Vehicle loading information .................................................... 9-13Terms .................................................................................... 9-13Vehicle load capacity ....................................................... 9-13Securing the load (Hardtop models) ........................... 9-15Loading tips ........................................................................ 9-16Measurement of weights ................................................. 9-16

Towing a trailer (Hardtop models) ....................................... 9-16Maximum load limits ......................................................... 9-17Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)/maximumGross Axle Weight (GAW) ............................................ 9-18Towing load/specification ............................................... 9-20Towing safety ..................................................................... 9-21Flat towing .......................................................................... 9-25

Uniform tire quality grading .................................................... 9-25Treadwear ........................................................................... 9-25Traction AA, A, B and C ................................................. 9-25Temperature A, B and C ................................................. 9-26

Emission control system warranty ........................................ 9-26Reporting safety defects ........................................................ 9-27Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ............ 9-28Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................................ 9-28Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information ........ 9-29

Black plate (444,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

9-2 Technical and consumer information

GUID-A3EC6BA7-7161-4393-B6C3-446080441345

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 21-5/8 gal 18 gal 82 See “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4 qt 4.6 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2, *3. Viscosity SAE 5W-30*2, *3Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoir 10 qt 8-1/4 qt 9.4Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent

Reservoir 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*4

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90*5

Transfer oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE80W-90

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*6

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*7 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*8

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.*3: NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at a NISSAN dealer.*4: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.

*5: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*6: DEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.*7: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.*8: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this sectionfor air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

Black plate (445,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONGUID-D97FF142-73E7-4116-82ED-FCB50AFD22BC

Hardtop modelsGUID-E96B8573-A1EA-46C0-A951-788A27F847D9

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CrossCabriolet modelsGUID-D5623B72-D972-4112-A054-7344DA659109

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

Gasoline specificationsGUID-B0C6EB94-018F-44F3-ADCF-D5B163286779

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission control systemand vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineGUID-C2C66DA3-BC5C-4200-8675-EBEBC0305D8E

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesGUID-BA8D6AAF-F373-47AD-8703-93F129B7F978

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanol

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Black plate (446,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


blends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSANvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experiencedafter using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-85 fuelGUID-AD9CADAB-14ED-46D7-A828-09634174C65E

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesGUID-E9F8AF8C-AEED-499D-896E-53DAA15CEC7A

NISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsGUID-843185CD-73E1-42D0-A068-C28897AF254E

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have a NISSAN dealer correctthe condition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

CAUTION

. Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designed forE-85 fuel can damage fuel systemcomponents and is not covered bythe NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

. E-85 is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

Black plate (447,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

STI0505

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

GUID-D8787272-E372-4B86-85F7-5E302B87B252

Selecting the correct oilGUID-F0DD06D6-BE5F-4900-8AD3-8D1C5342F288

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”earlier in this section. NISSAN recommends theuse of an energy conserving oil in order toimprove fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesGUID-C908BF4C-FF8E-4657-95EC-E56F067619B4

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityGUID-B2F2CE9D-4325-406D-A067-B3F58139D9EF

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterGUID-07D637C7-273A-4442-A899-B5AFF9699C76

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

Change intervalsGUID-B3A3F077-D92F-45CF-B42E-39CFF52BF41A

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using an engine oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or exceed-ing recommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended change


Black plate (448,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


interval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. towing a trailer

. stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

GUID-2126105C-89A7-4E0A-A288-174E72A6D376

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,NISSAN A/C system oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditioner

system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.

Black plate (449,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-57A6D36D-0870-40A3-93D9-0726DBA853EF

ENGINEGUID-7BEF76CE-97C9-4C86-AD64-1DC6D91E7E39

Model VQ35DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.760 6 3.205 (95.5 6 81.4)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard FXE22HR-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-83EAC807-A79A-4A8F-ADD5-4ACCD8032619

Road wheelGUID-B8F29D13-1DD6-4857-AA5C-E482EB7DE668

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional18 6 7-1/2J 1.97 (50)

20 6 7-1/2J 1.97 (50)

Spare 186 4T 0.98 (25)

TireGUID-D2BD2104-801D-48BA-B916-CCB4FAE996C0

Type SizePressure PSI(kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P235/65R18104T

33 (230)P235/55R20102T

Spare (T-type)

T165/90D18107M 60 (420)

-*1

*1: CrossCabriolet models (Emergency tire repairkit)


SPECIFICATIONS

Black plate (450,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSGUID-BC214C17-4138-465C-87FB-6F5139F69EA1

Overall length in (mm)189.9 (4,822)*1190.1 (4,828)*2

Overall width in (mm)74.1 (1,883)*174.5 (1,893)*2

Overall height in (mm) 67.0 (1,703)*1

68.0 (1,728)*1, *3

66.2 (1,681)*2

Front tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)

Rear tread in (mm) 63.4 (1,610)Wheelbase in (mm) 111.2 (2,825)

Gross vehicle weightrating

lb (kg)See the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S S. certi-fication label onthe driver’s sidelock pillar.

Gross axle weightrating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1:Hardtop models

*2:CrossCabriolet models

*3:With roof rack rail

GUID-F3E06BA8-5D71-47F0-8AF4-A2111289E6D1

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

GUID-DBB0F8D5-24A2-4C41-9D48-0CAEDD461803

STI0334

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

GUID-F287A1CF-CB55-4145-8CBD-CF2C41049012

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Black plate (451,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

STI0374

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

GUID-B648E584-5EE1-456A-B34D-A28724551D6B

The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

STI0562

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERGUID-C04A71AF-DDC4-4E1C-914F-C91A4C8B9B1D

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

STI0448

Hardtop models

STI0819



Black plate (452,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-BB53C190-69CB-4485-95C2-116BFE831B39

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

STI0563

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-3DCE9F7D-9D3D-46E4-A35C-936569C8DA88

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0373

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-9DC4C538-AE95-419C-999C-2A6BA149B946

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asillustrated.

Black plate (453,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

STI0339

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-87F1A8D6-8FB2-4A62-BACC-7DE61068FB0C

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached as shown.


Black plate (454,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-67B47B27-68CA-4458-B9E4-29151625A561

STI0821

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. Screw 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Line up the tabs *B on the license platebracket under the top of the front bumper*A . Hold the license plate bracket in place.

3. Install the license plate bracket with screws.

4. Install the license plate with screws (soldseparately).

Use a screw of 1/4 inch (6mm) in diameter andapproximately 3/4 inch (20mm) in length.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Black plate (455,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-20DACCCE-D49A-4DFA-AD5E-A20DDB3A28C1

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSGUID-9F4FF2A9-3754-41A0-9049-11EB2E795A99

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is

used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongueweight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYGUID-941E1F3B-7371-481D-B80D-7528B3A0E4EC

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the followingillustration.


VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Black plate (456,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


STI0445

Steps for determining correct load limitGUID-8252E554-FB04-4243-8490-35B8E427C8E6

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

Black plate (457,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “Measurement of weights” later in thissection.)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

SIC3596

SECURING THE LOAD (Hardtop mod-els)

GUID-3EC4BE57-F008-4466-9B0A-EEC3312A789B

There are tie down hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The tie down hooks can be usedto secure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 22

lb. (98 N) to a single hook*A or 7 lb. (31 N)to a single hook*B when securing cargo.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killedin a collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

. Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximumfront and rear GAWRs. If you do,parts of your vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or it canchange the way your vehicle han-dles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.


Black plate (458,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


LOADING TIPSGUID-A9873A92-B769-4872-B024-4D23D1C31CA9

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle andthe tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failure,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSGUID-051E378D-270A-4295-9008-5A577CD7575F

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR). These ratings are givenon the vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the ratings.

GUID-8C746E31-6859-4D5C-8B9A-363258610B5B

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and perfor-mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

. Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavyload for the first 500 miles (800 km).Your engine, axle or other partscould be damaged.

. For the first 500 miles (800 km) thatyou tow a trailer, do not drive over50 MPH (80 km/h) and do not makestarts at full throttle. This helps theengine and other parts of yourvehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places additionalloads on your vehicle’s engine, drivetrain, steer-ing, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is availableon the website at www.nissanusa.com. This

TOWING A TRAILER (Hardtopmodels)

Black plate (459,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

guide includes information on trailer towingcapability and the special equipment requiredfor proper towing.

CrossCabriolet models:

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITSGUID-3EC02ECD-41A7-4248-A556-984BAE561887

Maximum trailer loadsGUID-557CBE7B-C03E-4B8A-8F75-A21E76331B12

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed thevalue specified in the “Towing Load/Specifica-tion” chart. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

. When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) should not exceed the value specified inthe following “Towing Load/Specification” chart.

STI0541

The GCWR equals the combined weight of thetowing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greaterthan these or using improper towing equipmentcould adversely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is notonly related to the maximum trailer loads, butalso the places you plan to tow. Tow weightsappropriate for level highway driving may have tobe reduced on very steep grades or for lowtraction situations (for example, on slippery boatramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.For example, towing a heavy trailer in high

outside temperatures on graded roads canaffect engine performance and cause overheat-ing. The transmission high fluid temperatureprotection mode, which helps reduce thechance of transmission damage, could activateand automatically decrease engine power.Vehicle speed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer andvehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced en-gine power and vehicle speed. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chanceof a collision. Be especially carefulwhen driving. If the vehicle cannotmaintain a safe driving speed, pull tothe side of the road in a safe area.Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. See “If your vehicleoverheats” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual.


Black plate (460,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impro-per towing procedures are not coveredby NISSAN warranties.

STI0542

Tongue loadGUID-39072C53-540E-4796-930C-B4AF968410E5

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load between10 to 15% of the total trailer load within themaximum tongue load limits shown in thefollowing “Towing Load/Specification” chart. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rearrangecargo to allow for proper tongue load.

TI1012M

MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT(GVW)/MAXIMUM GROSS AXLEWEIGHT (GAW)

GUID-C10855A3-37B1-448F-9F63-A367F3E6ECA4

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel. The GVW equals the combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optionalequipment. In addition, front or rear GAW mustnot exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options

Black plate (461,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

required to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, suchas the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicleand reduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR, FrontGAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined WeightRating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measuredusing platform type scales commonly found attruck stops, highway weigh stations, buildingsupply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity fortongue load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are normallyin the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGVWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing capacity, usethe following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chart foundlater in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from theGCWR. The remaining amount is the avail-able maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when it istowed. Make sure the Gross trailer weight is notmore than the Gross Trailer Weight Ratingshown on the trailer and is not more than thecalculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scaleto make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight andRear Gross Axle Weight are not more than FrontGross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weighton the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need tobe moved or removed to meet the specifiedratings.

Example:

. Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighedon a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg).

. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -5,263 lb. (2,387 kg).

. Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification” chart -8,300 lb. (3,765 kg).

. Maximum Trailer towing capacity from “Tow-ing Load/Specification” chart - 3,500 lb.(1,588 kg).

5,263 lb. (2,387 kg) GVWR

− 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 337 lb. (152 kg)Available for tongue

weight

8,300 lb. (3,765 kg) GCWR

− 4,926 lb. (2,234 kg) GVW

= 3,374 lb. (1,530 kg)Capacity available for

towing

337 lb. (152 kg) / Available tongue weight

3,374 lb. (1,530 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be less thanthe maximum towing capacity due to thepassenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrange thecargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do notexceed the 10 to 15% tongue weight specifica-tion even if the calculated available tongueweight is greater than 15%. If the calculatedtongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the available tongueweight.


Black plate (462,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


Always verify that available capacities are withinthe required ratings.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATIONGUID-63779F8F-2548-4DAD-898D-B85D2FC4448F

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Unit: lb (kg)

MODEL VQ35DE

WEIGHT CVT

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,300 (3,765)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. NISSAN recommends the use of atandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devices are notoffered by NISSAN. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device foryour trailer.

Black plate (463,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

TOWING SAFETYGUID-25BF615C-A317-4E21-B7D7-87818AFD314A

Trailer hitchGUID-2EE2B9B8-ABFF-4B7C-A0E5-889D0E5175DF

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle andtrailer. A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch isavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure thetrailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle tohelp avoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, rough roadsurfaces or passing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may becapable of towing a trailer heavier thanthe weight rating of the hitch compo-nents. Never exceed the weight ratingof the hitch components. Doing so cancause serious personal injury or prop-erty damage.

Hitch ballGUID-E39A719C-DDFC-41BD-B436-1F76F3169AAC

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

. The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on top of the ball.

. Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

. The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ball mounthole diameter. The hitch ball shank shouldbe no more than 1/16´´ smaller than the holein the ball mount.

. The threaded shank of the hitch ball must belong enough to be properly secured to theball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Sway control deviceGUID-FA4B130C-35B6-4317-9CF7-F00C40AF8090

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buffetingcaused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be used tohelp control these affects. If you choose to useone, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier tomake sure the sway control device will work withthe vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’s brakesystem. Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using the swaycontrol device.

Class I hitchGUID-48B9ED8E-A2C8-419A-9A35-F9327B7205B1

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (907 kg).

Class II hitchGUID-F44ED144-D1E3-4BE0-99F7-929ABE85EFE2

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailersof a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,588 kg).

CAUTION

. Special hitches which include framereinforcements are required for tow-ing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitablegenuine NISSAN hitches for pickuptrucks and sport utility vehicles areavailable at a NISSAN dealer.

. The hitch should not be attached toor affect the operation of the im-pact-absorbing bumper.

. Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

. Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to installa trailer hitch.

. To reduce the possibility of addi-tional damage if your vehicle isstruck from the rear, where practi-


Black plate (464,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


cal, remove the hitch and/or recei-ver when not in use. After the hitchis removed, seal the bolt holes toprevent exhaust fumes, water ordust from entering the passengercompartment.

. Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securelymounted.

Tire pressuresGUID-4D579486-C58B-4182-9B69-1D17C2634D39

. When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicletires to the recommended cold tirepressure indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label.

. Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure should bein accordance with the trailer and tiremanufacturers’ specifications.

Safety chainsGUID-08592264-67E0-40AD-AD75-EB0AFAF51FBA

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chains shouldbe crossed and should be attached to the hitch,not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safetychains can be attached to the bumper if thehitch ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure toleave enough slack in the chains to permit

turning corners.

Trailer lightsGUID-C0E60E1B-4E97-47ED-94B2-2A921EA2AF95

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially availablepower-type module/converter must beused to provide power for all trailerlighting. This unit uses the vehiclebattery as a direct power source for alltrailer lights while using the vehicle taillight, stoplight and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. The module/con-verter must draw no more than 15milliamps from the stop and tail lampcircuits. Using a module/converter thatexceeds these power requirements maydamage the vehicle’s electrical system.See a reputable trailer dealer to obtainthe proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/orlocal regulations. For assistance in hooking uptrailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer orreputable trailer dealer.

Trailer brakesGUID-21DD387F-EC09-4A2A-95BA-58E6193E64FA

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake systemdirectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tipsGUID-2726CCBF-1308-4A9A-9EE9-831D4F3E1608

. Be certain your vehicle maintains a levelposition when a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has anabnormal nose-up or nose-down condition;check for improper tongue load, overload,worn suspension or other possible causesof either condition.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of gravitylow.

. Load the trailer so approximately 60% of thetrailer load is in the front half and 40% is inthe back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.

Black plate (465,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

. Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

. Be certain your rearview mirrors conform toall federal, state or local regulations. If not,install any mirrors required for towing beforedriving the vehicle.

. Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tipsGUID-18AE22C3-1763-4039-AB9A-7D6C36240ACD

In order to gain skill and an understanding of thevehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,stopping and backing up in an area which is freefrom traffic. Steering stability, and brakingperformance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

. Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

. Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

. Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. Some states or provinces havespecific speed limits for vehicles that are

towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

. When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever tothe P (Park) position before blockingthe wheels and applying the parkingbrake, transmission damage could oc-cur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhillside of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocksabsorb the vehicle load.


5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).


To drive away:



3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer areclear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

. When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When going up a long grade, downshift thetransmission to a lower gear and reducespeed to reduce chances of engine over-loading and/or overheating.

. If the engine coolant rises to an extremelyhigh temperature when the air conditioningsystem is on, turn off the air conditioner.Coolant heat can be additionally vented byopening the windows, switching the fancontrol to high and setting the temperaturecontrol to the HOT position.

. Trailer towing requires more fuel than normalcircumstances.

. Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles(800 km).


Black plate (466,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


. Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

. When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

. Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-ing vehicle sway. When being passed bylarger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling. If swaying does occur,firmly grip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradually)reduce vehicle speed. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle. Never increasespeed.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal toallow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions allow.This combination will help stabilize thevehicle.. Do not correct trailer sway by steering or

applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently applythe brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in this section.

. Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requiresconsiderably more distance than normalpassing. Remember the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

. Down shift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving down steepor long hills. This will help slow the vehiclewithout applying the brakes.

. Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

. Increase your following distance to allow forgreater stopping distances while towing atrailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

. Do not use cruise control while towing atrailer.

. Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

. Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after50 miles (80 km) of travel and at everybreak.

. When stopped in traffic for long periods oftime in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P(Park) position.

. When launching a boat, don’t allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tail pipe orrear bumper.

. Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, the transmissionfluid should be changed more frequently.For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

Black plate (467,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

FLAT TOWINGGUID-3E848B66-44FF-4B16-8142-29DBD9690D46

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any continuously vari-able transmission vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGEinternal transmission parts due tolack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing somay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing recommended by

NISSAN” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section of this manual.

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

GUID-2AEBE4E4-E0D5-492D-AA37-E27015E39277

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:GUID-D73A39BF-43C8-459F-9C24-47B7F579C407

To tow a vehicle equipped with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT), an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dollymanufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

GUID-B742813A-9B62-42D0-B446-A6B0CFD16DF2

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-D8E60542-2737-4D58-9810-4EE9CE4B6744

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (11/2) times as well on the government course asa tire graded 100. The relative performance oftires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CGUID-FF0AABDE-3976-447A-8911-BE64F5A5C056

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.


UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Black plate (468,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CGUID-738CE2E4-0C30-4FA9-9E42-152697D53964

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

GUID-3D75299D-8D8D-42C4-BD73-3446D8B8AFD2

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

Black plate (469,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

GUID-61C292B9-5FCF-47DD-9C2D-0431833188EE

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1 (1-800-647-7261).

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform Transport Canada in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSANconduct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot become involvedin individual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Division tollfree at 1-800-333-0510. You may alsoreport safety defects online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122.


REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Black plate (470,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


GUID-D4D45566-401E-4F0A-995A-35B330AF403B

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive (AWD)should never be tested using a two wheeldynamometer (such as the dynamometers usedby some states for emissions testing), or similarequipment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in serious vehicledamage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areasor provinces, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before takingthe I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M test

condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

GUID-5806F2C7-ABF6-48A5-B377-3E98320DFB18

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g. name,gender, age and crash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, could combine the EDR data with the type

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

Black plate (471,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

of personally identifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

GUID-63089829-29DE-4259-8B9D-7A8EAE7A2ABD

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. This manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at a NISSANdealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals, contact:

1-800-450-9491

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact a NISSAN dealer.For the phone number and location of a NISSANdealer in your area call the NISSAN InformationCenter at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingualNISSAN representative will assist you.


OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Black plate (472,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]


MEMO

Black plate (473,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................... 5-26Adjustable headrest ....................................................... 1-14Advanced air bag system ............................................ 1-54Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ..................................... 1-54Door-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system ................ 1-60Front passenger air bag and status light .......... 1-56Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system ............................... 1-60Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system ................ 1-60

Air bag warning labels .................................................. 1-63Air bag warning light ......................................... 1-63, 2-16Air cleaner housing filter .............................................. 8-17Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-30Air conditioner service ........................................... 4-34Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-11Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .......................... 4-34, 9-6In-cabin microfilter .................................................. 4-34

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system) .............................................................. 2-29Alcohol, drugs and driving ............................................. 5-7All-wheel drive (AWD) .................................................. 5-21All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ......................... 2-12Antenna ............................................................................. 4-83Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-26Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ........ 2-12Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ......................................... 7-2Interior appearance care .......................................... 7-5

Armrest ............................................................................. 1-17

Ashtray (See cigarette lighter and ashtray) ............ 2-44Audible reminders .......................................................... 2-19Audio operation precautions ....................................... 4-35Audio system ................................................................... 4-35

Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-81Auto closure .................................................................... 3-24Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD) ............................ 4-51Autolight system ............................................................. 2-36Automatic

Door locks .................................................................... 3-7Drive positioner ........................................................ 3-49Seat positioner ......................................................... 3-49

AUX (Auxiliary) button ................................................... 4-52Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................... 5-6

B

Back door (See lift gate) ............................................. 3-20Battery ............................................................................... 8-13

Battery saver system .............................................. 2-38Intelligent Key ........................................................... 8-22Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-15

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-13Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) ................................ 4-84Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) .......................... 4-95Bluetooth® streaming audio ........................................ 4-65Booster seats .................................................................. 1-44Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-26Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-12Brake system ............................................................ 5-25Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-18Warning light ............................................................ 2-13

Break-in schedule .......................................................... 5-20

Brightness controlDisplay ON/OFF button ........................................... 4-9Instrument panel ...................................................... 2-38

Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................... 2-12Bulb replacement ........................................................... 8-25

C

Cabin air filter .................................................................. 4-34Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .......... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-84Cargo cover ..................................................................... 2-50Cargo floor box ............................................................... 2-49Cargo lights ..................................................................... 2-61Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...................... 5-3CD/CF/USB memory care and cleaning ................. 4-80Center multi-function control panel ............................. 4-3Child restraints ................................................................ 1-30

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-44LATCH system ......................................................... 1-33Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-31

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-29Child safety rear door lock ............................................ 3-8Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................... 2-19Cigarette lighter and ashtray ....................................... 2-44Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................... 8-21Cleaning exterior and interior ............................... 7-2, 7-5Clock ................................................................................. 2-42Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-54Cold weather driving ..................................................... 5-29Compact Disc (CD) changer (Seeaudio system) .................................................................. 4-51Compact Disc (CD) player (Seeaudio system) .................................................................. 4-56Compass ............................................................................ 2-8Console box .................................................................... 2-48

Black plate (474,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

10-2

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ........................................................................ 8-11Coolant

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8

Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-7Cover, Cargo cover ....................................................... 2-50Cruise control .................................................................. 5-18Cup holders ..................................................................... 2-45CVT, Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) .................................................. 5-14

D

Daytime running light system ...................................... 2-38Defroster switch, Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-35Dimensions and weights ................................................ 9-8Display controls (See center multi-functioncontrol panel) .................................................................... 4-3Door/lift gate open warning ......................................... 2-22Door/trunk open warning ............................................. 2-22Dot matrix liquid crystal display .................................. 2-19Drive belt .......................................................................... 8-15Drive positioner ............................................................... 3-49Driver’s seatback release ............................................... 1-8Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ........................................... 5-21Cold weather driving .............................................. 5-29Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ........................................... 5-14On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-6Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-2Safety precautions ..................................................... 5-8

Dual pop-up roll bar system ........................................ 1-64

DVD player operation .................................................... 4-58

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................................. 5-20Elapsed time .................................................................... 2-25Emergency tire puncture repair kit ................ 6-11, 8-42Emission control information label ............................. 9-10Emission control system warranty .............................. 9-26Engine

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-13Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-20Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8Coolant temperature gauge .................................... 2-7Emergency engine shut off ................................... 5-12Engine block heater ................................................ 5-30Engine compartment check locations ................... 8-6Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .............. 9-5Engine oil replacement indicator ......................... 2-23Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9Engine specifications ................................................ 9-7Engine start operation indicator .......................... 2-20If your vehicle overheats ........................................ 6-17Starting the engine ................................................. 5-13

Entry/exit function, Automatic drive positioner ....... 3-49Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...................................... 9-28Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................... 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................. 9-10Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-17Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ........ 2-39Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-2Flat towing ....................................................................... 9-25Floor mat cleaning ........................................................... 7-5Fluid

Brake fluid ................................................................. 8-12Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Engine coolant ............................................................ 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11Window washer fluid ............................................. 8-13

FM-AM radio with Compact Disc(CD) changer .................................................................. 4-49FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ...................................................................... 4-54Fog light switch .............................................................. 2-39Front manual seat adjustment ....................................... 1-3Front passenger air bag and status light ................. 1-56Front power seat adjustment ........................................ 1-4Front seat, Front seat adjustment ................................ 1-3Front-seat active head restraint .................................. 1-14Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Fuel economy ........................................................... 5-20Fuel economy information (display) .................... 4-11Fuel octane rating ...................................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation ................................................ 9-3

Black plate (475,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Fuel-filler cap ............................................................ 3-41Fuel-filler door .......................................................... 3-41Gauge ........................................................................... 2-8LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ................................ 3-43

Fuses ................................................................................. 8-20Fusible links ..................................................................... 8-21

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ..................................................... 2-62Gas cap ............................................................................ 3-41Gauge ................................................................................. 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-7Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-8Odometer ..................................................................... 2-6Speedometer ............................................................... 2-6Tachometer .................................................................. 2-7Trip computer ........................................................... 2-23

General maintenance ...................................................... 8-2Glove box ......................................................................... 2-47

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models with navigation system) ................................ 4-84Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®

(models without navigation system) .......................... 4-95Hazard warning flasher switch .................................... 2-39Head restraints ............................................................... 1-11Headlights

Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-27Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-36Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-35

Headrest, Adjustable headrest ................................... 1-14Heated seats ................................................................... 2-41Heated steering wheel .................................................. 2-40

HeaterEngine block heater ................................................ 5-30Heater and air conditioner operation ................. 4-30

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .............................. 2-62Hood release ................................................................... 3-20Hook

Coat hooks ............................................................... 2-54Luggage hook .......................................................... 2-51

Horn ................................................................................... 2-40

I

Ignition switch (Push-button) ...................................... 5-10Immobilizer system ......................................................... 2-29In-cabin microfilter ......................................................... 4-34Indicator

Dot matrix display .................................................... 2-19Lights .......................................................................... 2-16

INFO button ....................................................................... 4-9Inside mirror ..................................................................... 3-46Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................. 9-28Instrument brightness control ..................................... 2-38Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-4Intelligent Key system ............................................ 3-3, 3-8

Battery replacement ............................................... 8-22Key operating range ............................................... 3-10Key operation ........................................................... 3-11Warning light ............................................................ 2-14Warning signals ....................................................... 3-14

Intelligent Key warning light ......................................... 2-14Interior light control switch .......................................... 2-60Interior light replacement .............................................. 8-28Interior lights .................................................................... 2-59iPod® player operation .................................................. 4-70ISOFIX child restraint .................................................... 1-33

J

Jump starting ................................................................... 6-15

K

Keyless entry (See remote keylessentry system) ................................................................... 3-16Keys ..................................................................................... 3-3

For Intelligent Key system ............................... 3-3, 3-8

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ........................................... 1-63Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-11Emission control information label ...................... 9-10Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 9-10Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-33, 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-8

LATCH system ................................................................ 1-33License plate, Installing front license plate ............. 9-12Lift gate ............................................................................. 3-20Light

Air bag warning light .............................................. 1-63Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-25Cargo lights .............................................................. 2-61Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-39Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-36Headlights bulb replacement ............................... 8-27Indicator lights .......................................................... 2-16Interior light control switch ................................... 2-60Interior lights ............................................................. 2-59Map lights ................................................................. 2-59Mood lights ............................................................... 2-61Personal lights ......................................................... 2-59

10-3

Black plate (476,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

10-4

Replacement ............................................................. 8-25Trunk light .................................................................. 2-62Vanity mirror lights .................................................. 2-61Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders .................................................... 2-12Xenon headlights ..................................................... 2-35

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ........ 8-28Loading information (See vehicleloading information) ....................................................... 9-13Lock

Automatic door locks ................................................ 3-7Door locks .................................................................... 3-5Lift gate lock ............................................................. 3-20Power door lock ......................................................... 3-5Trunk lid ..................................................................... 3-25

Locking with mechanical key ......................................... 3-5Low fuel warning ............................................................ 2-21Low tire pressure warning light .................................. 2-14Low tire pressure warning system(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....... 5-3Low washer fluid warning ............................................ 2-21Luggage cover ................................................................ 2-52Luggage hooks ............................................................... 2-51Luggage side box .......................................................... 2-50

M

MaintenanceBattery ........................................................................ 8-13General maintenance ................................................ 8-2Inside the vehicle ....................................................... 8-3Maintenance indicators .......................................... 2-23Maintenance precautions ......................................... 8-5Maintenance requirements ....................................... 8-2Outside the vehicle .................................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-28

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ................................. 2-17

Manual command selection ......................................... 4-97Manual front seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Map lights ........................................................................ 2-59Master warning light ...................................................... 2-15Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .................... 3-4Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner .......... 3-49Meter, Trip computer ..................................................... 2-23Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-5

Instrument brightness control .............................. 2-38Mirror

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-46Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-47Vanity mirror .............................................................. 3-48

Monitor, Rearview monitor ........................................... 4-22Mood lights ...................................................................... 2-61Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-57Multi-function controller .................................................. 4-5

N

New vehicle break-in ..................................................... 5-20NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................ 2-29NISSAN voice recognition system ......................... 4-108No key warning ............................................................... 2-21

O

Odometer ........................................................................... 2-6Off-road recovery ............................................................. 5-6Oil

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5Oil filter replacement indicator ............................ 2-23

Opening the soft top ..................................................... 3-28Operation, Operational indicators .............................. 2-20Outside air temperature display ................................. 2-26Outside mirrors ............................................................... 3-47Overdrive OFF switch ................................................... 5-16Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-17Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ............................................................ 9-29

P

Panic alarm ...................................................................... 3-18Parking

Brake break-in .......................................................... 5-25Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-18Parking brake release warning ............................ 2-21Parking on hills ........................................................ 5-24

Personal lights ................................................................ 2-59Phone

Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models with navigation system) ......................... 4-84Bluetooth® hands-free phone system(models without navigation system) ................... 4-95Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-84

PowerFront seat adjustment ............................................... 1-4Power door lock ......................................................... 3-5Power outlet ............................................................. 2-43Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11Power steering system .......................................... 5-25Power windows ....................................................... 2-54

PrecautionsAudio operation ....................................................... 4-35Braking precautions ................................................ 5-25Child restraints ......................................................... 1-31Cruise control ........................................................... 5-18Driving safety ............................................................... 5-8

Black plate (477,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Maintenance ................................................................ 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving ........................ 5-6Seat belt usage ....................................................... 1-18Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-48When starting and driving ....................................... 5-2

Push starting ................................................................... 6-17“PUSH” warning ............................................................. 2-21Push-button ignition switch ............................. 5-10, 5-11

R

Radio ................................................................................. 4-35Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-84FM-AM radio with Compact Disc(CD) changer ........................................................... 4-49FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player ............................................................... 4-54

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ................................ 2-32Rapid air pressure loss ................................................... 5-7Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test ........................................................................... 9-28Rear center seat belt .................................................... 1-25Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .............. 3-8Rear headrest .................................................................. 1-17Rear seats .......................................................................... 1-9Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-35Rear window wiper and washer switch ................... 2-33Rearview monitor ............................................................ 4-22Recorders, Event data .................................................. 9-28Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-8Remote keyless entry system ...................................... 3-16Repairing flat tire (CrossCabriolet models) .............. 6-9Reporting safety defects (US only) ........................... 9-27Rollover ............................................................................... 5-6Roof, Roof rack ............................................................... 2-53Roof, Soft top ................................................................. 3-28

S

SafetyChild seat belts ....................................................... 1-29Reporting safety defects (US only) .................... 9-27Towing safety ............................................................ 9-21

Satellite radio operation ............................................... 4-55Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment ................................. 1-3Front power seat adjustment .................................. 1-4Front seats ................................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety ............................................................... 1-29Infants ......................................................................... 1-29Injured persons ........................................................ 1-20Larger children ......................................................... 1-30Precautions on seat belt usage ........................... 1-18Pregnant women ..................................................... 1-20Rear center seat belt ............................................. 1-25Seat belt cleaning ...................................................... 7-6Seat belt extenders ................................................. 1-28Seat belt hooks ....................................................... 1-24Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-28Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-15Seat belts .................................................................. 1-18Seat belts with pretensioners .............................. 1-61Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................... 1-24Small children ........................................................... 1-30Three-point type ...................................................... 1-20

Seat(s)Driver-side memory ................................................. 3-49Heated seats ............................................................ 2-41Seats ............................................................................. 1-2

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start .................................................... 2-29Security system, Vehicle security system ................ 2-28

Selector leverShift lock release ..................................................... 5-17

Servicing air conditioner ............................................... 4-34SETTING button ............................................................. 4-13Shift lock release, Transmission ................................. 5-17SHIFT “P” warning ......................................................... 2-21Shifting, CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) .................................................. 5-14Shoulder belt height adjustment ................................ 1-24Soft top

Care and cleaning (CrossCabriolet models) ....... 7-3If the top does not open or close ....................... 3-36Soft top indicator light ................................ 2-18, 3-32Soft top operation ................................................... 3-28

SOURCE select switch ................................................ 4-82Spare tire ................................................................. 8-41, 9-7Spark plugs ..................................................................... 8-16Speedometer ..................................................................... 2-6Starting

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-13Jump starting ............................................................ 6-15Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-2Push starting ............................................................ 6-17Starting the engine ................................................. 5-13

STATUS button ................................................................. 4-9Status light, Front passenger air bag ....................... 1-56Steering

Heated steering wheel ........................................... 2-40Power steering fluid ................................................ 8-11Power steering system .......................................... 5-25Steering-wheel-mounted controlsfor audio .................................................................... 4-81Tilt/telescopic steering ........................................... 3-44

Storage ............................................................................. 2-45Storage box ..................................................................... 2-49Sun visors ........................................................................ 3-45Sunglasses holder ......................................................... 2-46

10-5

Black plate (478,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

10-6

Supplemental air bag warning labels ........................ 1-63Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-63, 2-16Supplemental restraint system .................................... 1-48

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ........................................................ 1-48

SwitchAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) lock switch ................... 5-21Autolight switch ....................................................... 2-36Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-39Hazard warning flasher switch ............................. 2-39Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-36Overdrive OFF switch ............................................ 5-16Power door lock switch ............................................ 3-7Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ....................................................... 2-35Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-39Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-43

T

Tachometer ........................................................................ 2-7Temperature display ....................................................... 2-26Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ........................................................... 2-7Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ...................................................................... 2-29Three-way catalyst ........................................................... 5-3Tilt/telescopic steering .................................................. 3-44Tire

Pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ........ 2-14Tire replacement indicator .................................... 2-23

TiresEmergency tire puncture repair kit ..................... 8-42Flat tire .......................................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system ......................... 5-3Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-33, 9-10Tire chains ................................................................. 8-38

Tire dressing ................................................................ 7-4Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-31Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation ............................................................... 8-39Types of tires ............................................................ 8-37Uniform tire quality grading .................................. 9-25Wheel/tire size ............................................................ 9-7Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-31

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .............................. 2-50Top, Soft top ................................................................... 3-28Touch screen system ...................................................... 4-5Towing

Flat towing ................................................................ 9-25Tow truck towing ..................................................... 6-18Towing a trailer ........................................................ 9-16Towing safety ............................................................ 9-21

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system .................... 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ......................... 6-2Trailer towing ................................................................... 9-16Transceiver, HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ....... 2-62Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ........................................... 5-14Transmission selector lever lock release ........... 5-17

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ....... 3-16Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................................. 9-8Trip computer .................................................................. 2-23Trip odometer .................................................................. 2-25Trunk

Trunk lid ..................................................................... 3-25Trunk lid release switch ......................................... 3-25

Trunk light ......................................................................... 2-62Turn signal switch .......................................................... 2-39

U

Underbody cleaning ........................................................ 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ......................................... 9-25USB memory operation ................................................ 4-61

V

Vanity mirror ..................................................................... 3-48Vanity mirror lights ......................................................... 2-61Variable voltage control system .................................. 8-15Vehicle

Dimensions and weights .......................................... 9-8Identification number (VIN) ...................................... 9-8Loading information ................................................ 9-13Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..................... 6-21Security system ....................................................... 2-28Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-43Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............. 5-27Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)warning light ............................................................. 2-16Vehicle information and settings (display) ........... 4-9

Ventilators ......................................................................... 4-29Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System) ............................................................ 4-100Voice command (NISSAN voicerecognition system) ...................................... 4-114, 4-123

W

Walk-in function ................................................................ 1-4Warning

Dot matrix display .................................................... 2-19Hazard warning flasher switch ............................. 2-39Lights .......................................................................... 2-12

Black plate (479,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-3, 6-2Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders .................................................... 2-11

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .................... 1-63Warning light

Air bag warning light ................................... 1-63, 2-16All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light .................. 2-12Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light ............................................................. 2-12AWD warning light ................................................. 5-22Brake warning light ................................................. 2-13Intelligent Key warning light .................................. 2-14Low tire pressure warning light ........................... 2-14Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-15

Warranty, Emission control system warranty .......... 9-26Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-31

Washing .............................................................................. 7-2Waxing ................................................................................ 7-3Weights (See dimensions and weights) .................... 9-8Wheel/tire size .................................................................. 9-7Wheels and tires ............................................................ 8-31

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ............................ 7-4Window washer fluid .................................................... 8-13Window(s)

Cleaning ....................................................................... 7-3Power windows ....................................................... 2-54

Windshield wiper and washer switch ....................... 2-31Wiper

Rain-sensing auto wiper system ......................... 2-32Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33Rear window wiper blade ..................................... 8-19Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-31Wiper blades ............................................................ 8-18

X

Xenon headlights ............................................................ 2-35

10-7

Black plate (481,1)

[ Edit: 2011/ 7/ 18 Model: Z51-D ]

11 Gas station information

GUID-F1F462A6-46D6-4EA3-9D90-01DE96BC21F2

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-50F8836A-D3CC-4E76-B13B-14D99AFD59C6

Hardtop modelsGUID-033DF57B-D253-4977-86D8-DA3312DF2E90

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)number (Research octane number 91).

CrossCabriolet modelsGUID-8D5F7D33-7D9B-44A8-9BE5-A35572BF88C7

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle.Your vehicle is not designed to runon E-85 fuel. Using E-85 fuel candamage the fuel system compo-nents and is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-70F5CBD1-5EC3-421C-A3A9-6AFA1138A1D2

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:GUID-FEE86B42-5F34-4F55-B8D5-495978191FBA

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-D1C13E3B-499A-43E4-BD11-65EB1FFC3068

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of this Owner’sManual. Follow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Automotive

2012 MURANO OWNER'S MANUAL